Heightadjustabledesks

®
Height-Adjustable
Product Info Desks
Back to Menu
Specication Guide
October 2019
Availability
Electronic price list updated with release 190.D
Working With This Specication Guide
(U.S.) and 151.D (Canada), dated October 21, 2019.
Ten Tips: How to Get the Most Out of This Book 2
Pricing within this specication guide is subject to change Additional Resources 4
without notice. Reference the electronic catalog/Hedberg
for current pricing.
Spec News is available on village.steelcase.com.

Search Steelcase Marketing Resources (Adstock) and
download the current release’s Spec News.
Statement of Line 6
Tip: Steelcase Marketing Resources is a new global

platform for ordering Steelcase marketing materials that
replaces Adstock.
Workstation Design Guidelines and Requirements 24
View or download Steelcase Specication Guides at
https://www.steelcase.com/resources/documents?tax-
How to Calculate Power Needs 25
[doctype]=spec-guide. Basics of Ergonomic Seating 26
Transitional products in this specication guide are main- Basics of Standing and Monitor Arm Positioning 27
tained for existing customers only and are likely to be
phased out over time. These products are indicated with Worksurface Shape Overview 28
a S. Products that are scheduled to be culled are indi-
cated with an G, followed by the last order entry date.
Worksurface Edge Options 29
Height-Adjustable Desks Comparison Chart 30
Surface Materials Worktools Compatibility Charts 34
The surface materials team has announced the Ology 39
launch of the Finish Library, found at http://nishlibrary.
steelcase.com. Steelcase Flex Collection 125
Migration 139
cFor a list of all trademarks, refer to the last page of this
specication guide. Migration SE 147
© 2019 Steelcase Inc.
Series 5 159
Walkstation and Kybun Footpad 169
Airtouch 175
Screens, Cableways, and Cable and Power Management 189
SOTO Worktools 221
Surface Materials 225

Resources 235
For Canadian Pricing

Canadian factor can be found at
www.steelcase.com/CADpricing.
Calculate in the following order to avoid
rounding errors:
• Multiply the base price and each option by the
Canadian factor.
• Round each to the nearest dollar.
• Add base and options for total list price.
Steelcase
October 2019
Ten Tips:
How to Get the Most Out of This Book
········································································································································
········································································································································
········································································································································
········································································································································
Tip 1 Tip 2 Tip 4
Panels
Statement of Line
Study the product detail
pages in the Understanding
Understanding
c Page 14
Specifying
c Pages 162–170,
179
section to learn everything an
Base Junctions
End-of-Run
Base
Junctions
In-line
Base
Junctions
L-Base
Junctions
T-Base
Junctions
X-Base
Junctions
V-Base
Junctions
Y-Base
Junctions
Wall-Start
Junctions
expert knows about specific
• • • • • • •
products. Each product detail
30"H
42"H • • • • • • • •
54"H • • • • • • • •
66"H • • • • • • • •
Chapter Name
• • • • • • • •
page in this section contains
78"H
Top cap
Cable tray
Horizontal
bars
Base
covers
Understanding
c Page 16
the following features, where
Specifying
applicable:
c Pages 184–185
Base Horizontal Frame Package

18"W 24"W 30"W 36"W 42"W 48"W 60"W 72"W
• • • • • • • •
• Product Drawing
Understanding
c Page 18
Specifying
• Actual Dimensions
c Pages 171–174
Stacking Junctions
Stacking
End-of-Run
Stacking
In-line
Stacking L
Junctions
Stacking T
Junctions
Stacking X
Junctions
Stacking V
Junctions
Stacking Y
Junctions
Stacking
Wall Start
• Product Details
Junctions Junctions Junctions
12"H • • • • • • • •
• Connections
Watch the tabs on the
24"H • • • • • • • •
8 Answer Specification Guide

• Wiring and Cabling
right-hand edges of the
• Surface Materials
pages. They’ll always indi- Use the Statement of • Application Topics
cate which chapter you Line pages for an overview
are in. of the available components,
their sizes, and page refer-
ences for additional infor-
mation. Each Understanding
chapter includes a statement
of line after the table of
contents.
Tip 3
Product Drawing Product Details Connections
shows you what the product gives specific information describes how the
looks like and points out on the product and how product is assembled
important features. it is used. or how it attaches to
another product.
Base Junctions Base Junctions
Base junctions complete

..
..
Panels
the structure of panel pack -
Product Details Connections
ages and panel buildups.
..
Answer panels always share
..
a junction with adjacent pan-
..
els. You order the style of
Junction cap is included ..
junction you need separately .
with junction when needed. ..
..
Find cross references cSpecifying, pages 312–316
30"H junction does not

have a large opening. A
..
..
..
..
by looking for page numbers Aligners ensure correct
with adjacent panel top caps.
Quick lock on both ends
Skins extend onto junction
and meet skin of adjacent
panel. The slotted channel
Lay-in junction cable
sleeves can be added
in the to cover the
modular harness must be
used to route power in a
30"H L, T, V, X, or Y junc-
tion. Only the base of the
..
..
..
Opening in top of junction of the panel’s horizontal ..
flagged with an arrow. allows lay-in cable routing
beneath top caps.
End-of-run base junc-
tion includes junction, verti-
cal trim, and junction cap.
End-of-run trim adds 1" to
T-base junction includes
junction, vertical trim, junc-
tion cap, and two plastic top
Y-base junction includes
junction, junction cap, and
two plastic top cap aligners.
connecting bars engage the
junction in a tight structural
connection.
of the junction is accessible
between these two skins.
exposed metal edges in
lay-in cable space.
junction allows enough
space to accommodate the ..
bend in the harness. ..
..
footprint. cap aligners. ..
Surface Materials ..
..
Base junction ..
• Black paint ..
Slots in junction accept the Junction is hidden when ..
panel’s horizontal bars, properly installed. ..
cable trays and powerkits. ..
Vertical trim ..
• Paint (standard) ..
• Fabric (option) .
Slotted channels in Skins attach to junction Modular harnesses • Wood (option only if wood ..
junction accommodate work- with concealed hardware. Panels can support work- that are 43" or 80" are avail- junction cap is ..
surface supports and over- surfaces, shelves, and bins. able to change the height at ..
head storage components at which you are routing power ..
1" increments. kits or to route power from Application Topics ..
Wiring and Cabling
in .
Stacking junctions can ..
the panel base to different
Trim is included with L, T,

heights.
be used with any height ..
In-line base junction X-base junction includes ..
V, and end-of-run junctions Base junctions can base junction.
includes junction and plastic junction, junction cap, and Wall start junction ..
to exposed surfaces. top cap aligner. accept a stacking junction
three plastic top cap aligners. secures to the stud in a .
Trim is standard with paint structural wall or drywall
of the same type only. Stability Guidelines ..
and available with fabric Example: An L-base junc- for application rules. ..
fasteners can be used. tion will accept an L-stack-
wrapped or wood veneer See page 47 .
options.
Vertical trim is not needed. ing junction. ..
Also used in off-module ..
applications. Wall start .
Large opening at work- .
..
junction does not add any
surface height in 42"H,
54"H, 66"H, and 78"H junc-
dimension to panel run. ..
tions must be used to route ..
power through an L, T, V,
An in-line top cap ..
aligner is included with .
X, or Y base junction. A
in-line junctions.
Horizontal routing Modular harness is used ..
modular harness is required through junctions is accom- to route power through an ..
if power is routed at any modated by openings for L, T, V, X, or Y junction. .
location other than worksur-
Top cap aligners are
modular harnesses and ..
Only the large opening in
face height. V-base junction includes included with L, T, V, X,
cables. Openings at top of ..
the junction at worksurface
and Y junctions. .
L-base junction includes
cPages 313 and 315
junction accept lay-in cable height allows enough space ..
tion cap, and plastic top cap routing. to accommodate the bend in ..
Leveling glides adjust to aligner. the harness . Modular har- .
install panels on uneven tion cap, and plastic top cap ..
ness is not needed to route
Range is 2". aligner. ..
power at worksurface
.
height. ..
..
..
..
Actual Dimensions ..
..
Depth 3" ..
(76 mm) ..
..
Height 2913 16", 403 4", 531 8", 6531 64", and 7727 32"
..
(757 mm, 1035 mm, 1349 mm, 1663 mm,
..
and 1977 mm)
..
*Note: Wall start junctions are not available 2913 16"H.
18 Answer Solutions Specification Guide Answer Solutions Specification Guide 19
Actual Dimensions Wiring and Cabling Surface Materials

table lists the dimensions details the power and lists what material is
of the product. cable-management and used for each part of
cable routing capabilities the product.
of the product.
2 Height-Adjustable Desks Specication Guide
Steelcase
October 2019
Ten Tips:
How to Get the Most
Out of This Book
········································································································································
········································································································································
········································································································································
········································································································································
Tip 5 Tip 6 Tip 9
Refer to the specifying Use the surface mate-
pages for all the information rials listings in the
needed to order a product. Surface Materials section
Each product specifying of this book to find surface
page contains a variety of material color numbers.
elements to help you complete
a specification:
• Product Drawing Italic typeface on speci- Tip 10
• Standard Includes fying pages usually identifies
• Required to Specify wording that you should use Style
• Options in your order. Number Page
• Related Products TS7042BL 131

• Specification Information TS7042S 130
• Dimensions Tip 7 TS7048BL 131
• Style Number
TS7048S 130
• Price
Standard Includes To determine how many TS7060BL 131
(under the red or dark grey skins are needed to com- TS7060S 130
band) provides a list of what plete a panel, consult the TS7072BL 131
comes standard with the table at the right.
product. Tip: Remember to order Refer to the style num-
skins for both sides of the ber index when you know
panel buildup. a style number and you
Required to Specify Specification need to find the page that
(under the red or dark grey Information has more details about the
band) itemizes the informa- (under the teal or light grey product.
tion that you must provide to band) provides product Watch for tips throughout
Product Drawing order the standard product dimensions, style numbers, the text that give you expla-
shows you what the and the preferred sequence and prices for the standard nations and helpful
product looks like. for specification. product and any surface instructions.
material choices that are
available.
Tip 8
Learn what you cannot

do by looking for drawings
crossed out with an “X.”
Options
(under the black band) lists Related Products
all the options that apply to provide specification infor-
the product, their price, and mation for products that are
what is required to specify. directly related.
Height-Adjustable Desks Specication Guide 3
Steelcase
October 2019
Additional Resources
.. Product brochures
.. .. .. .. ..
. . Printed Materials . Planning Ideas . Support . Related Products .
.. and planning tools can .. .. .. .. ..
.. be ordered through your .. Quick Ship Guide .. Planning ideas are .. Steelcase Capabilities .. Steelcase worktools ..
. Steelcase area ofce by . This handbook describes . available to help inspire, . Steelcase products are . include a full line of ergo- .
.. calling 1.800.784.0358
.. all Steelcase, turnstone, and .. envision, and plan great .. distributed, installed, and .. nomically designed products ..
.. or through the Marketing
.. Coalesse products that are .. solutions. 2D and 3D Auto- .. serviced through a network .. that enhances and improves ..
. . . . . .
.. Resources website at .. available for Rapid2 (ships .. CAD drawings, Sketch-Up .. of more than 600 dealers .. the work setting. Product ..
.. village.steelcase.com. .. in 2 days), Rapid5 (ships .. les, and SmartTools draw- .. worldwide. Steelcase is also .. platforms include computer ..
.. .. in 5-7 days), or Coalesse .. ings are available on the .. represented with ofces and .. support tools, organizational ..
.. This specication guide .. Rapid10 (ships in 10 days). .. Planning Ideas site: .. corporate showrooms in .. worktools, and personal ..
. contains multiple Steelcase . . www.steelcase.com/ . 26 U.S. cities, 4 Canadian . lighting. .
.. and turnstone product lines
.. Surface Materials .. planningideas. .. cities, and in France, .. cFor additional information, ..
.. which are designed into one
.. Reference Manual .. .. Germany, Great Britain, .. refer to Steelcase Worktools ..
. . . . . .
.. specication guide for your .. This publication provides: .. .. and Japan. Every Steelcase .. Specication Guide. ..
.. convenience. Note that each .. • An explanation of the .. .. product meets our excep- .. ..
. product may be subject to . surface materials . . tionally high standards of . .
.. different pricing terms and
.. • “Available on” matrices .. .. quality and durability and .. ..
.. conditions.
.. • Vertical surface fabric and .. .. comes with the Steelcase .. ..
. . . . . .
.. .. seating upholstery selec- .. .. assurance of excellence .. ..
.. Additional storage products .. tion listing .. .. in service. .. ..
. can be found in the Storage . • Technical data for surface . . . .
. . . . . .
.. Specication Guide. .. materials .. .. For ordering or product .. ..
.. .. • Surface material care and .. .. assistance, call your .. ..
. Refer to the turnstone . cleaning instructions . . local dealer, the Steelcase . .
.. Furniture Specication Guide
.. .. .. Solutions Resource .. ..
.. for the Understanding turn-
.. .. .. Team, or the Steelcase .. ..
. . . . . .
.. stone information. .. Computer Tools .. .. Solutions Fulllment Team .. ..
. . . . at 1.888.STEELCASE . .
.. .. Electronic Catalog .. .. (1.888.783.3522) or .. ..
.. .. Accurate sales quotations .. .. send an e-mail to .. ..
. . and purchase orders for . . . .
.. .. Steelcase products are .. .. lineone@steelcase.com. .. ..
.. .. created with specication .. .. .. ..
. . . . Call the Steelcase Solutions . .
.. .. software that uses Steelcase .. .. Resource Team prior to .. ..
.. .. Electronic Catalog data. .. .. placing an order, when .. ..
. . Use the data to specify and . . . .
.. .. price style numbers and .. .. working on a bid, or when .. ..
.. .. options for every Steelcase .. .. you need information about .. ..
. . . . product applications and . .
.. .. product. The data is updated .. .. specications. .. ..
.. .. bimonthly by Steelcase .. .. .. ..
. . and provided to software . . . .
.. .. programs including: the .. .. Call the Steelcase Solutions .. ..
.. .. Hedberg Business System, .. .. Fulllment Team if you .. ..
.. .. SmartTools – Steelcase’s .. .. have submitted an order .. ..
. . . . to Steelcase and you need . .
.. .. design and specication .. .. to speak to your Solutions .. ..
.. .. software (for more informa- .. .. Fulllment Team Represen- .. ..
. . tion on SmartTools, please . . . .
.. .. email SmartTools@steel- .. .. tative about the order. Also .. ..
.. .. case.com), the ProjectMatrix .. .. call if you have any post- .. ..
.. .. Project-Symbols libraries, as .. .. shipment quality concerns or .. ..
. . . . service parts questions. . .
.. .. well as 20-20 CAP Studio. .. .. .. ..
.. .. .. .. For warranty information, .. ..
. . Furniture Symbol . . . .
.. .. Graphic Data .. .. please go to http://www. .. ..
.. .. Steelcase creates 2D and 3D .. .. steelcase.com/warranty/. .. ..
. . . . . .
.. .. furniture symbols (with attri- .. .. Outside the U.S.A., Canada, .. ..
.. .. butes) for planning and initially .. .. Mexico, Puerto Rico, and .. ..
. . specifying Steelcase products. . . . .
.. .. This data is incorporated .. .. the U.S. Virgin Islands, call .. ..
.. .. into several add-on software .. .. 1.616.247.2500. .. ..
.. .. packages that work in either .. .. .. ..
.. .. a Microstation or an AutoCAD .. .. .. ..
.. .. drafting environment. .. .. .. ..
. . . . . .
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. .. Digital Publications .. .. .. ..
. . You can access these . . . .
.. .. digital publications at .. .. .. ..
.. .. www.steelcase.com or .. .. .. ..
. . . . . .
.. .. village.steelcase.com. .. .. .. ..
.. .. .. .. .. ..
. . . . . .
.. .. .. .. .. ..
. . . . . .
Steelcase
October 2019
Additional Resources
Steelcase
October 2019
Statement of Line
Ology Height-Adjustable Desks
W RD
LD Understanding
c Page 40
Specifying
c Page 76
Rectangular Desks
34" 40" 46" 52" 58" 64" 70" 76"
23" or 24"D
34" 40" 46" 52" 58" 64" 70" 76"
29" or 30"D
34" 40" 46" 52" 58" 64" 70" 76"
35" or 36"D
Tip: Widths are parametric to 116" from 34"W78"W.
RD
W
LD
Understanding
c Page 40
Specifying
c Page 80
Tapered Desks*
58" 64"
29" or 30" 23" or 24" 29" or 30" 23" or 24"
70" 76"
29" or 30" 23" or 24" 29" or 30" 23" or 24
*Left-hand units shown. Right-hand units available.

Tip: Widths are parametric to 116" from 58"W—78"W.
Steelcase
October 2019
Statement of Line
Desks
Height–Adjustable
Ology Height-Adjustable Desks, continued
LW RW
Understanding
LD RD c Page 40
Specifying
c Page 82
90° Equal Corner Desks

52"W 58"W 64"W 70"W 76"W
23"D or 24"D • • • • •
29"D or 30"D • • • • •
Tip: Widths are parametric to 116" from 52"W–78"W.
Tip: 64"W, 70"W, and 76"W 90° equal worksurfaces ship in two pieces.
LW RW
Understanding
RD c Page 40
LD
Specifying
c Page 82
90° Extended Corner Desks*

40"W 46"W 52"W 58"W 64"W 70"W 76"W
23"D or 24"D • • • • • • •
29"D or 30"D • • • • • • •
Tip: Widths are parametric to 116" from 40"W–78"W.
RW
RD
LW
Understanding
c Page 40
LD Specifying
c Page 82
120° Equal Corner Desks

34" 34" 40" 40" 46" 46"
23" or 24" 23" or 24" 23" or 24" 23" or 24" 23" or 24" 23" or 24"
52" 52" 58" 58" 66" 66"
23" or 24" 23" or 24" 23" or 24" 23" or 24" 23" or 24" 23" or 24"
Tip: Widths are parametric to 1
16" from 34"W—66"W.
Height-Adjustable Desks Specification Guide cStatement of Line, continued 7
Steelcase
October 2019
Statement of Line, continued
Understanding
c Page 40
Specifying
D c Page 94
Rectangular Bases
34"W 40"W 46"W 52"W 58"W 64"W 70"W 76"W
23"D or 24"D • • • • • • • •
29"D or 30"D • • • • • • • •
35"D or 36"D • • • • • • • •
LW RW
Understanding Understanding
c Page 40 c Page 40
Specifying Specifying
D c Page 94 LD RD c Page 94
Tapered Bases* 90° Equal Corner Bases

58"W 64"W 70"W 76"W 52"W 58"W 64"W 70"W 76"W
23"D/29"D or • • • • 23"D or 24"D • • • • •

24"D/30"D 29"D or 30"D • • • • •
Steelcase
October 2019
Statement of Line
Desks
Height–Adjustable
RW
LW RW LW
RD
c Page 40 c Page 40
RD c Page 94 c Page 94
LD LD
90° Extended Corner Bases* 120° Equal Corner Bases

40"W 46"W 52"W 58"W 64"W 70"W 76"W 34"W 40"W 46"W 52"W 58"W 64"W
23"D or 24"D • • • • • • • 23"D or 24"D • • • • • •
29"D or 30"D • • • • • • • Tip: Widths are parametric to 116" from 34"W—66"W.
Modesty Panels and Fixed Personal/Modesty Screens
c Page 68 c Page 69
c Page 104 c Page 105
Ology Modesty Panels Fixed Personal/Modesty Screens

34"W 40"W 46"W 58"W 64"W 70"W 76"W 30"W 36"W 42"W 48"W
1438"H • • • • • • • 12"H • • • •
1 "
Tip: Widths are parametric to 16 from 34"W—78"W. 191 2"H • • • •
24"H • • • •
Tip: 1912"H and 24"H are for privacy use only.
Height-Adjustable Desks Specication Guide cStatement of Line, continued 9
Steelcase
October 2019
Ology Cable and Power Management
Cable Riser–Leg Cable Riser–Fence Cable Basket Cable Brackets

Connection Connection Understanding Understanding
Understanding Understanding c Page 42 c Page 42
c Page 42 c Page 42 Specifying Specifying
Specifying Specifying c Page 106 c Page 106
Ology Integrated Storage
18"D 187/8"D
Understanding
c Page 70
Specifying
Flush steel Proud steel c Page 108
open front open front
Universal Steel One-High Open Laterals for Ology Application

30"W 36"W 42"W
16"H • • •
Drawings show Ology right application.
Units are also available with Ology left application.
c Page 70 c Page 70
6"D c Page 110 6"D c Page 111
Universal Shrouds Universal Filler
Steelcase
October 2019
Statement of Line
Desks
Height–Adjustable
Ology Integrated Storage, continued
Understanding
c Page 72
181/8"D 30"W or 36"W Specifying
c Page 112
Universal Laminate Enhanced One-High and 1.5-High Storage for Ology Application
30"W 36"W 42"W
1511 32"H • • •
Tip: Units have removable back to allow access to Ology leg and can be specied with open or nished back.
c Page 72 c Page 72
187/8"D c Page 113 c Page 114
Universal Laminate Enhanced Top for Ology Universal Laminate Enhanced One-High Storage
Application Filler Panel
30"W 36"W 42"W 51 8"W
13 16"H • • • 145 8"H •

Tip: Right-handed application shown. Left-handed application is also
available.
Understanding
c Page 74
18"D or Specifying
187/8"D c Page 116
Universal Common Tops for Ology Application

60"W 66"W 72"W 78"W 84"W 90"W 96"W 108"W
• • • • • • • •
Drawings show Ology right application.
Units are also available with Ology left application.
Steelcase
October 2019
Ology Integrated Storage, continued
151/2"H Understanding
c Page 74
Specifying
c Page 118
Elective Elements One-High Open Plinth Base Pedestals for Ology Application
24"W 30"W 36"W 42"W
1714"D • • • •
Tip: Ology right application shown. Units are also available with Ology left application.
Understanding
c Page 74
Specifying
c Page 120
Elective Elements Common Tops for Ology Application

24"W 30"W 36"W 42"W 48"W 54"W 60"W 66"W 72"W 78"W 84"W 90"W
18"D • • • • • • • • • • • •
96"W 102"W 108"W 114"W 120"W
18"D • • • • •
Tip: Ology right application shown. Units are also available with Ology left application.
Understanding
c See Wood Casegoods
and Tables
Specication Guide
Specifying
c Page 122
Currency Lateral One-High and 1.5-High Storage for Ology Application

24"W 30"W 36"W 42"W
1714"D • • • •
Understanding
c See Wood Casegoods
and Tables
Specication Guide
Specifying
c Page 123
Currency Common Top for Ology Application

24"W 30"W 36"W 42"W 48"W 54"W 60"W 66"W 72"W
18"D • • • • • • • • •
Steelcase
October 2019
Statement of Line
Desks
Height–Adjustable
Steelcase Flex Collection
D
W
D Understanding Understanding
Height-Adjustable Desks Height-Adjustable Bases

46"W 58"W 70"W 46"W 58"W 70"W
23"D or 24"D • • • 23"D or 24"D • • •

29"D or 30"D • • • 29"D or 30"D • • •
Tip: Widths are parametric to 116" from 46"–72". Tip: Widths are parametric to 116" from 46"–72".
Accessories
Power Hanger Cable Tray for Flex Cable Brackets Cable Riser Brakes for Flex Height-
Understanding Height-Adjustable Understanding Understanding Adjustable Desks
cPage 127 Desks cPage 127 cPage 127 Understanding
Specifying Understanding Specifying Specifying cPage 127
c Page 136 cPage 127 c Page 137 c Page 137 Specifying
Specifying c Page 137
c Page 136
Steelcase
October 2019
Migration Height–Adjustable Desks
RD
W
W
LD c Page 140 c Page 140
Rectangular Desks Rectangular Bases

46"W 52"W 58"W 64"W 70"W 46"W 52"W 58"W 64"W 70"W
23"D, 29"D, or 35"D • • • • • 23"D, 29"D, or 35"D • • • • •

46" 52" 58" 64" 70"
23"D
46" 52" 58" 64" 70"
29"D
46" 52" 58" 64" 70"
35"D
Migration SE Height–Adjustable Desks
RD
W
Understanding
LD
c Page 148
Specifying
c Page 152
Rectangular Desks, T-Leg

46" 52" 58" 64" 70" 76"
23" or 24"D
46" 52" 58" 64" 70" 76"
29" or 30"D
46" 52" 58" 64" 70" 76"
35" or 36"D
Steelcase
October 2019
Statement of Line
Desks
Height–Adjustable
Migration SE Height–Adjustable Desks, continued
RD
W
LD Understanding
c Page 149
Specifying
c Page 154
Rectangular Desks, C-Leg

46" 52" 58" 64" 70" 76"
29" or 30"D
W
W
Rectangular Bases, T-Leg Rectangular Bases, C-Leg

46"W 52"W 58"W 64"W 70"W 76"W 46"W 52"W 58"W 64"W 70"W 76"W
23"D or 24"D • • • • • • 29"D or 30"D • • • • • •

29"D or 30"D • • • • • •
35"D or 36"D • • • • • •
Migration and Migration SE Cable and Power Management
Cable Riser–Leg Cable Riser–Fence Cable Brackets

Connection Connection Understanding
Understanding Understanding c Page 141
c Page 141 c Page 141 Specifying
Specifying Specifying c Page 146
Steelcase
October 2019
Series 5 Height-Adjustable Worksurfaces
W RD W RD
Understanding
LD LD cPage 160
Specifying
c Page 164
Rectangular Worksurfaces
46" 52" 58" 64" 70" 76"
23"D
46" 52" 58" 64" 70" 76"
29"D
RW
RD Understanding
LW
cPage 160
Specifying
LD c Page 164
90° Corner Worksurfaces

40" 40" 46" 46"
23" 23" 23" 23"
LW RW LW RW
Understanding
cPage 160
LD RD LD RD Specifying
c Page 164
90° Equal Worksurfaces
64" 64" 70" 70" 76" 76"

52" 52" 58" 58"
23" 23" 23" 23" 23" 24" 23" 23" 24" 23" 23" 24" 23"
52" 52" 58" 58" 64" 64"
29" 29" 29" 29" 29" 24" 29"
Steelcase
October 2019
Statement of Line
Desks
Height–Adjustable
Series 5 Height-Adjustable Worksurfaces, continued
LW RW
W W
cPage 160 cPage 160
c Page 168 LD RD c Page 168
D D
Rectangular Bases 90° Equal Bases

46"W–52"W 58"W 64"W–76"W 52"W 58"W 64"W–76"W
23"D • • • 23"–29"D • • •
29"D • • •
Walkstation
32"
66" 32" 32" 78"
30" 66" 38" 30"
Understanding
cPage 170
Specifying
67" 67" 67" 67"
cPage 173
Walkstation and Sit-to-Walkstation

38"W 66"W 78"W
30"D •
32"D • •
Understanding
cPage 172
Specifying
cPage 174
Kybun Footpad
Steelcase
October 2019
Airtouch Height-Adjustable Worksurfaces

Universal Tables
RD RD W RD
W W
LD LD cPage 176 LD cPage 176
Rectangular Worksurfaces Rectangular Bi-Level Worksurfaces

40" 46" 58" 40" 46"
221/4"D 341/4"D
40" 46" 58"
281/4"D
RW RW
RD RD
LW LW
cPage 176 cPage 176
LD c Page 182 LD
c Page 182
90° Corner Worksurfaces 90° Corner Bi-Level Worksurfaces

391/4" 391/4" 451/4" 451/4" 391/4" 391/4" 451/4" 451/4"
221/4" 221/4" 221/4" 221/4" 221/4" 221/4" 221/4" 221/4"
RW
RD
LW
Understanding
cPage 176
LD
Specifying
c Page 182

34" 34"
221/4" 221/4"
Steelcase
October 2019
Statement of Line
Desks
Height–Adjustable
For Use with Universal Systems
W RD W RD
LD cPage 176 LD cPage 176
Rectangular Worksurfaces Rectangular Bi-Level Worksurfaces

40" 46" 58" 40" 46"
221/4"D 341/4"D
40" 46" 58"
281/4"D
RW RW
RD RD
LW LW
cPage 176 cPage 176
LD c Page 186 LD c Page 186
90° Corner Worksurfaces 90° Corner Bi-Level Worksurfaces

391/4" 391/4" 391/4" 391/4" 451/4" 451/4" 391/4" 391/4" 451/4" 451/4"
161/4" 161/4" 221/4" 221/4" 221/4" 221/4" 221/4" 221/4" 221/4" 221/4"
RW
RD
LW
Understanding
cPage 176
LD
Specifying
c Page 186

34" 34"
221/4" 221/4"
Steelcase
October 2019
Screens and Cableways
Understanding
c Page 190
Specifying
c Page 204
Universal Privacy/Modesty Screens

Height Above 42"W 48"W 54"W 60"W 66"W
Worksurface
Privacy Mount 1915"H

Height*
• • • • •
Privacy/Modesty 13"H
Mount Height*
• • • • •
Tip: Overall screen height is 25 710"H.
*Privacy mount height measures 48" from the oor to the top of the screen and privacy/modesty mount height measures 42" from the oor to the top of the
screen.
Tip: Available in parametric sizes ranging from 42"W to 66"W in 116" increments.
Understanding
c Page 192
Specifying
c Page 205
Universal Privacy Screens

24"W 30"W 36"W 42"W 48"W 54"W 60"W 66"W 72"W 78"W 84"W 90"W 96"W
131/2"H • • • • • • • • • • • • •
191/2"H • • • • • • • • • • • • •
Tip: Available in parametric sizes ranging from 24"W to 96"W and 13 1 2"H to 191 2"H in 1 16" increments.
Understanding
c Page 193
Specifying
c Page 208
Sarto Privacy/Modesty Screens

42"W 48"W 54"W 60"W 66"W
24"H • • • • •
Steelcase
October 2019
Statement of Line
Desks
Height–Adjustable
Screens and Cableways, continued
Understanding
c Page 194
Specifying
c Page 209
Sarto Privacy Screens

24"W 30"W 36"W 42"W 48"W 54"W 60"W 66"W 72"W 78"W 84"W 90"W 96"W
131/2"H • • • • • • • • • • • • •
191/2"H • • • • • • • • • • • • •
cPage 198 cPage 199
Flex Curved Screens Acrylic Privacy Screens

46"W 58"W 70"W 22"W 28"W 34"W 40"W 46"W 52"W 58"W 64"W
18"D • • • 22"H • • • • • • • •
cPage 199 cPage 200
Acrylic Modesty Screens Cableways

22"W 28"W 34"W 40"W 46"W 52"W 58"W 64"W 25"W 31"W 37"W 43"W 49"W 55"W 61"W
14"H • • • • • • • • 8"H • • • • • • •
Height-Adjustable Desks Specication Guide cStatement of Line, continued 21
Steelcase
October 2019
Cable and Power Management
Vertical Cable Carrier 6"D Wire Manager 134"D Wire Manager Power/Data with Power and Data Strips
Understanding Understanding Understanding C-clamp with Cord and Rail
cPage 201 cPage 201 cPage 201 Understanding Attachment Brackets
Specifying Specifying Specifying cPage 201 Understanding
cPage 215 cPage 215 cPage 216 Specifying cPage 202
cPage 216 Specifying
cPage 217
Power and Data Strips USB Two-Outlet USB Two-Outlet USB Three-Outlet USB Three-Outlet
with Worksurface Powerstrip with Powerstrip with Powerstrip with Powerstrip with
Attachment Bracket Clamp Mount Rail Mount Clamp Mount Rail Mount
Understanding Understanding Understanding Understanding Understanding
cPage 202 cPage 202 cPage 202 cPage 203 cPage 203
Specifying Specifying Specifying Specifying Specifying
cPage 217 cPage 218 cPage 218 cPage 219 cPage 219
SOTO Worktools
SOTO Wireless SOTO USB Charging

Charger Hub
Steelcase
October 2019
Statement of Line
Desks
Height–Adjustable
Steelcase
October 2019
Workstation Design Guidelines and Requirements
.. .. .. ..
. Overview .. . .
.. .. ..
.. Designed for move- .. .. ..
.. 3
. ment with dynamic . .
.. . .. ..
..
seating, adjustable work- .. .. ..
.
tools and height-adjustable .. . .
.. desks are important for . 1 .. ..
.. today's ofce workers. .. .. ..
.. To determine the best .. .. ..
.. . .. ..
height-adjustable solution, ..
. consider these four criteria: .. . .
.. .. ..
..
1. Adjustability Needed: . .. ..
What is the height range ..
. .. . .
.. requirement? (seated or 2 .. WARNING ..
.. . .. ..
sit-to-stand) ..
. 2. Worksurface Size Needed: .. . Risk of serious injury. .
.. .. ..
..
What does the physical . .. ..
space look like? (work- .. Bases-only warranty limitations and potential for
. .. . .
.. surface conguration) .. injury: The use of worksurfaces that do not comply with ..
.. . .. ..
3. Equipment/Tools Used: .. the Steelcase dened criteria and limitations could cause
. What type of computer .. . personal injury or property damage due to pinch points, insta- .
. . .
.. equipment and other . .. bility, or other problems, and voids all Steelcase Warranties, ..
.. worktools are being used .. .. expressed or implied. ..
. on the worksurface? (load .. . .
.. . .. ..
..
capacity) .. ..
The use of worksurfaces that do not comply with Steelcase
..
.
4. Use: .. .
criteria voids any Steelcase claims of compliance with ANSI/
.
..
.
What is the height-
adjustable desk being
.
.. WARNING ..
.
BIFMA, UL, LEED, or other applicable requirements. The
use of non-Steelcase worksurfaces on Steelcase adjustable-
..
.
.. used for (individual or .. Risk of Serious Injury. If not used as intended, moving work- .. height bases may not be accepted as compliant to municipal ..
.. . surfaces can pinch or injure people, or damage property. .. ..
.
shared, touchdown space .. .
electrical codes or OSHA federal workplace standards,
.
Always follow theses Instructions:
.. or full workstation, sit-to- . .. because this use does not create an NRTL (UL, ETL, etc.) ..
.. stand or seated)? .. 1. Keep height-adjustment range free from obstructions
.. listed product. Steelcase is not responsible for the ultimate ..
. . above and below the worksurface.
. .
.. .. ..
determinations of compliance for height-adjustable bases
..
2. Plan for a minimum 1" gap against a panel or wall.
.. .. ..
with non-Steelcase worksurface, and assumes no liability
..
3. Plan for a minimum 1" gap to adjacent furniture.
. . .
for their compliance with standards when height adjustable
.
.. .. .. bases are used without a Steelcase worksurface as intended. ..
.. .. .. ..
. . . .
.. .. ..
Worksurface Criteria and Limitations
..
.. Tips The use of non-Steelcase worksurfaces is not recommended.
.. .. ..
. . Obstructions . Any use of a non-Steelcase worksurface requires additional
.
.. .. .. investigation by the customer regarding the appropriateness ..
Moving worksurfaces can collide with other objects. Do not
.. .. .. for use. It is the sole responsibility of the customer to deter- ..
install overhead storage, stationary pedestals or components
.. .. .. mine the suitability and safety of the selected worksurface ..
in the path of height-adjustable desks.
. . . .
.. .. .. construction and attachment means. The following informa-
..
.. .. Weight .. tion is provided as a guideline, but does not address all
..
. . The maximum allowable load (varies by height-adjustable . potential issues. Customers should seek professional guid-
.
.. .. .. ance as to the appropriateness of their chosen worksurface. ..
desk) should be evenly distributed and must not be
.. .. .. ..
exceeded.
.. . .. ..
..
. .. Width . Tips .
.. .. ..
.. . Specify a minimum 1" gap to adjacent furniture. This elimi- .. ..
.. Height-adjustable bases include fasteners intended for
. nates any pinch points between a height-adjustable desk and . .
.. .. .. use with Steelcase worksurfaces. These fasteners may be ..
a xed object.
.. . .. suitable for worksurfaces meeting the following criteria: ..
..
. . • Medium-density or higher particleboard or berboard cores, .
.. .. Depth .. ..
with High- or Low-Pressure Laminates and backers.
.. . When placing a height-adjustable desk against a panel or wall .. ..
.. • Thickness of 1" or greater (Ology, Migration, and Migration SE)
. specify the worksurface depth shorter to provide a minimum . .
.. .. .. • Thickness of 1316" or greater (Series 5 bases) ..
1" gap. This eliminates pinch points and adds clearances for
.. . .. • Fasteners located a minimum distance of 1" from any edge ..
.. cable access.
.. .. .. ..
.. .. Managing Technology .. ..
.. .. Design workstations with computer equipment in mind so that .. ..
. .. the height-adjustment range of the height-adjustable desk is . .
.. .. ..
.. . not impeded because of cables. Consider the addition of a .. ..
..
. cable riser, cable basket, or cableway to help harness these . .
.. .. .. ..
wires and cables.
.. .. .. ..
. .. . .
.. Power .. ..
.
.. .. Plan easy and unobstructed access to electrical outlets for .. ..
. .. computer equipment and height-adjustable desks (when . .
.. . applicable). .. ..
. .. . .
Steelcase
October 2019
How to Calculate
How to Calculate Power Needs Power Needs
Use This to Determine How Many Power-Ins You’ll Need
.. .. .. .. ..
. When planning a power . If your usage is not . If your usage is known . Approximate power consumption for common .
Desks
Height–Adjustable
.. network, you must calcu- .. known in advance: .. in advance: .. devices ..
.. late the amperage require- .. The National Electrical Code .. Add up the amperage used .. ..
. . . . .
.. ments of all your electrical .. (NEC) allows a maximum .. by each piece of equipment .. DDevice DWattage DAmperage DVoltage DNumber ..
.. components so you can .. of 13 receptacles on each .. in the workstation. When- .. d d d d dof Devices ..
. provide sufcient electricity . 20-amp circuit. This pro- . ever you reach 60 amps (20 . d d d d dSupported .
.. to power them. .. vides up to 30 receptacles .. amps times 3 circuits) or .. d d d d don Single ..
.. .. for each 3-circuit power-in .. 80 amps (20 amps times 4 .. d d d d d20 Amp ..
. . . . .
.. .. and 40 receptacles for each .. circuits) from items that are .. d d d d dCircuit* ..
.. .. 4-circuit power-in. .. likely to be used at the same .. d d d d d ..
. . . time, you have reached the . Laptop 90 0.8 110 20 .
.. .. .. limit for a single power-in. .. ..
.. .. .. Specify another power-in .. CPU/Desktop 120 1.1 110 15 ..
. . . . Computer .
.. .. .. and continue until all equip- .. ..
.. .. .. ment is powered. .. Monitor 60 0.5 110 29 ..
. . . . .
.. .. .. If the circuits will normally .. Phone 5 0.0 110 352 ..
.. .. .. be subject to a continuous .. High Power 40 0.4 110 44
..
. . . . .
.. .. .. load (three or more hours .. Tablet (e.g. ..
.. .. .. of continuous use, such as .. Surface Pro) ..
. . . lights or computers), the . .
.. .. .. NEC requires that circuit .. Low Power 15 0.1 110 117 ..
.. .. .. capacity be "de-rated" by .. Tablet (e.g. ..
. . . . iPad Air) .
.. .. .. 20 percent. Therefore, treat .. ..
.. .. .. circuits used for continuous .. Desktop Printer 40 0.4 110 44 ..
. . . loads as if they were rated . .
.. .. .. at 16 amps instead of the .. 42" LCD Screen 210 1.9 110 8 ..
. . . . .
.. .. .. regular 20 amps. .. DVD Player 25 0.2 110 70 ..
.. .. .. .. Projector 175 1.6 110 10 ..
. . . Try to anticipate future . .
.. .. .. increases in power require- .. Desktop Lamp 19 0.2 110 93 ..
.. .. .. ments and build some .. ..
. . . . Large Printer/ 1900 17.3 110 1 .
.. .. .. excess capacity into your .. Copier (high) ..
.. .. .. plan. .. ..
. . . cSee table at right for typ- . Large Printer/ 850 7.7 110 2 .
.. .. .. ical and actual amperage .. Copier (low) ..
.. .. .. usages for components. .. ..
. . . . Paper Shredder 360 3.3 110 5 .
.. .. .. .. ..
.. .. .. To calculate amperage when .. Desktop Fan 20 0.2 110 88 ..
. . . the wattage of a device is . Standing Fan 180 1.6 110 10 .
.. .. .. known, divide watts by 120. .. ..
.. .. .. .. Coffee Maker 1200 10.9 110 1 ..
.. .. .. Some appliances, such as .. (high) ..
. . . . .
.. .. .. large copiers, coffee makers, .. Coffee Maker 600 5.5 110 3 ..
.. .. .. or space heaters require .. (low) ..
. . . most of the current available . .
.. .. .. on a 20-amp circuit. It is .. Microwave 400 13.6 110 1 ..
. . . . (high) .
.. .. .. recommended that such .. ..
.. .. .. devices be supplied with .. Microwave 150 5.5 110 3 ..
. . . their own receptacle/circuit, . (low) .
.. .. .. directly from the building. .. ..
.. .. .. This leaves the capacity of .. Refrigerator 1500 3.6 110 4 ..
. . . . (high) .
.. .. .. the furniture circuits avail- .. ..
.. .. .. able for the more dynamic .. Refrigerator 200 1.4 110 12 ..
. . . requirements of the ofce . (low) .
.. .. .. equipment. .. ..
.. .. .. .. Vacuum (high) 1500 13.6 110 1 ..
. . . . .
.. .. .. Local electrical codes vary. .. Vacuum (low) 200 1.8 110 9 ..
.. .. .. Consult a qualied electrical .. Space Heater 1500 13.6 110 1 ..
. . . contractor or engineer for . .
.. .. .. the proper planning of elec- .. (high) ..
.. .. .. trical circuits in your locale. .. Space Heater 750 6.8 110 2 ..
. . . . .
.. .. .. .. (low) ..
.. .. .. .. ..
. . . . Tip: These calculations are estimations and are meant solely .
.. .. .. .. ..
for informational purposes. It is important to conduct proper
.. .. .. .. ..
power planning for each installation to prevent overloading
. . . . .
.. .. .. .. a circuit. ..
.. .. .. .. ..
. . . . .
.. .. .. .. ..
. . . . .
Steelcase
October 2019
Basics of Ergonomic Seating
.. A well-designed, ergo-
..
. .
.. nomically advanced Top of monitor should be ..
.. chair that allows a full at eye level. ..
. range of healthy postures Screen is 20 to 30 inches .
.. throughout the day and can
..
from the eyes. Screen is at
.. contribute to worker well-
..
eye level slightly lower and
. .
.. ness and productivity. directly in front of worker so .
..
.. head is not turned.
.
.. Neck is straight or slightly ..
.. forward. ..
. .
.. Wrists should be straight ..
.. when keying or mousing, not ..
. Shoulders are relaxed so bent up or down. .
.. arms hang naturally. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. Back has full contact with ..
.. the backrest (sit all the way ..
. back in your chair). .
. .
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. Elbows and forearms ..
.. can rest comfortably on the ..
. .
.. arms of your chair, or on ..
. worksurfaces. .
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
.. Lower back ts into ..
. curved lumbar support. .
.. When keying or mous- ..
.. ing, forearms are parallel to ..
. Tension is adjusted so
the oor. .
.. ..
.. backrest reclines easily, ..
. yet provides smooth, even .
.. support, and encourages ..
.. Thighs are parallel Feet are at on the oor ..
postural change.
. to the oor. or on a footrest. .
.. ..
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
.. ..
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
. .
Steelcase
October 2019
Basics of Standing and Monitor Arm Positioning Basics of Standing and
Monitor Arm Positioning
.. .. ..
Height-adjustable
. . .
Desks
Height–Adjustable
.. desks, when combined .. Height ..
.. with monitor arms, allow a Top of monitor should be .. Top of ..
. full range of healthy pos- 0° to 20° below horizontal . monitor .
.. line of sight. .. ..
tures throughout the day
.. .. ..
and can contribute to worker
. . .
.. wellbeing and productivity. .. ..
.. .. ..
.. .. ..
.. .. ..
. . .
.. .. ..
.. .. ..
. . .
.. .. ..
.. .. ..
. . .
.. .. ..
.. .. Top of the monitor ..
. . should be positioned at or .
.. .. slightly below eye level. ..
.. .. ..
. . .
. . .
.. .. Distance ..
.. .. ..
. . .
.. .. ..
.. .. ..
. . .
.. .. ..
. . .
.. .. ..
.. Avoid locking knees to .. ..
. help maintain good posture. . .
.. .. ..
.. .. ..
. . .
.. Feet should be at on the .. ..
.. oor or use foot rest or foot .. ..
. pad. . .
.. .. Monitor should be 20" ..
.. .. to 30" from the eyes or ..
. . approximately an arm's .
.. .. length away. ..
.. .. ..
. . .
.. .. ..
.. .. ..
.. .. ..
. . .
.. .. ..
.. .. ..
. . .
.. .. ..
.. .. ..
.. .. ..
. . .
.. .. ..
.. .. ..
. . .
.. .. ..
.. .. ..
. . .
.. .. ..
.. .. ..
. . .
.. .. ..
.. .. ..
.. .. ..
.. .. ..
.. .. ..
. . .
.. .. ..
.. .. ..
. . .
.. .. ..
.. .. ..
. . .
.. .. ..
.. .. ..
. . .
.. .. ..
. . .
Steelcase
October 2019
Worksurface Shape Overview
.. Extensive worksurface
.. ..
. . .
.. shape and size offering .. ..
.. allows designers to meet a .. ..
. variety of planning applica- . .
.. tions and footprints.
.. ..
.. .. ..
. . .
.. .. Rectangular Rectangular with Rectangular Bi-Level Tapered ..
.. .. Ology Rounded Corners Airtouch Ology ..
.. .. Migration Steelcase Flex Collection ..
.. .. Migration SE ..
. . Series 5 .
.. .. ..
.. .. Airtouch ..
. . .
.. .. ..
.. .. ..
. . .
.. .. ..
.. .. ..
. . .
.. .. ..
.. .. ..
. . .
. . .
.. .. ..
.. .. 90° Corner 90° Corner Bi-Level 90° Equal ..
. . .
.. .. Series 5 Airtouch Ology ..
.. .. Airtouch Series 5 ..
. . .
.. .. ..
. . .
.. .. ..
.. .. ..
. . .
.. .. ..
.. .. ..
. . .
.. .. ..
.. .. ..
. . .
.. .. 90° Equal * 90° Extended 90° Extended * 120° Equal ..
.. .. Ology Ology Ology Ology ..
. . Series 5 Airtouch .
.. .. ..
.. .. ..
. . .
.. .. *Worksurfaces equal to and wider than 601 16"x 601 16" ship in two pieces. ..
.. .. ..
.. .. ..
. . .
.. .. ..
.. .. ..
. . .
.. .. ..
.. .. ..
.. .. ..
. . .
.. .. ..
.. .. ..
. . .
.. .. ..
.. .. ..
. . .
.. .. ..
.. .. ..
. . .
.. .. ..
.. .. ..
.. .. ..
.. .. ..
.. .. ..
. . .
.. .. ..
.. .. ..
. . .
.. .. ..
.. .. ..
. . .
.. .. ..
.. .. ..
. . .
.. .. ..
. . .
Steelcase
October 2019
Worksurface Edge Options Worksurface Edge Options
.. High-Pressure
.. .. Wood Veneer Worksurfaces
..
. . . .
Desks
Height–Adjustable
.. Laminate Worksurfaces .. .. ..
.. Front (user's) edge .. .. ..
. . . .
.. prole is available in two .. .. ..
.. shapes, depending on which .. .. ..
. height-adjustable desk or . . .
.. worksurface is specied. .. .. ..
.. .. .. Front (user's) edge prole is wood veneer with a square (3 mm) radius. Back edge and ..
.. .. .. edge that joins to adjacent worksurfaces are at. Wood edge color matches nish specied ..
.. .. .. for worksurface. ..
. . . Tip: Wood veneer worksurfaces are available on Airtouch through specials. .
.. .. Universal tables
.. ..
.. .. (rounded corners) have .
. ..
. . . .
.. .. rounded corners on all four .. Universal Tables (rounded corners) Edge Proles ..
.. 3 mm P-edge .. sides with a continuous user .
. ..
. edge profile edge profile . edge. Radius corners elimi- . .
.. .. nate sharp edges and are
.. ..
.. PVC-free, 3 mm edge .. appropriate for freestanding .
. ..
. proles are proprietary . . .
.. .. furniture. .. ..
polyolen blend for all solid
.. .. Tip: Ology, when optioned .. Rectangular Rectangular Tapered ..
colors and seven woodgrain
. . with rounded corners and . Bi-Level .
. nishes. Matching 1 mm . . .
.. .. with integrated rail, will have .
.. ..
side and back edges are
.. .. 114" radius corners on the
. ..
also PVC-free.
. . two front (user’s) corners . .
.. c See Surface Materials in .. and 90° corners on the rear .
. ..
.. this book for specic PVC- .. two corners.
.. ..
. free availability, page 226. . . .
.. .. .. ..
Tip: Universal Tables
. . . .
.. (rounded corners) have a .. .. ..
.. continuous 3 mm edge. .. .. 90° Corner 90° Corner 90° Equal ..
. . . Bi-Level .
.. .. .. ..
Edge prole nishes are
.. .. .. ..
specied separately from
. . . .
.. laminate color. .. .. ..
.. .. .. ..
. P-edge prole rises . . .
.. .. .. ..
slightly above the laminate
.. .. .. ..
surface and curves into a 3 8"
. . . 90° Extended 120° Equal .
.. radius. Back and side edges .. .. ..
.. are at. .. .. ..
. Tip: P-edge prole avail- . Universal systems . .
.. .. .. ..
able on Airtouch height- (square corners) and
.. .. . ..
.. adjustable worksurfaces
.. wood veneer worksur- .. Universal Systems (square corners) and Wood Edge Proles
..
. only.
. faces have 90° corner on .. .
.. Tip: Universal tables .. all four sides with a front .. ..
.. (rounded corners) have a .. user's edge. .. ..
. continuous P-edge prole. . . .
.. .. .. ..
.. .. .. Rectangular Rectangular Tapered ..
.. .. .. Bi-Level ..
. . . .
.. .. .. ..
.. 3/8"
.. .. ..
. . . .
.. .. .. ..
.. .. .. ..
. P-edge prole work- . . .
.. surface depths are 3 8"
.. .. ..
.. deeper than 3 mm edge pro-
.. .. ..
. . . 90° Corner 90° Corner 90° Equal .
.. le worksurfaces. Both edge .. .. Bi-Level ..
.. proles provide a ush .. .. ..
.. interface with universal .. .. ..
.. pedestals. .. .. ..
.. .. .. ..
. . . .
.. .. .. ..
.. .. .. ..
. . . .
.. .. .. 90° Extended 120° Equal ..
.. .. .. ..
. . . .
.. .. .. ..
.. .. .. ..
. . . .
.. .. .. ..
. . . .
Steelcase
October 2019
Height-Adjustable Desks Comparison Chart
.. Height-adjustable desks trans-

.. Ology ..
. . .
.. form to meet the needs of someone .. ..
.. 5' to 6'4" tall. Adjustables offer six .. Extended Height Basic Height ..
. selections; Ology, Flex, Migration, . .
.. Migration SE, Series 5, and Airtouch.
.. ..
.. .. ..
273/10" - 462/5"
. . 223/5" - 487/10" .
.. The chart below will help you deter- .
. ..
.. mine which product line best meets .
. ..
.. your needs. .. ..
.. .. ..
. . .
.. .. ..
.. .. ..
. . .
.. .. ..
.. .. ..
. . .
.. .. ..
.. .. ..
. . Enhanced sit-to-stand height-adjustability .
.. .. 1
..
.. .. A push button delivers electric adjustability at 1 2" per second. Includes three ..
. . controller options: .
. . • Simple touch .
.. .. ..
.. .. • Active touch ..
. . • 4 Pre-sets .
.. .. Weight capacity of 314 pounds (2-leg) or 471 pounds (3-leg). ..
.. .. Tip: When calculating lifting capacity, subtract the weight of the worksurface, ..
. . understructure, and options selected. .
.. .. ..
. . cSee page 46 for worksurface weights. .
.. .. ..
.. .. ..
. . .
.. .. ..
.. .. ..
. . .
.. . ..
.. Adjustables Comparison Chart ..
. .
.. Ology ..
.. Sit-to-Stand ..
. .
.. Range of Adjustment Extended height: 2235" – 48710" ..
.. Basic height: 27310" – 4625" ..
. .
.. Type of Adjustment Electric ..
.. Distributed Weight 314 lb (2-leg) ..
.. Capacity 471 lb (3-leg) ..
. .
.. Worksurface Weight See page 46 for worksurface weights ..
.. Worksurface Thickness 1" ..
. .
.. Controller Simple touch, Active touch, 4 Pre-sets ..
.. Integrated Rail Yes ..
.. ..
Integrated Soft Edge Yes
. .
.. Integrated Power Yes ..
.. ..
. Motor Enclosed .
.. Decibel Rating < 55 dBA ..
.. ..
. Volts 120v AC .
.. Input Amps 2-leg: 2.5A/ 3-leg: 3.75A
..
.. ..
. Watts 2-leg: 300W/ 3-leg:450W .
.. ..
Standby Power 0.1W
.. ..
.. Frequency and Phase 60 Hz Single Phase ..
.. Adjustablilty Speed 112" per second ..
.. Stretcher or Understructure Fixed
..
. .
.. Design ..
.. Base Only Availability Yes ..
. .
.. ANSI/BIFMA (29"D Knee depth Meet or Exceed ..
.. requirement for worksurface) ..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
. .
Steelcase
October 2019
Height-Adjustable Desks
Comparison Chart
.. .. Steelcase Flex Collection

.. Migration
..
. . . ..
Desks
Height–Adjustable
.. .. .. .
.. .. Extended Height Basic Height .. ..
. . . ..
.. .. .. 223/5" - 487/10"
.
.. .. .. ..
. . 223/5" - 487/10" 273/5" - 469/10" . ..
.. .. .. .
.. .. .. ..
.. .. .. ..
.. .. .. .
..
. . . ..
.. .. ..
.. .. .. .
..
. . . ..
.. .. ..
.. .. .. .
..
. . . ..
.. .. .. Sit-to-stand
.. .. .. height-adjustability .
..
. . Enhanced sit-to-stand height-adjustability . A push button delivers electric
..
.. .. A push button delivers electric adjustability up to 11/2" per second. Includes .. adjustability up to 123" per second.
.. .. .. .
two controller options: Includes two controller options: ..
. . . .
. . • Simple touch . • up/down
..
.. .. • Active touch .. • 4 Pre-sets
.. .. Weight capacity of 360 pounds. .. Weight capacity of 220 pounds. ..
. . . .
.. .. Tip: When calculating lifting capacity, subtract the weight of the worksurface, .. Tip: When calculating lifting capac- ..
.. .. understructure, and options selected. .. ity, subtract the weight of the ..
. . cSee page 143 for worksurface weights. . worksurface. .
.. .. .. cSee page 143 for worksurface ..
. . . ..
.. .. .. weights.
.
.. .. .. .
..
. . . ..
.. .. ..
.. .. .. ..
. . . ..
.. . . ..
.. .
. Adjustables Comparison Chart ..
.. Steelcase Flex Collection Migration ..
.. Sit-to-Stand Sit-to-Stand .
. ..
.. Range of Adjustment Extended height: 2235"48710" 2235"48710" ..
.. Basic height: 2735"46910" .
. ..
.. Type of Adjustment Electric Electric
..
.. Distributed Weight 360 lb 220 lb .
.. Capacity ..
. ..
.. Worksurface Weight See page 143 for worksurface weights See page 143 for worksurface .
.. weights ..
. ..
.. Worksurface Thickness 1" 1"
.
.. Controller Simple touch, Active touch Up/Down, Digital Pre-set ..
.. .
Integrated Rail No No ..
. ..
.. Integrated Soft Edge No No
.. .
Integrated Power Yes No ..
. ..
.. Motor Enclosed Enclosed
.. .
..
. Decibel Rating < 45 dBA < 55 dBA
..
.. Volts 120v AC 120v AC
.. .
..
. Input Amps 2.5A 4A
..
..
Watts 300W 480W
.. .
..
.. Standby Power 0.1W 0.1W
..
.. Frequency and Phase 60 Hz Single Phase 60 Hz Single Phase .
.. Adjustablilty Speed 112" per second 123" per second
..
. ..
.. Stretcher or Understructure Fixed Telescoping .
.. Design ..
. ..
.. Base Only Availability Yes Yes
..
.. ANSI/BIFMA (29"D Knee depth Meet or Exceed Meet or Exceed .
. ..
.. requirement for worksurface)
..
.. .
. ..
.. ..
.
Height-Adjustable Desks Specication Guide cHeight-Adjustable Desks Comparison Chart, continued 31
Steelcase
October 2019
Height-Adjustable Desks Comparison Chart, continued
.. Migration SE
..
.. .
.. ..
.
T-Leg – Extended Height T-Leg – Basic Height C-Leg – Extended Height C-Leg – Basic Height ..
.. .
.. ..
. ..
.. 223/5" - 487/10" 223/5" - 487/10" .
..
283/10" - 469/10" 283/10" - 469/10" ..
. ..
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
. Sit-to-stand height-adjustability .
.. ..
A push button delivers electric adjustability up to 1310" per second. Includes two controller options:
.. ..
• up/down
. .
.. • 4 Pre-sets .
.. ..
Weight capacity of 220 pounds.
. ..
Tip: When calculating lifting capacity, subtract the weight of the worksurface.
.. .
.. cSee page 151 for worksurface weights. ..
. ..
.. .
.. ..
. .
.. ..
. ..
.. .
. ..
.. ..
.. .
. ..
.. Adjustables Comparison Chart ..
.. .
. Migration SE ..
.. Sit-to-Stand ..
.. .
..
Range of Adjustment Extended height: 2235"48710" ..
.
Basic height: 28310"46910" ..
.. .
..
Type of Adjustment Electric ..
. Distributed Weight 220 lb ..
.. Capacity ..
.. .
.
Worksurface Weight See page 151 for worksurface weights ..
.. Worksurface Thickness 1" ..
.. .
.
Controller Up/Down, Digital Pre-set ..
.. Integrated Rail No ..
.. Integrated Soft Edge
..
No
. .
.. Integrated Power No ..
.. ..
Motor Enclosed
. .
.. Decibel Rating < 55 dBA ..
.. ..
. Volts 120v AC .
.. Input Amps 4A
..
.. ..
. Watts 480W .
.. ..
Standby Power 0.2W
.. ..
.. Frequency and Phase 60 Hz Single Phase ..
.. Adjustablilty Speed 1310" per second ..
.. Stretcher or Understructure Design Telescoping understructure for both T- and C-leg
..
.. .
.. Base Only Availability Yes ..
. ..
ANSI/BIFMA (29"D Knee depth requirement for Meet or Exceed
.. .
.. worksurface) ..
. ..
.. .
.. ..
. ..
.. .
.. ..
.
Steelcase
October 2019
Comparison Chart
.. .. Series 5
.. Airtouch
..
. . . .
Desks
Height–Adjustable
.. .. .. ..
.. .. .. ..
. . . .
.. .. .. 26"–43" ..
.. .. 251/2"–52" .. ..
. . . .
.. .. .. ..
.. .. .. ..
.. .. .. ..
.. .. .. ..
. . . .
.. .. .. ..
.. .. .. ..
. . . Collaborative height-adjustability .
.. .. .. Weight capacity of ..
.. .. .. 150 pounds. ..
. . . .
.. .. Sit-to-stand .. Tip: When calculating ..
.. .. height-adjustability .. lifting capacity, subtract the weight of the ..
. . A simple push button delivers electric adjustabil- . worksurface. .
.. .. .. cSee page 179 for worksurface weights. ..
ity at 17/10" per second. Weight capacity of 195
.. .. .. ..
pounds.
. . . .
. . Tip: When calculating . .
.. .. .. ..
lifting capacity, subtract the weight of the
.. .. .. ..
worksurface.
. . . .
.. .. cSee page 163 for worksurface weights. .. ..
.. .. .. ..
. . . .
.. .. .. ..
. . . .
.. .. .. ..
.. .. .. ..
. . . .
.. *Small congurations only. .. .. ..
.. ** 29"D knee depth requirement for worksurface .. .. ..
. . . .
.. . . ..
.. ..
. Adjustables Comparison Chart .
.. Series 5 Airtouch
..
.. Sit-to-Stand Sit-to-Stand
..
. .
.. Range of Adjustment 2512"—52" 26"—43" ..
.. ..
With Bi-Level 21"—58" 21"—49"
. .
.. Worksurfaces ..
.. Type of Adjustment Electric Counterforce Mechanism ..
.. ..
. Distributed Weight 195 lb 150 lb .
.. Capacity ..
.. Worksurface Weight See page 163 for worksurface weights See page 179 for worksurface weights
..
. .
.. Worksurface Thickness 1316" 1316" ..
.. ..
Controller Up/down Paddle
.. ..
. Integrated Rail No No .
.. ..
.. Integrated Soft Edge No No ..
. Integrated Power No No .
.. ..
.. Motor Exposed N.A. ..
. Decibel Rating < 50 dBA N.A. .
.. ..
.. Volts 120v AC N.A. ..
. Input Amps 3.0A N.A. .
.. ..
.. Watts 360W N.A. ..
.. Standby Power <0.21W N.A. ..
.. Frequency and Phase 60 Hz, Single Phase N.A.
..
.. ..
. Adjustablilty Speed 1710" per second User speed (1 second) .
.. Stretcher or Under-
..
Telescoping N.A.
.. structure Design
..
. .
.. Base Only Availability Yes No ..
.. ..
ANSI/BIFMA ** Meet or Exceed Meet or Exceed
. .
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
. .
Steelcase
October 2019
Worktools Compatibility Charts
.. To determine worksurface compatibility with acrylic privacy/modesty screens, cableway, SOTO rail, and SlatRail worktools for each conguration and
..
. .
.. shape, see compatibility chart below. ..
.. ..
. Tip: The Ology integrated rail option does not apply to these rules because the rail matches the worksurface width. .
.. ..
.. Tip: Slatwall stanchions are not applicable because they allow Slatwall to overhang mounting area.
..
. .
.. ..
.. Tip: SlatRail stanchions do not work with the same size screen, SOTO rail, or cableway combination (e.g. 48"W SlatRail will not work with 49"W cableway and .
.
.. 52"W screens) because of clamp location. Specify the SlatRail one size smaller or larger when using in combination (if applicable). ..
.. cSee page 190 ..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
.
..
Ology Desks .
..
.. ..
. .
.. Rectangular and Tapered ..
.. ..
. A Side A width Side A width .
. .
.. Acrylic Privacy/Modesty/SOTO Rail SlatRail ..
.. ..
. 28"W 34"W 40"W 46"W 52"W 58"W 64"W 24"W 30"W 36"W 42"W 48"W 60"W .
.. ..
.. 34"W ..
. .
.. 40"W ..
Worksurfaces
. .
.. 46"W ..
.. 52"W ..
. .
.. 58"W ..
.. A ..
. 64"W .
.. ..
70"W
.. ..
. 76"W .
.. ..
.. 25"W 31"W 37"W 43"W 49"W 55"W 61"W ..
. .
.. Cableway ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
.. 90° Equal ..
.. A B
Side A width Side B width ..
. .
.. .
.. Acrylic Privacy/Modesty/SOTO Rail Acrylic Privacy/Modesty/SOTO Rail ..
. .
.. 28"W 34"W 40"W 46"W 52"W 58"W 64"W 28"W 34"W 40"W 46"W 52"W 58"W 64"W ..
.
.. 52"W ..
Worksurfaces
.. 58"W
..
. .
.. 64"W
..
.. ..
. 70"W .
.. ..
.. 76"W ..
. .
.. 25"W 31"W 37"W 43"W 49"W 55"W 61"W ..
.. Cableway ..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
.. Side A width Side B width ..
.. SlatRail SlatRail ..
.. ..
. 24"W 30"W 36"W 42"W 48"W 60"W 24"W 30"W 36"W 42"W 48"W 60"W .
Worksurfaces
.. ..
.. 52"W ..
. .
.. 58"W ..
.. 64"W ..
. .
.. 70"W ..
.. ..
76"W
. .
.. ..
. .
Steelcase
October 2019
Worktools Compatibility
Charts
.. ..
. .
Desks
Height–Adjustable
.. Ology Desks, continued ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
.. 90° Extended ..
. .
.. B .
Acrylic Privacy/Modesty/SOTO Rail ..
A
.. Acrylic Privacy/Modesty/SOTO Rail
.
.. 28"W 34"W 40"W 46"W 52"W 58"W 64"W 28"W 34"W 40"W 46"W 52"W 58"W 64"W ..
. .
.. 40"W ..
Worksurfaces
.. ..
. 46"W .
.. ..
.. 58"W ..
. .
.. 64"W ..
.. 70"W ..
. .
.. 76"W ..
.. ..
25"W 31"W 37"W 43"W 49"W 55"W 61"W
. .
. .
.. Cableway ..
.. ..
. .
.. Side A width Side B width
..
.. ..
. SlatRail SlatRail .
.. ..
. .
.. 24"W 30"W 36"W 42"W 48"W 60"W 24"W 30"W 36"W 42"W 48"W 60"W ..
.. 40"W ..
Worksurfaces
. .
.. 46"W ..
.. ..
58"W
. .
.. 64"W
..
.. ..
. 70"W .
.. ..
.. 76"W ..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
.
..
B 120° Equal .
..
.. A .
. Acrylic Privacy/Modesty/SOTO Rail Acrylic Privacy/Modesty/SOTO Rail ..
.. .
.. 28"W 34"W 40"W 46"W 52"W 58"W 64"W 28"W 34"W 40"W 46"W 52"W 58"W 64"W ..
. ..
.. 34"W ..
Worksurfaces
.. 40"W ..
.. ..
46"W
. .
.. 52"W
..
.. ..
. 58"W .
.. ..
.. 64"W ..
. .
.. 25"W 31"W 37"W 43"W 49"W 55"W ..
.. Cableway ..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
.. 24"W 30"W 36"W 42"W 48"W 60"W 24"W 30"W 36"W 42"W 48"W 60"W ..
. .
.. 34"W ..
Worksurfaces
.. ..
. 40"W .
.. ..
.. 46"W ..
. 52"W .
.. ..
.. 58"W ..
. .
.. 64"W ..
. .
Height-Adjustable Desks Specication Guide cWorktools Compatibility Charts, continued 35
Steelcase
October 2019
Worktools Compatibility Charts, continued
.. ..
. .
.. Steelcase Flex Height-Adjustable Desks ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
.. A Rectangular ..
. .
.. Side A width Side A width ..
.. ..
.. 28"W 34"W 40"W 46"W 52"W 58"W 24"W 30"W 36"W 42"W 48"W ..
. .
.. ..
Worksurfaces
46"W
.. 58"W
..
. .
.. 70"W
..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
. .
. .
.. Migration and Migration SE Desks ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
.. A Rectangular ..
. .
. .
.. ..
. 28"W 34"W 40"W 46"W 52"W 58"W 64"W 24"W 30"W 36"W 42"W 48"W 60"W .
.. ..
.. 46"W ..
. .
Worksurfaces
.. 52"W ..
.. 58"W ..
. .
.. 64"W ..
.. ..
. 70"W .
.. ..
76"W
.. ..
. 25"W 31"W 37"W 43"W 49"W 55"W .
.. ..
.. Cableway ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
.. Series 5 Worksurfaces ..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
.. A Rectangular ..
. .
.. ..
. Acrylic Privacy/Modesty/SOTO Rail SlatRail .
.. ..
.. 28"W 34"W 40"W 46"W 52"W 58"W 64"W 24"W 30"W 36"W 42"W 48"W 60"W ..
. Series 5 .
.. 46"W ..
.. Tip: Screens, monitor arms, ..
Worksurfaces
. and other clamp on worktools/ 52"W .

.. accessories are not permitted ..
.. 58"W ..
on 23"D rectangular worksur-
.. faces, as they do not pass 64"W ..
.. minimum safety requirements ..
.. which could result in the desk 70"W ..
. .
.. tipping over. 76"W ..
.. ..
. 25"W 31"W 37"W 43"W 49"W 55"W 61"W .
.. ..
.. Cableway ..
. .
.. Legend ..
.. ..
. = Series 5 .
.. ..
. .
Steelcase
October 2019
Worktools Compatibility
Charts
.. ..
. .
Desks
Height–Adjustable
.. Series 5 Worksurfaces, continued ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
.. B 90° Corner ..
. .
.. A .
.. .
28"W 34"W 40"W 46"W 52"W 58"W 64"W .
Worksurfaces
28"W 34"W 40"W 46"W 52"W 58"W 64"W

. ..
.. 40"W ..
.. Series 5 ..
. 46"W .
.. ..
.. 25"W 31"W 37"W 43"W 49"W 55"W 61"W ..
. .
.. Cableway ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
Worksurfaces
24"W 30"W 36"W 42"W 48"W 60"W 24"W 30"W 36"W 42"W 48"W 60"W
. .
.. 40"W ..
.. ..
. 46"W .
.. ..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
. 90° Equal .
.. A B ..
.. Side A width Side B width
..
. .
.. .
. .
.. 28"W 34"W 40"W 46"W 52"W 58"W 64"W 28"W 34"W 40"W 46"W 52"W 58"W 64"W ..
.
.. Series 5 52"W ..
.. ..
Worksurfaces
58"W
. .
.. ..
.. 64"W ..
. .
.. 70"W ..
.. 76"W
..
.. ..
. .
.. 25"W 31"W 37"W 43"W 49"W 55"W 61"W ..
.. Cableway ..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
.. 24"W 30"W 36"W 42"W 48"W 60"W 24"W 30"W 36"W 42"W 48"W 60"W ..
Worksurfaces
.. 52"W ..
.. ..
.. 58"W ..
. .
.. 64"W ..
.. ..
70"W
. .
.. ..
.. 76"W ..
. .
.. Legend ..
.. ..
. = Series 5 .
.. ..
. .
Height-Adjustable Desks Specication Guide cWorktools Compatibility Charts, continued 37
Steelcase
October 2019
Worktools Compatibility Charts, continued
.. ..
. .
.. Airtouch Worksurfaces ..
.. ..
. .
.. A Rectangular and Rectangular Bi-level ..
.. ..
. Side A width Side A width .
.. ..
.. 28"W 34"W 40"W 46"W 52"W 58"W 64"W 24"W 30"W 36"W 42"W 48"W 60"W ..
.. ..
Worksurfaces
.
.. Tip: Cableways are not 40"W • • • • • .
..
recommended for use with
.. 46"W • • • • • • • ..
Airtouch 221/4"D rectangular
. .
.. worksurfaces. 58"W • • • • • • • • • • ..
.. ..
. 25"W 31"W 37"W 43"W 49"W 55"W 61"W .
.. ..
.. Cableway ..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
. B 90° Corner and 90° Corner Bi-Level .
. .
.. ..
.. A Side A width Side B width ..
. .
.. .
28"W 34"W 40"W 46"W 52"W 58"W 64"W ..
Worksurfaces
. 28"W 34"W 40"W 46"W 52"W 58"W 64"W

.. 391/4"W
..
. • • • • .
.. ..
.. 451/4"W • • • • • • ..
. .
.. 25"W 31"W 37"W 43"W 49"W 55"W 61"W ..
.. ..
. Cableway .
.. ..
. .
.. ..
Worksurfaces
. 24"W 30"W 36"W 42"W 48"W 60"W 24"W 30"W 36"W 42"W 48"W 60"W .
.. ..
.. 391/4"W • • • • • • ..
. .
.. 451/4"W • • • • • • • • ..
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. B ..
.. 120° Equal ..
.. A ..
. Side A width Side B width .
.. ..
. .
.. 28"W 34"W 40"W 46"W 52"W 58"W 64"W .
Worksurfaces
28"W 34"W 40"W 46"W 52"W 58"W 64"W

.
.. ..
. 34"W • • .
.. ..
.. 25"W 31"W 37"W 43"W 49"W 55"W 61"W ..
. .
.. Cableway ..
.. ..
.. ..
.. ..
Side A width Side B width
.. ..
. .
.. ..
Worksurfaces
24"W 30"W 36"W 42"W 48"W 60"W 24"W 30"W 36"W 42"W 48"W 60"W
. .
.. 34"W • • • • ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
. .
Steelcase
October 2019
Ology
Ology
Understanding
Ology Height-Adjustable Desks 40
Ology Corner Desks and Bases Size Restrictions 60
Ology Options Availability Chart 66
Ology Modesty Panels 68
Fixed Personal/Modesty Screens 69
Universal Steel One-High Open Laterals 70
Universal Laminate Enhanced One-High and 1.5-High Storage 72
Elective Elements One-High Open Plinth Base Pedestals and
Common Tops 74
Specifying
Ology Rectangular Desks 76
Ology Tapered Desks 80
Ology Corner Desks 82
Ology Height-Adjustable Bases 94
Ology Modesty Panels 104
Fixed Personal/Modesty Screens 105
Ology Cable and Power Management 106
Active Touch Controller Kit 107
Universal Steel One-High Open Laterals 108
Universal Shrouds 110
Universal Filler 111
Universal Laminate Enhanced One-High and 1.5-High Storage 112
Universal Laminate Enhanced Top 113
Universal Laminate Enhanced One-High Storage Filler Panel 114
Universal Common Tops 116
Elective Elements One-High Open Plinth Base Pedestals 118
Elective Elements Common Tops 120
Currency Lateral One-High and 1.5-High Storage 122
Currency Common Top 123
Height-Adjustable Desks Specification Guide 39
Steelcase
October 2019
Ology Height-Adjustable Desks
.. Ology brings together

..
. .
.. physiology and biology to ..
.. support wellbeing at work. Soft edge, available as op- ..
. It allows users to quickly, tion, reduces unhealthy pres- .
.. quietly, and intuitively sure on forearms, as well as ..
.. change posture without feelings of shoulder and neck ..
. .
.. disrupting their coworkers. fatigue. Soft edge is 36"W ..
.. Ology offers a one button and is centered on desk. ..
.. solution for quick eye-to-eye ..
.. collaboration. The integrated ..
. rail offers today’s workers .
.. a range of ergonomic tools.
..
.. Ology provides Bactiblock
..
. .
.. antimicrobial protection on ..
.. frequently touched areas of ..
. the desk. .
.. c Specifying, page 76.
..
.. Push button simple ..
. touch controller adjusts .
.. Desk has a wood core with height at a rate of 112" per ..
.. a High-Pressure Laminate or second. ..
. wood veneer surface and is .
. .
.. 1" thick. ..
.. ..
. .
.. Lifting column is controll- ..
.. ed by central control box for Edge is available in 3 mm ..
. synchronization. Columns edge prole. .
.. are precision balanced to ..
. .
.. minimize surface vibrations. ..
.. ..
. .
.. Base supports a maximum ..
.. distributed weight load of ..
. 314 pounds (2-leg) and 471 .
.. pounds (3-leg). ..
.. Tip: When calculating lift- ..
. .
.. ing capacity, subtract the ..
.. weight of the worksurface, ..
. understructure, and options .
.. selected. ..
.. Integrated rail, available ..
as an option, supports space cSee page 46 for worksur-
. .
.. division, lighting, worktools, face weights. ..
.. and monitor arms to give ..
.. users choice and control for Access door and tray ..
. their physical wellbeing. with power provides user .
.. access to 120V and USB ..
.. power and data as well as ..
. .
.. cord management. Available ..
.. as an option. ..
.. ..
. Active touch controller .
.. includes digital display, two ..
.. preset buttons, double-tap ..
. .
.. automatic drive, and active ..
.. motion posture reminders. ..
. Tip: Active touch controller is .
.. standard. ..
.. Extended height- Tip: Steelcase Rise mobile ..
. .
.. adjustable base adjusts app is available that pairs ..
.. from 2235"H to 48710"H in with any active touch con- ..
.. any increment. troller to support prefer- ..
.. ences, presets, and activity ..
.. tracking. ..
. Basic height-adjustable .
.. base adjusts from 27310"H–
..
.. 4625"H in any increment. Leveling glides adjust ..
. .
.. 1 " to install desk on un-
2 ..
.. even oors. 1" adjustable ..
. glides are available as an .
.. option. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
. .
40 Height-Adjustable Desks Specification Guide
Steelcase
October 2019
Ology
.. .. .. .. .. ..
. Product Details . . . 1" . .
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. High-Pressure .. .. .. .. ..
. Laminate Desks . . . . .
.. .. .. .. 1"
.. ..
.. Front (user's) edge .. .. .. .. ..
. prole is available in 3 mm . . . . .
.. edge prole. .. .. .. .. ..
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. .. .. .. .. ..
. . . . . .
.. .. .. .. .. ..
Ology
When radius corners Active touch controller Desk sizes are listed in Cord drop is standard
.. .. .. is standard and includes dig-
.. actual dimensions to allow for .
. ..
. . are specied in appli- . . . when rail is specied and .
.. .. cations with integrated .. ital display, two preset but- .. 1" gap to adjacent furniture .
. power door or grommets ..
.. .. rail, the front corners of the .. tons, double-tap automatic .. eliminating any pinch points. .
.. are not optioned to allow ..
. . desk will be radius and the . drive, and active motion . for cords to drop below the .
.. .. .. posture reminders.
.. .. ..
.. .. back corners will be square. .. .. .. surface. Corner desks will ..
Tip: Steelcase Rise have a cord drop on oppo-
. . . . . .
.. .. Wood Veneer Desks .. mobile app is available that .. .. site side when power door or ..
.. .. Front (user's) edge pro-
.. pairs with any active touch .. .. grommets are specied on a ..
. PVC-free, 3 mm edge . . controller to support prefer- . . single side. .
. . le is wood veneer with a . . . .
.. proles are proprietary .. square (3 mm) radius.
.. ences, presets, and activity .. .. ..
.. polyolen blend for all solid .. .. tracking. .. .. ..
. colors and seven woodgrain . . . . 9" .
.. nishes. Matching 1 mm .. Side and back edges .. .. .. ..
.. side and back edges are .. are at. Wood edge color .. .. .. ..
. . matches nish specied for . . . .
.. also PVC-free. .. desk. Corner style for wood
.. .. .. ..
. cSee Surface Materials in . . . . .
.. this book for specic PVC- .. veneer desks are square .. .. Integrated rail, available .. ..
.. free availability, page 226. .. corners. .. .. as an option, allows for the .. 9" ..
. . . . . .
.. .. .. .. mounting of personal/mod- . ..
.. Edge prole nishes are .. .. .. esty screens, monitor arms, .. ..
. specied separately from . . . lights, power strips, and .. .
.. laminate color.
.. .. .. other worktools. .. ..
.. .. 487/10"
.. .. .. 9" 9"
..
. . . . . .
.. .. .. 4 pre-set programma- .. .. ..
.. .. 223/5" .. ble controller is avail- .. .. ..
. . . able as an option. It allows . . .
.. .. .. users to set the seated and .. .. ..
.. .. .. standing height positions or .. .. ..
. . . . . .
.. .. .. pre-set heights for multiple .. 29"
.. ..
.. .. Extended ology desks .. users. The collaboration .. . Desk overhang for CPU ..
.. .. adjust 2235"H to 48710"H in .. button can be programmed .. The overall dimension .. holder or layering of ..
. . any increment. Basic height- . to raise the desk to an aver- . of the worksurface is .. low storage and ped- .
.. .. adjustable base adjusts .. age standing height for .. 23"D, 29"D, or 35"D. If full .. estals is available as an ..
.. .. from 27310"H–4625"H in any .. shoulder to shoulder/dyadic .. depth worksurfaces are .. option on rectangular desks. ..
. . . . desired, add 1" to each depth. .. .
.. .. increment. .. collaboration. Digital display .. .
The overhang is 9" and ..
.. Square corners, avail- .. .. will show the height of the .. .. available on 64"W or larger ..
.. able as an option, have 90° .. .. desk when adjusting and at .. .. desks. Desk widths 70"W or ..
. corners on all four sides with . . rest before it enters sleep . . larger allow for single or dual .
.. a front user's edge. .. .. mode. .. .. overhang. ..
.. .. .. .. .. ..
. . . . . .
.. .. .. Obstruction sensing .. .. ..
.. .. .. technology is standard .. 271/4" .. ..
. . . with all Ology desks. The . 29" . .
.. .. .. .. . ..
Integrated rail is optional ..
worksurface will backtrack
.. .. .. .. ..
and must be specied on ini- ..
when it makes contact with
. . . . .
.. .. .. an object. .. tial order. It cannot be added .. ..
.. .. .. .. after install. Worksurface .. ..
.. .. Simple touch control-
.. .. depth is shortened by 134" to .. ..
.. .. ler is available as an option
.. .. accommodate the integrated .. ..
.. .. and easily adjusts height of
.. .. rail so the overall footprint .. ..
. . . . . .
.. .. desk, at a rate of 112" per .. .. remains the same. .. ..
.. Radius corners, avail- .. second, by lifting or pressing .. .. .. ..
. able as an option, have . down on the controller. . . . .
.. 114" radius on all four sides .. Tip: Available with an
.. .. .. ..
.. with a continuous user's .. antimicrobial option.
.. .. .. ..
. . . . . .
.. edge. Radius corners elimi- .. .. .. .. ..
.. nate sharp edges and are .. .. .. .. ..
. appropriate for freestanding . . . . .
.. furniture. .. .. .. .. ..
. . . . . .
Height-Adjustable Desks Specification Guide cOlogy Height-Adjustable Desks, continued 41
Steelcase
October 2019
.. .. .. .. .. ..
. . . . . .
.. .. 76" 76" .. .. .. ..
.. .. .. .. .. ..
. . . . . .
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. .. .. .. .. ..
. . . . . .
.. .. 23" 161/2" 29" .. .. .. ..
.. .. or 24" or 30" .. .. .. ..
.. .. 90 desks, 60116" x
.. .. .. ..
.. .. .. .. Power and data access .. ..
60116" and wider, are door and tray can be
. . . . . .
.. Soft edge, available as an .. manufactured in two pieces .. Power and data access
.. positioned left or right on .. Cable riser supports
..
.. option, is polyurthane and .. due to laminate sheet size. .. door and tray with USB
.. desks that are 64"W or .. cable management vertically
..
. is offered with Bactiblock . Flush mounted desk bracing . . wider for use with integrated . .
.. antimicrobial protection.
.. is provided. The desk split
.. is available as an option. .. .. between the floor and the ..
.. .. .. The door is 1612"W and cen- .. storage. .. underside of the desk. It is ..
Soft edge is available on is located on the left side if Tip: Power and data access
. . . tered on the surface, provid- . . available in 6527 Merle and .
.. rectangular and tapered .. an equal corner is specied. .. ing user access to power,
.. door and tray is shifted 3" on .. is specified separately.
..
.. desks that are 58"W or wider .. The split is located on the .. data, and USB, as well as
.. 64"W, 6" on 70"W, and 9" on .. cSpecifying, page 106
..
. without overhang. With a left . longest side if an extended . . 76"W, without overhang. . .
.. or right overhang, soft edge
.. corner is specied.
.. cord management. Corner .. .. ..
.. is available on 70"W and
.. .. desks can support the .. .. ..
. . . access door on either side . . .
. 76"W only. Soft edge cannot . . . . .
.. be used on desks that have
.. .. of the desk or on both sides .. .. 2"
..
.. overhang on left and right.
.. 58" 58" .. and will have a cord drop on .. .. 1" ..
1"
. . . opposite side when an inte- . . .
.. .. .. grated rail is specied.
.. .. ..
.. .. .. .. .. ..
. . . . . .
.. .. .. .. .. ..
. . . . . .
.. .. 23", 24", 23", 24", .. .. .. ..
.. .. 29", or 30" 29", or 30" .. .. .. Cable riser, with leg ..
. . . . . .
.. .. 90° desks can be specied .. .. .. connection, inside ..
.. .. 23", 24", 29", or 30" depth. .. .. Grommets, available as .. dimensions are 1"D x ..
. . Right- and left-hand depths . . . 1"W to accommodate a .
.. .. are not required to match. .. .. an option, help manage .. variety of cord sizes. Overall ..
.. Soft edge can be posi- .. .. .. cable/cords going from the .. depth is 2". ..
. . . . top of desk to the underside. . .
.. tioned left or right on desks .. .. .. Grommet inside dimensions .. ..
.. that are 64"W or wider for .. Wiring and Cabling .. .. are 314"W X 334"D. .. ..
. use with integrated storage. . . . . .
.. Tip: Soft edge is shifted 3" .. Low surge electric .. Power strip, located in .. .. ..
.. on 64"W, 6" on 70"W, and 9" .. motor with quiet oper- .. tray, includes three outlets .. .. ..
. . ation adjusts at 112" per . and easy access to two USB . . .
.. on 76"W, without overhang. .. second. Motor is 110V and .. charging ports. Each port .. .. ..
.. .. includes a 104/5' power cord. .. provides two amperage of .. .. ..
.. .. Motor has 0.1W standby .. output. USB receptacles .. .. ..
. . . . . .
.. .. power. .. conveniently charge a wide .. .. ..
.. .. .. range of electronic devices, .. .. ..
. . Chicago requires that . though not all devices are . . .
.. .. desks shipping into Illinois .. USB compatible. Cord .. .. ..
.. .. ship with a 9' power cord. .. length is 10'. Data can be .. .. Cable riser, with fence
..
.. .. .. terminated and accessed in .. .. connection, inside
..
. . . the tray, and it is positioned . . .
.. Worksurface overhang .. Ology desks are listed .. to the right. Both modular
.. .. dimensions are 1"D x ..
.. can be positioned left or right .. by ETL. .. furniture and NEMA face-
.. .. 1"W to accommodate a ..
. on desks that are 70" wide or . Tip: Ology base only is ETL . . . variety of cord sizes. Overall .
.. .. recognized because alterna- .. plates can be used. Chicago .. .. depth is 2".
..
.. wider for use with integrated .. .. and California have special .. .. ..
storage. tive worksurfaces do not cre-
. . . requirements. Desks ship- . . .
.. .. ate an ETL listed product. .. ping to Illinois and California
.. Grommets come in pairs. .. ..
.. .. cSee page 24 .. with the power access door
.. 90º and 120º corners offer .. ..
. . . . . .
.. .. Controllers must be .. option have a powerstrip .. pairs of grommets on the .. ..
.. .. located next to the control .. with overcurrent protection. .. left side, right side, or both .. ..
.. .. box. The control box can be .. .. sides. .. ..
.. .. placed on either the right or .. .. Tip: When grommet is .. ..
.. .. left side of the desk and is .. .. optioned, power and data .. ..
. . . . access door cannot be . .
.. .. eld-installed. .. .. applied on the same side of .. ..
.. .. .. .. the worksurface. .. ..
. . . . . .
.. .. .. .. .. Cable basket and ..
.. .. .. .. .. cable brackets, ordered ..
. . . . . separately, support horizon- .
.. .. .. .. .. tal cable management below
..
.. .. .. .. .. the worksurface. ..
. . . . . .
.. .. .. .. .. cSpecifying, page 106 ..
. . . . . .
Steelcase
October 2019
Ology
.. .. . .. .. ..
.
Cable baskets are avail-
. Application Topics .. . 48"W
. .
.. able on rectangular, tapered, .. . .. .. ..
.. and 90° corner desks .. Moving desks can collide .. .. 58"W
.. ..
. 46116"W or larger, and 120° . with other components. Do .. 3 1/2"
. . .
.. corner desks 40116"W or .. not install overhead storage, ..
maximum .. .. ..
.. larger. .. desk-height power, or desk .. .. .. ..
. . . . . .
.. .. accessories in the path of .. .. .. ..
.. 6"D .. height-adjustable desks. .. .. 48"W .. ..
.. .. c See page 24 .. .. .. ..
.. .. .. .. .. ..
. 41/4"H . . . When using xed . .
.. . .. Modesty panels may .. .. Universal boundary ..
Ology
173/4"W . screens in the modesty
.. .. .. be inset a maximum of .. position, the desk must be .. screens are not permitted ..
. Cable baskets inside . . 312" from the back of the . at least 10" wider than the . on height-adjustable desks, .
.. .. .. worksurface to allow for .. .. as they do not pass mini- ..
.. dimensions are 6"D x .. .. .. width of the screen. .. ..
3 1
17 4"W x 4 4"H and the c-clamping. mum safety requirements
. . . . . .
.. overall width is 18"W with a .. .. Tip: Inset modesty panels .. .. which could result in the ..
.. height of 434"H. .. .. do not work with the power .. 64" .. desk tipping over. ..
. . . access door option or the . . .
.. .. .. cable basket and cable .. .. ..
.. .. .. brackets. .. .. ..
. . Modesty panels, avail- . . . .
. . . . . .
.. .. able in laminate and wood .. .. .. ..
.. Inside dimensions of .. veneer, attach to the under- .
. .. .. ..
. cable brackets are . structure of the desk. It is . . . .
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. 6"D x 214"W x 118"H. .. parametric in width from
1 ". Width of modesty panel .. .. .. ..
. . 16
. . When mounting . .
.. .. can be equal to or less than .
.. .. Universal privacy/ .. ..
. Surface Materials .. the width of the desk. . . .
.. . .. .. modesty screens with .. ..
Tip: Full-width modesty
.. High-Pressure .. .. In order to inset, .. One-High integrated .. 21"H pedestal ..
panels cannot be used on
. . . . storage, desks must be . .
.. Laminate Desk .. desks with integrated rail. .. modesty panels must be .. 64"W and wider. .. On extended height ..
.. • Laminate .. To use with the integrated .. specied a minimum of 12" .. .. desks, any storage ..
. c See Surface Materials . rail, the modesty panel . smaller (rectangular and . . higher than 19" will .
.. Reference Manual.
.. .. tapered) or 7" smaller (90°) .. .. ..
must be undersized by a impede the height range of
.. .. . .. .. ..
• Open Line laminate minimum of 12" (rectangular . than the width of the desk the desk. On basic height
. . . . . .
.. (option) .. and tapered) or 7" (90°) and .
.
understructure. Utilize the .. .. desks, any storage higher ..
.. A program including non- .
. inset from the edge of the .. mounting plates and screws .. 24" .. than 23710" will impede the ..
. Steelcase laminates which . worksurface. . to attach the modesty panel . . height range of the desk. .
.. are suitable for use on
.. .. to the underside of the work- .. .. ..
.. .. .. .. .. Tip: Do not place storage ..
Steelcase products. surface instead of to the underneath controller.
. . . . . .
.. c See Surface Materials .. .. cantilevers. .. .. ..
.. Reference Manual. .. .. Tip: Inset modesty panels .. .. ..
.. .. .. do not work with the power .. When using xed
.. ..
. 3 mm edge prole . 20" . access door option or the . . .
.. • Plastic
.. .. cable basket and cable .. screens in the modesty .. ..
.. .. .. brackets. .. position with One-High .. ..
. . . . integrated storage, the . .
.. Wood Veneer Desk .. .. .. desk must be at least 24"
.. ..
.. • Wood veneer (standard) .. .. .. wider than the width of the
.. ..
.. • Customiz stain (option) .. .. .. screen.
.. ..
. . When using modesty . . . .
.. • Full-Fill Finish (option) .. panels with integrated .. .. .. ..
.. .. storage, modesty panels .. .. .. ..
. Square 3 mm edge . must be specied 20" smaller .. . . 21"H pedestal .
.. prole .. . .. .. ..
.. • Wood veneer to match .. than the width of the desk. .. .. .. When the power ..
. desk . . . . access door is op- .
.. .. .. .. .. tioned, on extended height ..
.. Height-adjustable base .. .. .. .. desks any storage taller ..
. . . . . than 1612"H will impede the .
.. • 4799 Platinum Metallic .. .. Fixed privacy/modesty .. .. ..
• 7207 Black
.. • 7241 Arctic White
.. .. screens mount on the inte- .. .. height range of the desk. ..
.. • 7360 Merle .. .. grated rail above for privacy .. .. On basic height desks, any ..
.. .. .. and below for modesty. .. .. storage taller than 2115"H ..
.. Tip: 1912"H and 24"H are for
Soft edge and grommet .. .. .. .. ..
will impede the height
. . . privacy use only. . . range of the desk. .
.. • 6527 Merle .. .. .. .. Tip: Do not place storage ..
.. Power and Data
.. .. .. .. underneath controller. ..
. Access Door and Tray .. . . . .
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. Door .. .. .. .. ..
. • Paint . . . .
.. • Anodized Aluminum
.. .. .. .. ..
.. .. .. .. .. ..
. . . . . .
.. Door bezel .. .. .. .. ..
. • 6527 Merle . . . . .
Steelcase
October 2019
.. .. .. .. .. ..
. . . 5 1/2" . . .
.. .. 1/2" .. .. 64" .. ..
5
.. .. .. .. .. ..
. . . . . .
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. .. .. .. 9" .. ..
. . . . . .
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. .. .. .. .. ..
. When optioning the . . When optioning both . When mounting CPU . .
.. integrated rail,
.. .. the integrated rail and .
. holders, specify the over- .. ..
.. without the power
.. .. power access door,
.. hang option. .. ..
. . . . . .
.. access door, at panel .. .. the Eyesite monitor arm .. Tip: CPU holders that .. ..
.. monitor arms may be .. .. and the "rail mount bracket" .
..
require less than 12"D .. ..
. c-clamped or attached . . option should be included clearance may be mounted . .
.. with a c:scape bracket;
.. .. when ordering Ology bracket .
. inboard of legs. .. ..
.. except for CF series or
.. .. (FPCOL).
.. .. ..
. . . . . .
.. Eyesite. .. .. cSteelcase Worktools .. All assemblies meet or .. ..
.. Tip: The cable basket can- .. .. Specication Guide .. exceed ANSI/BIFMA .. ..
. not be used in the same . . Tip: FYI monitor arms with . standards. . .
. . . . . .
.. location. .. .. c:scape brackets may not be .
.. .. ..
.. .. .. attached behind the power .. ..
.
..
.
.. When optioning the .
..
door, and have to mount to
.
.
..
WARNING .
..
.
..
1
5 /2" either side. Read base only warranty
.. .. power access door .. .. .. ..
. 5 1/2" . only, at panel monitor . . limitations. . .
.. .. arms cannot be c-clamped .. Tip: CF series monitor arms .
.. cSee page 24 for .. ..
. . . cannot be rail mounted. Workstation Design . .
.. .. behind the power door .. .. .. ..
.. .. (except for Eyesite) or 512" .. .. Guidelines and .. ..
Tip: The cable basket can- Requirements.
. . to either side. . . . .
.. .. .. not be used in the same .. .. ..
.. .. Eyesite monitor arms .. location. .. .. ..
. . . . . .
.. .. can be c-clamped behind .. .. .. ..
.. .. the power door if the . .. .. ..
. . "c-clamp mount for use with .. . . .
.. .. power access door" option .. .. .. ..
.. .. .. . .. ..
. .
is included when ordering
. 5 1/4" .. . .
.. .. Ology bracket (FPCOL). .. .. .. ..
.. .. cSteelcase Worktools .. .. .. ..
. . Specication Guide . . . .
.. .. .. .. .. ..
5 1/4"
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. .. .. .. .. ..
. . . When attaching SOTO .. . .
.. .. .. . .. ..
.. .. .. worktools, lighting, .. Keyboard assemblies .. ..
. . . c:scape screens, or . . .
.. .. .. at panel monitor arms ..
are not allowed on height- .. ..
.. When optioning both . .. .. adjustable desks. They do .. ..
.. the integrated rail and .. ..
to the integrated rail,
there is a 514" mounting free .. .. ..
not meet minimum safety
. power access door, at .. . zone on each end of the rail. .. . .
requirements.
.. panel monitor arms cannot .. .. . .. ..
.. be c-clamped 512" on either .. .. .. .. ..
. . . . . .
.. side of the power door. .. .. 5 1/2" .. .. ..
.. .. .. .. .. ..
. When optioning the . . 5 1/2" . . .
.. integrated rail and .. .. .. .. ..
.. using a cable basket, .. .. .. .. ..
. . . . . .
.. there will not be enough . .. .. .. ..
.. room to C-clamp behind the .. .. .. .. ..
.. basket. .. .. .. .. ..
.
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. .. .. .. .. ..
. . . . . .
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. .. .. .. .. ..
. . . . . .
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. .. .. When installing .. .. ..
. . . SlatRail with a power . . .
.. .. .. door only, do not c-clamp .. .. ..
.. .. .. the stanchions 512" on either .. .. ..
. . . side of the power door. . . .
.. .. .. .. .. ..
. . . . . .
Steelcase
October 2019
Ology
Ology
Steelcase
October 2019
.. ..
. Installation .
.. ..
.. Desks ship with pre-drilled holes for mounting bases. ..
. .
.. Two-piece tops ship with ush mounted desk bracing.
..
.. ..
. .
.. Height-adjustable base requires attachment to the worksurface. ..
.. ..
.. Base supports a maximum distributed weight capacity of 314 pounds (2-leg) and 471 pounds .
..
.. (3-leg).
..
. Tip: When calculating lifting capacity, subtract the weight of the worksurface, understructure
.. and options (i.e. integrated rail, power and data acess door or soft edge).
..
.. Tip: A label applied to the underside of the worksurface will include the load-capacity for each .
.
. .
.. desk. ..
.. .
.
.. Worksurface Weight
..
.
..
.. Worksurface W LD RD DWorksurface Weight
.
. Shape d
.. d
.. d
.
..
RD
.. W
.
..
.
..
LD
..
.
..
..
.
.. 23"D 24"D
..
. Rectangular 34" 23" or 24" 23" or 24" 20 lb 21 lb
.. 40" 23" or 24" 23" or 24" 24 lb 25 lb
..
. 46" 23" or 24" 23" or 24" 27 lb 29 lb
..
52" 23" or 24" 23" or 24" 31 lb 32 lb
..
. 58" 23" or 24" 23" or 24" 35 lb 36 lb
..
.. 64" 23" or 24" 23" or 24" 39 lb 40 lb
.. 70" 23" or 24" 23" or 24" 42 lb 43 lb
.
.. 76" 23" or 24" 23" or 24" 46 lb 47 lb
.. 29"D 30"D
.
.. 34" 29" or 30" 29" or 30" 26 lb 27 lb
.. 40" 29" or 30" 29" or 30" 30 lb 31 lb
.. 46" 29" or 30" 29" or 30" 34 lb 36 lb
.
.. 52" 29" or 30" 29" or 30" 39 lb 41 lb
..
58" 29" or 30" 29" or 30" 43 lb 45 lb
.
.. 64" 29" or 30" 29" or 30" 48 lb 50 lb
..
. 70" 29" or 30" 29" or 30" 52 lb 54 lb
.. 76" 29" or 30" 29" or 30" 56 lb 59 lb
..
. 35"D 36"D
..
34" 35" or 36" 35" or 36" 31 lb 32 lb
..
.. 40" 35" or 36" 35" or 36" 36 lb 37 lb
.. 46" 35" or 36" 35" or 36" 42 lb 43 lb
.. 52" 35" or 36" 35" or 36" 47 lb 48 lb
.
.. 58" 35" or 36" 35" or 36" 52 lb 54 lb
..
64" 35" or 36" 35" or 36" 58 lb 60 lb
.
.. 70" 35" or 36" 35" or 36" 63 lb 65 lb
..
. 76" 35" or 36" 35" or 36" 69 lb 71 lb
..
..
d
.
..
.
Steelcase
October 2019
Ology
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
.
..
Ology
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
DOptions DAccessory .
d d ..
DUnderstructure DIntegrated DPower and DSoft Edge DModesty Panel ..
.
dWeight dRail dData Access dWeight dWeight* .
d dWeight dDoor Weight d d ..
d d d d d ..
.
..
..
.
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
16.9 lb 5.1 lb N.A. N.A. 15.2 lb .
18.6 lb 5.8 lb 6.9 lb N.A. 17.6 lb ..
..
20.3 lb 6.6 lb 6.9 lb N.A. 20.0 lb .
..
22.0 lb 7.3 lb 6.9 lb N.A. 22.4 lb
..
23.7 lb 8.0 lb 6.9 lb 2.6 lb 24.8 lb .
..
25.4 lb 8.8 lb 6.9 lb 2.6 lb 27.3 lb ..
27.1 lb 9.5 lb 6.9 lb 2.6 lb 29.7 lb ..
.
28.9 lb 10.2 lb 6.9 lb 2.6 lb 32.1 lb ..
..
.
17.9 lb 5.1 lb N.A. N.A. 15.2 lb ..
19.6 lb 5.8 lb 6.9 lb N.A. 17.6 lb ..
21.3 lb 6.6 lb 6.9 lb N.A. 20.0 lb
..
.
23.0 lb 7.3 lb 6.9 lb N.A. 22.4 lb ..
..
24.7 lb 8.0 lb 6.9 lb 2.6 lb 24.8 lb
.
26.4 lb 8.8 lb 6.9 lb 2.6 lb 27.3 lb ..
..
28.1 lb 9.5 lb 6.9 lb 2.6 lb 29.7 lb .
29.9 lb 10.2 lb 6.9 lb 2.6 lb 32.1 lb
..
..
.
..
18.9 lb 5.1 lb N.A. N.A. 15.2 lb
..
20.6 lb 5.8 lb 6.9 lb N.A. 17.6 lb ..
22.3 lb 6.6 lb 6.9 lb N.A. 20.0 lb ..
24.0 lb 7.3 lb 6.9 lb N.A. 22.4 lb ..
.
25.7 lb 8.0 lb 6.9 lb 2.6 lb 24.8 lb ..
..
27.4 lb 8.8 lb 6.9 lb 2.6 lb 27.3 lb
.
29.1 lb 9.5 lb 6.9 lb 2.6 lb 29.7 lb ..
..
30.9 lb 10.2 lb 6.9 lb 2.6 lb 32.1 lb .
..
..
d d d d d
.
*For detailed modesty panel information, see page 68
..
.
Steelcase
October 2019
.. Base supports a maximum Tip: When calculating Tip: A label applied to the
.
.. distributed weight capacity of lifting capacity, subtract the underside of the worksurface
.. 314 pounds (2-leg) and 471 weight of the worksurface, will include the load-capacity
. pounds (3-leg). understructure and options for each desk.
.. (i.e. integrated rail, power
.. and data acess door or soft
.
.. edge).
..
.. Worksurface Weight, continued
..
.
..
.. Worksurface W LD RD DWorksurface Weight
.
.. Shape d
.. d23"D/29"D 24"D/30"D
.
.. d
..
. RD
.. W
..
.
.
..
..
. LD
..
..
.
..
.
.. Tapered 58" 29" or 30" 23" or 24" 39 lb 40 lb
..
. 64" 29" or 30" 23" or 24" 43 lb 45 lb
.. 70" 29" or 30" 23" or 24" 47 lb 49 lb
..
. 76" 29" or 30" 23" or 24" 51 lb 53 lb
.. 58" 23" or 24" 29" or 30" 39 lb 40 lb
..
. 64" 23" or 24" 29" or 30" 43 lb 45 lb
..
70" 23" or 24" 29" or 30" 47 lb 49 lb
..
. 76" 23" or 24" 29" or 30" 51 lb 53 lb
..
.. d
.
..
..
..
.
.. Worksurface LW LD RW RD DWorksurface Weight
.. Shape d
. 24"D
..
d23"D
..
RW
.. LW
.
..
..
. LD RD
..
..
.
..
..
. 90º Equal 52" 23" or 24" 52" 23" or 24" 58.2 lb 59.2 lb
..
.. 58" 23" or 24" 58" 23" or 24" 66.6 lb 67.6 lb
.. 64" 23" or 24" 64" 23" or 24" 75.0 lb 77.0 lb
..
70" 23" or 24" 70" 23" or 24" 83.4 lb 85.4 lb
..
. 76" 23" or 24" 76" 23" or 24" 91.8 lb 94.8 lb
..
.. d
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
.
Steelcase
October 2019
Ology
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
.
..
DOptions DAccessory
Ology
..
d d
DPower and Data DSoft Edge DModesty Panel
.
DUnderstructure DIntegrated
dWeight dRail dAccess Door dWeight dWeight* ..
d dWeight dWeight d d ..
.
..
d d d d d
..
.
..
..
.
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
.
24.2 lb 8.0 lb 6.9 lb 2.6 lb 24.8 lb ..
..
25.9 lb 8.8 lb 6.9 lb 2.6 lb 27.3 lb .
27.6 lb 9.5 lb 6.9 lb 2.6 lb 29.7 lb ..
..
29.4 lb 10.2 lb 6.9 lb 2.6 lb 32.1 lb .
24.2 lb 8.0 lb 6.9 lb 2.6 lb 24.8 lb
..
..
25.9 lb 8.8 lb 6.9 lb 2.6 lb 27.3 lb .
..
27.6 lb 9.5 lb 6.9 lb 2.6 lb 29.7 lb
..
29.4 lb 10.2 lb 6.9 lb 2.6 lb 32.1 lb .
..
d d d d d ..
.
..
..
..
DOptions
.
d
DUnderstructure DIntegrated DPower and Data DSoft Edge ..
dWeight dRail dAccess Door dWeight ..
d .
..
dWeight dWeight d
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
29.2 lb 15.8 lb N.A. N.A. .
..
31.5 lb 17.3 lb 6.9 lb each N.A. ..
33.9 lb 18.7 lb 6.9 lb each N.A. ..
..
36.2 lb 20.2 lb 6.9 lb each N.A.
..
38.5 lb 21.7 lb 6.9 lb each N.A. .
..
d d d d ..
.
..
..
.
..
..
*For detailed modesty panel information, see page 68 .
..
.
Steelcase
October 2019
.. Base supports a maximum Tip: When calculating lifting Tip: A label applied to the
.
.. distributed weight capacity of capacity, subtract the weight underside of the worksurface
.. 314 pounds (2-leg) and 471 of the worksurface, under- will include the load-capacity
. pounds (3-leg). structure and options for each desk.
.
.. edge).
..
..
.
..
.. Worksurface LW LD RW RD DWorksurface Weight
.
.. Shape d
.. d
. 24"D/24"D
.. d23"D/23"D
.. d
.
.. LW RW
..
.
.
.. RD
LD
..
.
..
..
. 90º Extended 40" 23" or 24" 52" 23" or 24" 49.8 lb 50.8 lb
..
40" 23" or 24" 58" 23" or 24" 54.1 lb 55.1 lb
.
.. 40" 23" or 24" 64" 23" or 24" 58.2 lb 59.2 lb
..
. 40" 23" or 24" 70" 23" or 24" 62.4 lb 63.4 lb
.. 40" 23" or 24" 76" 23" or 24" 66.6 lb 67.6 lb
..
. 46" 23" or 24" 52" 23" or 24" 54.0 lb 55.0 lb
..
46" 23" or 24" 58" 23" or 24" 58.2 lb 59.2 lb
..
. 46" 23" or 24" 64" 23" or 24" 62.4 lb 64.4 lb
..
.. 46" 23" or 24" 70" 23" or 24" 66.6 lb 68.6 lb
. 46" 23" or 24" 76" 23" or 24" 70.8 lb 72.8 lb
..
.. 52" 23" or 24" 40" 23" or 24" 49.8 lb 50.8 lb
. 52" 23" or 24" 46" 23" or 24" 54.0 lb 55.0 lb
..
.. 52" 23" or 24" 58" 23" or 24" 62.4 lb 63.4 lb
.. 52" 23" or 24" 64" 23" or 24" 66.6 lb 67.6 lb
.
.. 52" 23" or 24" 70" 23" or 24" 70.8 lb 72.8 lb
.. 52" 23" or 24" 76" 23" or 24" 75.0 lb 77.0 lb
.
.. 58" 23" or 24" 40" 23" or 24" 54.1 lb 55.1 lb
.. 58" 23" or 24" 46" 23" or 24" 58.2 lb 59.2 lb
..
58" 23" or 24" 52" 23" or 24" 62.4 lb 63.4 lb
.
.. 58" 23" or 24" 64" 23" or 24" 70.8 lb 72.8 lb
..
. 58" 23" or 24" 70" 23" or 24" 75.0 lb 77.0 lb
.. 58" 23" or 24" 76" 23" or 24" 79.2 lb 81.2 lb
..
. 64" 23" or 24" 40" 23" or 24" 58.2 lb 59.2 lb
.. 64" 23" or 24" 46" 23" or 24" 62.4 lb 64.4 lb
..
. 64" 23" or 24" 52" 23" or 24" 66.6 lb 67.6 lb
..
64" 23" or 24" 58" 23" or 24" 70.8 lb 72.8 lb
..
.. 64" 23" or 24" 70" 23" or 24" 79.2 lb 82.2 lb
.. 64" 23" or 24" 76" 23" or 24" 83.4 lb 86.4 lb
..
.
d
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
.
Steelcase
October 2019
Ology
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
.
..
DOptions
Ology
..
d
DPower and Data DSoft Edge
.
DUnderstructure dIntegrated
d dWeight dWeight d ..
.
..
d d d d
..
d d d d
.
..
..
.
.
..
..
.
..
..
29.8 lb 18.8 lb 6.9 lb N.A. .
..
31.0 lb 19.9 lb 6.9 lb N.A.
.
32.2 lb 20.9 lb 6.9 lb N.A. ..
..
33.3 lb 21.9 lb 6.9 lb N.A. .
34.5 lb 23.0 lb 6.9 lb N.A.
..
..
31.0 lb 19.9 lb 6.9 lb N.A. .
..
32.2 lb 20.9 lb 6.9 lb N.A.
..
33.3 lb 21.9 lb 6.9 lb N.A. .
..
34.5 lb 23.0 lb 6.9 lb N.A. ..
35.7 lb 24.0 lb 6.9 lb N.A. .
..
29.8 lb 18.8 lb 6.9 lb N.A. ..
31.0 lb 19.9 lb 6.9 lb N.A. .
..
33.3 lb 21.9 lb 6.9 lb N.A. ..
34.5 lb 23.0 lb 6.9 lb N.A. ..
.
35.7 lb 24.0 lb 6.9 lb N.A. ..
36.9 lb 25.1 lb 6.9 lb N.A. ..
.
31.0 lb 19.9 lb 6.9 lb N.A. ..
32.2 lb 20.9 lb 6.9 lb N.A. ..
..
33.3 lb 21.9 lb 6.9 lb N.A.
.
35.7 lb 24.0 lb 6.9 lb N.A. ..
..
36.9 lb 25.1 lb 6.9 lb N.A. .
38.1 lb 26.1 lb 6.9 lb N.A. ..
..
32.2 lb 20.9 lb 6.9 lb N.A. .
33.3 lb 21.9 lb 6.9 lb N.A.
..
..
34.5 lb 23.0 lb 6.9 lb N.A. .
..
35.7 lb 24.0 lb 6.9 lb N.A.
..
38.0 lb 26.1 lb 6.9 lb N.A. ..
39.2 lb 27.1 lb 6.9 lb N.A. ..
..
.
d d d d
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
.
Steelcase
October 2019
.
.
.. edge).
..
..
.
..
..
. Worksurface LW LD RW RD DWorksurface Weight
..
Shape
.. d
24"D
. d23"D
.. d
..
.
.. LW RW
..
.
.
.. RD
.. LD
.
..
..
. 90º Extended, continued 70" 23" or 24" 40" 23" or 24" 62.4 lb 63.4 lb
..
. 70" 23" or 24" 46" 23" or 24" 66.6 lb 68.6 lb
..
.. 70" 23" or 24" 52" 23" or 24" 70.8 lb 72.8 lb
. 70" 23" or 24" 58" 23" or 24" 75.0 lb 77.0 lb
..
.. 70" 23" or 24" 64" 23" or 24" 79.2 lb 82.2 lb
. 70" 23" or 24" 76" 23" or 24" 87.6 lb 90.6 lb
..
.. 76" 23" or 24" 40" 23" or 24" 66.6 lb 67.6 lb
. 76" 23" or 24" 46" 23" or 24" 70.8 lb 72.8 lb
..
.. 76" 23" or 24" 52" 23" or 24" 75.0 lb 77.0 lb
.
.. 76" 23" or 24" 58" 23" or 24" 79.2 lb 81.2 lb
.. 76" 23" or 24" 64" 23" or 24" 83.4 lb 86.4 lb
.
.. 76" 23" or 24" 70" 23" or 24" 87.6 lb 90.6 lb
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
.
Steelcase
October 2019
Ology
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
.
..
Ology
DOptions
d ..
DPower and Data DSoft Edge .
DUnderstructure DIntegrated
..
dAccess Door
dWeight dRail dWeight
..
d dWeight dWeight d
.
d d d d ..
..
.
..
..
.
.
..
..
.
..
..
33.3 lb 21.9 lb 6.9 lb N.A. .
..
34.5 lb 23.0 lb 6.9 lb N.A. .
..
35.7 lb 24.0 lb 6.9 lb N.A. ..
36.9 lb 25.1 lb 6.9 lb N.A. .
..
38.0 lb 26.1 lb 6.9 lb N.A. ..
40.4 lb 28.2 lb 6.9 lb N.A. .
..
34.5 lb 23.0 lb 6.9 lb N.A. ..
35.7 lb 24.0 lb 6.9 lb N.A. .
..
36.9 lb 25.1 lb 6.9 lb N.A. ..
.
38.1 lb 26.1 lb 6.9 lb N.A. ..
39.2 lb 27.1 lb 6.9 lb N.A. ..
.
40.4 lb 28.2 lb 6.9 lb N.A. ..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
.
Steelcase
October 2019
.
.
.. edge).
..
..
. Worksurface Shape LW RW DWorksurface Weight DWorksurface Weight DWorksurface Weight
..
dLD and RD dLD and RD dLD and RD
..
. d d d
.. d23"D/29"D d23"D/30"D d24"D/29"D
.. d d d
.
.. RW
.. LW
.
..
.. LD
RD
.
.
..
..
.
..
.. 90º Extended 46" 40" 48.8 lb 49.3 lb 49.3 lb
.
.. 46" 52" 59.3 lb 60.2 lb 59.9 lb
.
.. 46" 58" 64.6 lb 65.7 lb 65.2 lb
.. 46" 64" 69.9 lb 71.2 lb 70.4 lb
.
.. 46" 70" 75.2 lb 76.6 lb 75.7 lb
..
. 46" 76" 80.5 lb 82.1 lb 81.0 lb
..
.. 46" 78" 82.3 lb 83.9 lb 82.8 lb
.
.. 52" 40" 53.0 lb 53.5 lb 53.7 lb
.. 52" 46" 58.3 lb 59.0 lb 59.0 lb
.
.. 52" 58" 68.8 lb 69.9 lb 69.5 lb
..
. 52" 64" 74.1 lb 75.4 lb 74.8 lb
..
.. 52" 70" 79.4 lb 80.8 lb 80.1 lb
..
52" 76" 84.7 lb 86.3 lb 85.4 lb
.
..
52" 78" 86.5 lb 88.1 lb 87.2 lb
..
. 58" 40" 57.2 lb 57.7 lb 58.0 lb
..
.. 58" 46" 62.4 lb 63.1 lb 63.3 lb
..
. 58" 52" 67.7 lb 68.6 lb 68.6 lb
..
.. 58" 64" 78.3 lb 79.6 lb 79.2 lb
. 58" 70" 83.6 lb 85.0 lb 84.5 lb
..
.. 58" 76" 88.9 lb 90.5 lb 89.8 lb
.
.. 58" 78" 90.7 lb 92.3 lb 91.5 lb
..
. 64" 40" 61.4 lb 61.9 lb 62.4 lb
..
.. 64" 46" 66.6 lb 67.3 lb 67.7 lb
.. 64" 52" 71.9 lb 72.8 lb 73.0 lb
..
.. 64" 58" 77.2 lb 78.3 lb 78.3 lb
.
.. 64" 70" 87.8 lb 89.2 lb 88.9 lb
.. 64" 76" 93.1 lb 94.7 lb 94.2 lb
.
.. 64" 78" 94.9 lb 96.5 lb 95.9 lb
..
.
..
..
.
..
.
Steelcase
October 2019
Ology
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
DWorksurface Weight DWorksurface Weight DWorksurface Weight DWorksurface Weight .
..
Ology
dLD and RD dLD and RD dLD and RD dLD and RD
..
d d d d
.
d24"D/30"D d29"D/29"D d29"D/30"D d30"D/30"D ..
d d d d ..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
.
..
..
.
..
49.8 lb N.A. N.A. N.A. ..
.
60.7 lb 62.4 lb 63.1 lb 63.6 lb ..
.
66.2 lb 67.7 lb 68.6 lb 69.1 lb ..
71.7 lb 73.0 lb 74.1 lb 74.6 lb ..
.
77.1 lb 78.3 lb 79.6 lb 80.0 lb ..
..
82.6 lb 83.6 lb 85.0 lb 85.5 lb .
..
84.4 lb 85.4 lb 86.9 lb 87.3 lb ..
.
54.1 lb N.A. N.A. N.A. ..
59.6 lb 62.4 lb 63.0 lb 63.6 lb ..
.
70.6 lb 73.0 lb 73.9 lb 74.6 lb ..
..
76.0 lb 78.3 lb 79.4 lb 80.0 lb .
..
81.5 lb 83.6 lb 84.9 lb 85.5 lb ..
..
87.0 lb 88.9 lb 90.3 lb 91.0 lb
.
..
88.8 lb 90.7 lb 92.1 lb 92.8 lb
..
58.5 lb N.A. N.A. N.A. .
..
64.0 lb 67.7 lb 68.3 lb 69.1 lb ..
..
69.5 lb 73.0 lb 73.7 lb 74.6 lb .
..
80.4 lb 83.6 lb 84.7 lb 85.5 lb ..
85.9 lb 88.9 lb 90.1 lb 91.0 lb .
..
91.4 lb 94.2 lb 95.6 lb 96.5 lb ..
.
93.2 lb 95.9 lb 97.4 lb 98.3 lb ..
..
62.9 lb N.A. N.A. N.A. .
..
68.4 lb 73.0 lb 73.5 lb 74.6 lb ..
73.8 lb 78.3 lb 79.0 lb 80.0 lb ..
..
79.3 lb 83.6 lb 84.5 lb 85.5 lb ..
.
90.3 lb 94.2 lb 95.4 lb 96.5 lb ..
95.7 lb 99.5 lb 100.9 lb 101.9 lb ..
.
97.6 lb 101.2 lb 102.7 lb 103.8 lb ..
..
.
..
..
.
..
.
Steelcase
October 2019
.
.
.. edge).
..
..
. Worksurface Shape LW RW DWorksurface Weight DWorksurface Weight DWorksurface Weight
..
dLD and RD dLD and RD LD and RD
..
. d d d
.. d23"D/29"D d23"D/30"D d24"D/29"D
.. d d d
.
.. RW
.. LW
.
..
.. LD
RD
.
.
..
..
.
..
.. 90º Extended 70" 40" 65.5 lb 66.1 lb 66.8 lb
.
.. 70" 46" 70.8 lb 71.5 lb 72.1 lb
.
.. 70" 52" 76".1 lb 77.0 lb 77.4 lb
.. 70" 58" 81.4 lb 82.5 lb 82.7 lb
.
.. 70" 64" 86.7 lb 88.0 lb 88.0 lb
..
. 70" 76" 97.3 lb 98.9 lb 98.5 lb
..
.. 70" 78" 99.0 lb 100.7 lb 100.3 lb
.
.. 76" 40" 69.7 lb 70.3 lb 71.2 lb
.. 76" 46" 75.0 lb 75.7 lb 76.5 lb
.
.. 76" 52" 80.3 lb 81.2 lb 81.8 lb
..
. 76" 58" 85.6 lb 86.7 lb 87.0 lb
..
.. 76" 64" 90.9 lb 92.1 lb 92.3 lb
.. 76" 70" 96.2 lb 97.6 lb 97.6 lb
.
.. 76" 78" 103.2 lb 104.9 lb 104.7 lb
..
. 78" 40" 71.1 lb 71.7 lb 72.6 lb
..
.. 78" 46" 76.4 lb 77.1 lb 77.9 lb
..
78" 52" 81.7 lb 82.6 lb 83.2 lb
.
..
78" 58" 87.0 lb 88.1 lb 88.5 lb
..
. 78" 64" 92.3 lb 93.5 lb 93.8 lb
..
.. 78" 70" 97.6 lb 99.0 lb 99.1 lb
.
.. 78" 76" 102.9 lb 104.5 lb 104.4 lb
..
.
..
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
.
Steelcase
October 2019
Ology
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
DWorksurface Weight DWorksurface Weight DWorksurface Weight DWorksurface Weight .
..
Ology
dLD and RD dLD and RD dLD and RD dLD and RD
..
d d d d
.
d24"D/30"D d29"D/29"D d29"D/30"D d30"D/30"D ..
d d d d ..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
.
..
..
.
..
67.3 lb N.A. N.A. N.A. ..
.
72.8 lb 78.3 lb 78.8 lb 80.0 lb ..
.
78.2 lb 83.6 lb 84.3 lb 85.5 lb ..
83.7 lb 88.9 lb 89.8 lb 91.0 lb ..
.
89.2 lb 94.2 lb 95.2 lb 96.5 lb ..
..
100.1 lb 104.8 lb 106.2 lb 107.4 lb .
..
101.9 lb 106.5 lb 108.0 lb 109.2 lb ..
.
71.7 lb N.A. N.A. N.A. ..
77.1 lb 83.6 lb 84.1 lb 85.5 lb ..
.
82.6 lb 88.9 lb 89.6 lb 91.0 lb ..
..
88.1 lb 94.2 lb 95.1 lb 96.5 lb .
..
93.5 lb 99.5 lb 100.5 lb 101.9 lb ..
99.0 lb 104.8 lb 106.0 lb 107.4 lb
..
.
106.3 lb 111.8 lb 113.3 lb 114.7 lb
..
..
73.1 lb N.A. N.A. N.A. .
..
78.6 lb 85.4 lb 85.9 lb 87.3 lb ..
..
84.1 lb 90.7 lb 91.4 lb 92.8 lb
.
..
89.5 lb 95.9 lb 96.8 lb 98.3 lb
..
95.0 lb 101.2 lb 102.3 lb 103.8 lb .
..
100.5 lb 106.5 lb 107.8 lb 109.2 lb ..
.
106.0 lb 111.8 lb 113.2 lb 114.7 lb ..
..
.
..
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
.
Steelcase
October 2019
.
.
.. edge).
..
..
. Worksurface LW LD RW RD DWorksurface Weight
..
.. Shape d
. d23"D 24"D
.. d
..
. RW
.. RD
..
.
.. LW
..
.
.
.. LD
..
.
..
.. 120º Equal 34" 23" or 24" 34" 23" or 24" 38.7 lb 39.7 lb
.
.. 40" 23" or 24" 40" 23" or 24" 47.1 lb 48.1 lb
. 46" 23" or 24" 46" 23" or 24" 55.5 lb 56.5 lb
..
.. 52" 23" or 24" 52" 23" or 24" 63.9 lb 65.9 lb
. 58" 23" or 24" 58" 23" or 24" 72.3 lb 74.3 lb
..
.. 64" 23" or 24" 64" 23" or 24" 80.7 lb 82.7 lb
.
.. d
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
.
Steelcase
October 2019
Ology
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
DPower and Data DSoft Edge .
DUnderstructure DIntegrated ..
Ology
d dWeight dWeight d .
d d d d ..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
.
..
..
.
..
20.1 lb 11.5 lb N.A. N.A. ..
.
22.5 lb 13.0 lb N.A. N.A. ..
24.8 lb 14.5 lb N.A. N.A. .
..
27.2 lb 15.9 lb 6.9 lb N.A. ..
29.5 lb 17.4 lb 6.9 lb N.A. .
..
31.8 lb 18.9 lb 6.9 lb N.A. ..
.
d d d d ..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
.
Steelcase
October 2019
Ology Corner Desks and Bases Size Restrictions
.. ..
. .
.. ..
.. DStyle DDesks Specied as DBase DDesks Specied as DBase ..
. .
.. d d dPrice d dPrice ..
.. d d d d d ..
. .
.. 90° Corner Desks — Extended Height (Different Depth Opposite Ends 23"/24" Right/Left and 29"/30" Left/Right) ..
.. ..
.. High-Pressure Laminate Desks ..
.. OLELLC 40LW × 23DL × 52WR × 29DR N.A. 40LW × 29DL × 52WR × 23DR $2773
..
. .
.. 40LW × 24DL × 52WR × 29DR N.A. 40LW × 29DL × 52WR × 24DR $2773
..
.. ..
. 40LW × 23DL × 58WR × 29DR N.A. 40LW × 29DL × 58WR × 23DR $2867 .
.. ..
.. 40LW × 24DL × 58WR × 29DR N.A. 40LW × 29DL × 58WR × 24DR $2867 ..
. .
.. ..
40LW × 24DL × 64WR × 29DR N.A. 40LW × 29DL × 64WR × 24DR $2962
. .
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
.. ..
. .
. .
.. ..
.. ..
. .
. .
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
. d d d d d .
.. ..
.. ..
.. Tip: Desks that are 23"D or 24"D right and 29"D or 30"D left cannot be specied between 40"W–42"W left width and 48116"W–52"W right. ..
. .
.. Tip: Desks that are 23"D or 24"D left and 29"D or 30"D right cannot be specied between 48116"W–52"W left width and 40"W–42"W right. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
.. ..
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. For Canadian Pricing ..
.. Multiply U.S. Price by the ..
. Canadian price factor. .
.. See page 1 for details. ..
. .
Steelcase
October 2019
Ology
Corner Desks and Bases
Size Restrictions
.. ..
. .
.. ..
. .
.. d d d d d ..
. .
.. 90° Corner Desks — Extended Height (Different Depth Opposite Ends 23"/24" Right/Left and 29"/30" Left/Right) ..
.. ..
.. Wood Veneer Desks ..
.. OLELLC 40LW × 23DL × 52WR × 29DR N.A. 40LW × 29DL × 52WR × 23DR $3721
..
. .
.. ..
Ology
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
.. ..
. .
. .
.. ..
.. ..
. .
. .
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
. d d d d d .
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
.. ..
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
. .
. .
Height-Adjustable Desks Specification Guide cOlogy Corner Desks and Bases Size Restrictions, continued 61
Steelcase
October 2019
Ology Corner Desks and Bases Size Restrictions, continued
.. ..
. .
.. ..
. .
.. d d d d d ..
. .
.. 90° Corner Desks — Basic Height (Different Depth Opposite Ends 23"/24" Right/Left and 29"/30" Left/Right) ..
.. ..
.. OLSLLC 40LW × 23DL × 52WR × 29DR N.A. 40LW × 29DL × 52WR × 23DR $2552
..
. .
..
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
.. ..
. .
. .
.. ..
.. ..
. .
. .
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
. d d d d d .
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
.. ..
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
. .
. .
Steelcase
October 2019
Ology
Size Restrictions
.. ..
. .
.. ..
. .
.. d d d d d ..
. .
.. 90° Corner Desks — Basic Height (Different Depth Opposite Ends 23"/24" Right/Left and 29"/30" Left/Right) ..
.. ..
.. OLSLLC 40LW × 23DL × 52WR × 29DR N.A. 40LW × 29DL × 52WR × 23DR $3503
..
. .
.. ..
Ology
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
.. ..
. .
. .
.. ..
.. ..
. .
. .
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
. d d d d d .
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
.. ..
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
. .
. .
Height-Adjustable Desks Specification Guide cOlogy Corner Desks and Bases Size Restrictions, continued 63
Steelcase
October 2019
Ology Corner Desks and Bases Size Restrictions, continued
.. ..
. .
.. ..
. .
.. d d d d d ..
. .
.. 90° Corner Base — Extended Height (Different Depth Opposite Ends 23"/24" Right/Left and 29"/30" Left/Right) ..
.. ..
.. OLELLCB 40LW × 23DL × 52WR × 29DR N.A. 40LW × 29DL × 52WR × 23DR $2663 ..
..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
. .
. .
.. ..
.. ..
. .
. .
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
.. d d d d d ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
.. ..
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
. .
. .
Steelcase
October 2019
Ology
Size Restrictions
.. ..
. .
.. ..
. .
.. d d d d d ..
. .
.. 90° Corner Base — Basic Height (Different Depth Opposite Ends 23"/24" Right/Left and 29"/30" Left/Right) ..
.. ..
.. OLSLLCB 40LW × 23DL × 52WR × 29DR N.A. 40LW × 29DL × 52WR × 23DR $2450 ..
..
. .
.. ..
Ology
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
. .
. .
.. ..
.. ..
. .
. .
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
.. d d d d d ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
.. ..
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
. .
. .
Steelcase
October 2019
Ology Options Availability Chart
.. ..
. .
.. Available ..
.. Not available
..
. .
.. ..
.. Rectangular ..
. .
.. 34"W 40"W 46"W 52"W 58"W 64"W 70"W 76"W ..
.. ..
.. Grommet ..
.. Integrated Rail ..
. .
.. ..
.. Overhang
Left or Right Left or Right Left or Right ..
. Left and Right Left and Right ..
.. ..
.. ..
. Overhang + Soft Edge Left or Right
.. ..
.. Power Door
Left, Right, Left, Right, Left, Right, ..
. or Center or Center or Center .
.. ..
.. Soft Edge
Left, Right, Left, Right, Left, Right, ..
. or Center or Center or Center .
. .
.. ..
.. ..
. Tip: When integrated .
.. storage is present, power ..
.. door and soft edge can be ..
. .
.. positioned left or right on .
. desks that are 64"W or wider. ..
.. Position must shift away from ..
.. Tapered the storage. ..
. .
.. 58"W 64"W 70"W 76"W .
.. Tip: Overhang can be posi- ..
. Grommet tioned left or right on desks ..
.. that are 70" wide or wider ..
.. Integrated Rail when used with integrated ..
. .
.. Power Door
Left, Right Left, Right Left, Right storage. ..
.. or Center or Center or Center ..
. .
.. Left, Right Left, Right Left, Right ..
Soft Edge
.. or Center or Center or Center ..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
.. ..
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
. .
Steelcase
October 2019
Ology Options
Availability Chart
.. ..
. .
.. Available ..
.. Not available
..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
.. 90° ..
.. ..
.. 40"W 46"W 52"W 58"W 64"W 70"W 76"W ..
. .
.. Grommet ..
Ology
.. ..
Integrated Rail
. .
.. ..
.. Overhang ..
. .
.. Power Door ..
.. Soft Edge
..
. .
.. ..
.. Tip: Integrated storage can ..
. be used on 90° Ology desks ..
.
.. that are 70" wide or wider. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. 120° ..
.. 34"W 40"W 46"W 52"W 58"W 64"W
..
. .
.. ..
.. Grommet ..
. .
.. Integrated Rail ..
.. Power Door ..
. .
.. ..
Soft Edge
.. ..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
.. Tip: Integrated storage can ..
. be used on 120° Ology .
.. ..
desks that are 52" wide or
.. ..
wider.
. .
.. ..
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
.. ..
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
. .
Steelcase
October 2019
Ology Modesty Panels
.. .. .. .. ..
. Modesty panels provide . Product Details . Application Topics . .
.. modesty when needed. .. .. .. ..
.. Modesty panels, available in .. .. Modesty panels are .. ..
. . . parametric in width from . .
.. laminate and veneer, con- .. 1/2"
.. 34"W to 78"W in 1 16" incre- .. ..
.. nect to the desk frame. .. .. ments. Modesty panel can .. ..
. cSpecifying, page 104 . . . .
.. .. .. be equal to the width of the .. ..
.. .. .. desk or shorter. .. In order to inset, mod- ..
.. .. .. .. esty panels must be specied .
..
.. .. .. When used with .. a minimum of 12" smaller
..
. . . integrated storage, . (rectangular and tapered)
.. .. .. modesty panel must be a .. or 7" smaller (90°) than the
..
.. .. .. minimum of 20" shorter than .. width of the desk understruc- .
.
. . Gap is 1 2" between under- . . .
.. Brackets are attached to .. side of the worksurface and .
. worksurface width to allow .. ture. Utilize the mounting ..
.. the panel. .. top of modesty panel. .. for pinch point clearances. .. plates and screws to attach .
..
. . . . the modesty panel to the
.. .. Tip: C-clamp mounting is . .. .
not allowed when attaching .. underside of the worksurface .
Modesty panels are
.. .. .. undersized 212" to account .. instead of to the cantilevers. .
.
. . modesty panels. . .
.. .. .. for desks with radius .. Tip: Inset modesty panels ..
.. .. Modesty panels are .. corners. .. do not work with the power ..
. . defaulted in the horizontal .. . access door option or the .
. . . .
.. .. grain direction for both .. .. cable basket and cable ..
.. .. laminate and wood veneer. .. .. brackets. ..
. . Optional vertical grain direc- .. . .
.. .. .. ..
.. .. tion can be specified, how- .. .. ..
. . ever, laminate specification is .. . .
.. .. only allowed up to 60" wide. .. .. ..
. . . . .
.. .. .. .. ..
.. .. . .. ..
. . Surface Materials .. . .
.. .. .. .. ..
.. .. High-Pressure .. .. ..
. . Laminate Panel . Full width modesty . .
.. .. .. .. ..
panels cannot be used on
.. .. • Laminate .. .. ..
desks with integrated rail.
. . c See Surface Materials . . .
.. .. Reference Manual. .. Tip: To use with the inte- .. ..
.. .. • Open Line laminate .. grated rail, the modesty .. ..
. . . panel must be undersized by . .
.. .. (option) .. .. ..
a minimum of 12" (rectangu-
.. .. A program including non- . .. ..
. . Steelcase laminates which .. lar and tapered) or 7" (90°)
. .
.. .. are suitable for use on .. and inset from the edge of .. ..
.. .. Steelcase products. .. the worksurface. .. ..
.. .. c See Surface Materials .. .. ..
. . . . .
.. .. Reference Manual. .. .. ..
.. .. .. .. ..
. . 3 mm edge prole . . .
.. .. • Plastic .. 3 1/2" .. ..
.. .. .. maximum .. ..
.. .. Wood veneer panel .. .. ..
. . . . .
.. .. • Wood veneer (standard) .. .. ..
.. .. • Customiz stain (option) .. .. ..
. . • Full-Fill Finish (option) . . .
.. .. .. .. ..
.. .. Square 3 mm edge .. .. ..
. . . Modesty panels may . .
.. .. prole .. be inset a maximum of .. ..
.. Actual Dimensions .. • Wood veneer to match .. 31 2" from the back of the .. ..
. . panel . . .
.. Modular Modesty Panels .. .. worksurface to allow for .. ..
.. .. Bracket .. c-clamping. .. ..
.. Width 1 1 1 1 1 1
31 2", 37 2", 43 2", 49 2", 54 2", 61 2", .. • 7360 Merle .. Tip: Inset modesty panels .. ..
.. 1 1
67 2", or 73 2" .. .. do not work with the power .. ..
.. .. .. access door option or the .. ..
. Height 1438" . . cable basket and cable . .
.. .. .. brackets. .. ..
.. Overall height 1478" .. .. .. ..
. . . . .
.. Thickness 3 4" .. .. .. ..
.. . .. .. ..
. Tip: Overall height is measured from bottom of mounting sur- .. . . .
.. face to the bottom of the screen. .. .. .. ..
.. .. .. .. ..
. Tip: Parametric modesty panel widths can be specied from .. . . .
.. .. .. .. ..
. 34"–78"W in 1 16" increments. . . .
Steelcase
October 2019
Fixed Personal/Modesty Screens Fixed Personal/
Modesty Screens
.. Personal screens are

.. .. ..
. . Product Details . Application Topics .
.. tackable and provide vari- .. .. ..
.. able privacy when and where .. .. ..
. it is needed. The screens . . .
.. can be used on the Ology
.. .. ..
.. integrated rail and the SOTO
.. .. ..
. . . .
.. rail. 1912"H and 24"H are not .. .. ..
.. intended for use in modesty .. .. ..
.. position when used with a .. .. ..
.. height-adjustable desk. .. .. ..
. c Specifying, page 105 . . .
.. .. .. ..
Ology
.. Fixed personal screens
.. Personal screens can
.. 1912"H and 24"H per-
..
. . be mounted on the rail. The .. .
.. are available in three heights; .. sonal screens cannot be .
.. 12", 191 2", and 24" - and four .. overall height from the oor .. used in the modesty position .
.
. widths to accommodate vary- . will vary depending on the .. on Ology desks.
..
.. ing levels of privacy. Height is
.. height of the adjustable .. ..
.. measured from the top of the
.. worksurface. .. ..
. . . .
.. mounting surface to the top .. .. ..
.. of the screen. .. .. ..
. . . .
. . . 5 /4" ..
1
.. .. 5 1/4" .. ..
.. .. .. .
. . . .
.. .. .. ..
.. Brackets are attached to .. .. 5 1/4" ..
5 1/4"
. . . .
.. the screen. .. .. ..
. . . .
.. .. When attaching .. When attaching xed ..
.. .. c:scape screens to the ..
personal/modesty ..
. . integrated rail, there is a ..
screens to the Ology .
.. .. .
51 4" mounting free zone on ..
integrated rail, there is a .
.. .. .. 5 4" mounting free zone on .
1 .
. . each end of the rail. .
.. .. .. each end of the rail. ..
.. .. .. ..
. . . .
.. .. .. ..
.. .. .. 52"W ..
. . . .
.. .. .. ..
.. .. .. ..
. . . .
.. .. .. ..
.. .. 1" .. 42"W ..
.. .. .. ..
. . . .
.. .. .. When using xed ..
.. .. . screens in the modesty ..
. . Gap is 1" between personal ..
.. .. .. position, the desk must be ..
screen and rail. .
.. .. .. at least 10" larger than the ..
.. .. .. width of the screen. ..
. . Surface Materials .. .
.. .. . When used with One- ..
.. .. Inll .. High integrated stor- ..
. . . age, xed modesty screens ..
.. .. • Fabric .. .
.. .. .. must be a minimum of 24" ..
. . Brackets . shorter than worksurface .
.. .. • 4799 Platinum paint .. width to allow for pinch point ..
.. .. .. clearances. ..
. . . .
.. .. front
.. ..
.. .. .. ..
.. .. .. ..
.. Actual Dimensions .. .. ..
.. .. back .. ..
. Fixed Personal/Modesty Screens . . .
.. .. .. ..
.. Width 30", 36", 42", or 48" .. .. ..
. . . .
.. Height 11", 1812", or 23" .. Fabric without pattern .
. ..
.. .. is recommended when using .
.. ..
. Overall height 12", 1912", or 24" . a COM fabric to provide a .
.. .. consistent visual. Fabric with .
. ..
.. Thickness 3 "
4 .. patterns could result in the
.. ..
. . . .
.. Tip: Overall height is measured from top of mounting surface to the top of the screen. .. above visual. .. ..
. . . .
Steelcase
October 2019
Universal Steel One-High Open Laterals
For Ology Application
.. Universal Steel One-

.. ..
. . Product Details .
.. High open lateral .. ..
.. for Ology application .. Base ..
. seamlessly integrates the . .
.. Ology desk leg into universal
.. ..
.. storage. It provides a clean
.. ..
. . .
.. aesthetic with an efcient .. ..
.. footprint. Ease of access to .. ..
.. your items under the desk is .. Universal 3" Base ..
.. convenient with this open .. ..
. storage conguration. . .
.. cSpecifying, pages 108,
.. ..
.. 116, 110 and 111
.. ..
. . .
.. .. ..
.. .. ..
. Wire manager keeps . .
.. wires tidy and functionally .. ..
.. exes vertically. .. ..
. . .
.. .. ..
.. . ..
. Grommet provides a clean .. Laminate and wood .
. . .
.. area where the desk leg .. veneer tops with ..
.. integrates. .. square edge prole are ..
. . available. Tops are 1316"H. .
.. .. ..
.. Top is 1316"H available in .. ..
. laminate or veneer. . .
.. .. ..
. . .
.. .. ..
.. .. ..
. . .
.. .. ..
.. .. ..
. . .
.. .. ..
.. .. ..
Removable interior
. . .
.. .. cover provides access to ..
.. .. power outlets that can be ..
. . located in the panel behind .
.. .. ..
storage unit.
.. .. ..
. . .
.. Universal shroud is .. Case Widths ..
.. painted and provides a n- .. and Ology Foot ..
.. ished look for stand-alone .. Dimensions ..
. applications. . .
.. .. 30"W Ology base units ..
.. .. can house Ology legs of 24" ..
. Leveling glides adjust . or 30" in length. 36"W and .
.. Usable depth in One- .. ..
up to 34". 42"W units can house Ology
.. High open lateral is 12"D. .. ..
legs of 24", 30", or 36" in
.. .. ..
length.
. . .
.. .. ..
.. .. Integrated leg options ..
. . apply to One-High units .
.. .. ..
only and are meant for use
.. .. ..
with Ology extended height-
. . .
.. .. adjustable desks only. ..
.. .. ..
. . .
.. .. ..
.. .. ..
.. .. ..
.. .. ..
.. .. ..
. Actual Dimensions . .
.. .. ..
.. Depth with ush steel 18" .. ..
. open front . .
.. .. ..
.. Depth with proud 1878" .. ..
. steel open front . .
.. .. ..
.. Width 30", 36", and 42" .. ..
. . .
.. Height 16" .. ..
. . .
Steelcase
October 2019
Universal Steel One-High
Open Laterals
.. .. .. .. When used with One-

.. ..
1"
. Surface Materials . . . . .
.. .. .. .. High integrated stor- .. ..
.. Lateral case .. .. .. age, screens used in the .. ..
. • Paint . . . modesty position must be a . .
.. .. .. .. minimum of 18" shorter than
.. ..
.. Laminate top .. .. .. worksurface width to allow
.. ..
. . . . . .
.. • Laminate .. .. .. for pinch point clearances. .. ..
.. • Open Line laminate .. .. To help avoid pinch
.. .. ..
.. (option) .. .. points, the Universal steel .
. .. ..
.. .. .. One-High low storage for
.. .. ..
. Edges . . . . .
.. .. .. Ology application extends 1" . .. ..
Ology
..
• Plastic
..
Universal ller is used
.. past the back of the Ology
.. .. ..
. .
in end-of-run applications
. worksurface.
.. . .
.. Wood veneer top .. where end of storage unit .. .. .. ..
.. • Wood veneer—open pore .. will be visible. .. .. .. ..
. nishes . . 1" . . .
.. • Full-ll (option) is available .. .. .. .. ..
.. on wood veneer tops only. .. Common .. .. .. ..
. . top . . Soft edge and power . .
.. .. .. .. and data access door .. ..
.. Universal shroud and .. .. .. can be positioned left or .. ..
. Universal ller . . . . .
. . . 1" . right on Ology desks that . .
.. • Paint .. .. .. are 64"W or wider for use .. ..
.. .. .. .. with One-High integrated .. ..
. . . . . .
.. Application Topics .. No top option on lat- .. .. storage. .. ..
.. .. eral le is available for use .. .. .. ..
. Storage . . When specifying One- . . .
.. .. with a Universal common .. High storage that .. .. ..
. . top shared with an adjacent . . . .
.. .. .. matches the worksur- . .. ..
.. ..
lateral.
.. face depth, only One-High .. .. ..
. . . storage should be placed .. . .
.. .. Common tops for Ology .. adjacent to the desk. .. .. ..
.. .. application can be used .. .. .. ..
. . with two units side-by-side . . . .
.. .. when one storage unit .. 1" .. .. ..
.. .. .. .. Worksurface overhang .. ..
is required for Ology leg can be positioned left or
. . . . . .
.. .. integration. .. .. right on desks that are 70" .. ..
.. Application: Ology left .. .. .. wide or wider. .. ..
. . Universal common . . . .
.. .. top for Ology applica- .. 1"
.. .. ..
.. .. tion, ordered separately, .. .. .. ..
. . . . . .
.. .. is available in laminate or .. .. .. ..
.. .. veneer. Cut-out for Ology .. .. .. ..
.. .. leg is available on the left .. . .. ..
. . side or the right side of . Pinch point clearances .. . .
.. .. the Universal common .. are not maintained when .. .. ..
.. .. top. Ology desk cannot be .. 1.5-High or taller storage .. .. ..
. . . . . .
.. Application: Ology right .. placed in the middle of the .. is used adjacent to One- .. .. ..
.. .. Universal common top. .. High integrated storage that .. .. ..
.. Application is determined .. .. matches the worksurface .. Ology 90° corners that .. ..
. . . depth. . . .
.. by which leg of the Ology .. .. .. are 70" wide and wider can .. ..
.. desk is located inside the .. .. Desk .. be used with One-High stor- .. ..
. storage. . . . age unit. . .
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. .. .. .. .. ..
. . . . . .
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. .. .. .. .. ..
. . . . . .
.. .. Common tops for Ology .. .. .. ..
.. .. application are available .. .. .. ..
.. .. when ganging Ology base .. .. .. ..
.. .. units to other Universal .. .. .. ..
.. .. Laminate low storage of the .. Ology modesty panel .. .. ..
. . same height. Select proud . . . .
.. Universal shroud is used .. option tops to ensure align- .. or xed personal/ .. .. ..
.. to nish off the back of the .. ment with other base units .. modesty screens must .. .. ..
. storage when application is . . be undersized and justied . . .
.. used as stand-alone unit.
.. with drawer or door fronts. .. to the outside when used .. Ology 120° corners that .. ..
.. .. c See page 74 for common .. with One-High storage unit. ..
are 52" wide and wider can .. ..
. . tops. . . be used with One-High stor- . .
.. .. .. .. age unit. .. ..
.. .. .. .. .. ..
. . . . . .
.. .. .. .. .. ..
. . . . . .
Steelcase
October 2019
Universal Laminate Enhanced One-High and 1.5-High Storage
········································································································································
········································································································································
········································································································································
Universal laminate
enhanced One-High
Product Details
and 1.5-High low-
storage units are
available with options to
accommodate Ology leg
integration. It provides a
clean aesthetic with an
efcient footprint. Ease of
access to your items under
the desk is convenient
with this open storage
conguration.
Tip: Using Universal Ology bases have a
laminate storage with removeable interior back
Universal steel storage is panel to allow access to the
not recommended. Ology base.
cSpecifying, page 112
Wire manager keeps Open back

wires tidy and functionally
exes vertically.
Grommet provides
a clean area where the
desk leg integrates.
Units come without tops.

Universal laminate enhanced
tops for Ology application are
ordered separately. Ology base units offer
c See page 113. an option of open back or
3"H base is integral. a nished back for use in
applications where back of
unit is exposed.
Leveling glides adjust
up to 114" for installation on
uneven oors.
1.5-High storage can only

be used with basic height Usable depth in One-
Ology. High and 1.5-High
storage is 1012"D.
Universal laminate
units for Ology leg
application always come
without tops. Tops must be
ordered separately.
c See page 112 for 30"W,
36"W, and 42"W tops.
Actual Dimensions
Universal laminate
One-High 1.5-High tops that begin with “RE”
Depth 1818" 1858" for Ology application have
proud front detail and are
Width 30", 36", and 42" 30", 36", and 42" ush to the back edge of
storage.
Height 1511 32" 211132" c See page 112
Steelcase
October 2019
Universal Laminate
Enhanced One-High and
1.5-High Storage
········································································································································
········································································································································
········································································································································
········································································································································
········································································································································
········································································································································
1" When used with One-
Surface Materials High integrated stor-
Case age, screens used in the
• Laminate modesty position must be a
minimum of 18" shorter than
worksurface width to allow
Application Topics for pinch point clearances.
Storage Common tops for Ology To help avoid pinch
One-High storage can be application are available points, the Universal lam-
used with Ology extended when ganging Ology base inate One-High low storage
range desks or basic range units to other Universal
Ology
for Ology application extends
desks. Laminate low storage of the 1" past the back of the Ology
same height. Select proud worksurface.
option tops to ensure align-
ment with other base units
with drawer or door fronts. 1"
c See page 74 for common
tops.
Application: Ology left Soft edge and power
Base units are non- and data access door
handed. Handedness is 1" can be positioned left or
identied in the specication right on Ology desks that
of the tops, which are are 64"W or wider for use
1.5-High storage can with One-High integrated
ordered separately.
only be used with Ology storage.
basic range desks. When specifying One-
Finished back should
be specied when in stand High storage that
alone application, for matches the worksur-
example, on an aisle. face depth, only One-High
Application: Ology right storage should be placed
Application is determined adjacent to the desk.
by which leg of the Ology Common
desk is located inside the top
storage. 1"
Worksurface overhang
can be positioned left or
Universal laminate right on desks that are 70"
storage top wide or wider.
1"H When Ology base 1"
One-High and 1.5-High
storage for Ology appli- unit is used in a ganged
Square edge tops
cation have a removeable application with other One-
13/16"H
interior back panel to allow High storage units, specify
access to the Ology base. Universal tops the additional One-High
storage unit with no top and Pinch point clearances
for Ology
are not maintained when
When using Ology 13/16"H specify a Universal common
top with Ology grommet. 1.5-High or taller storage
base units ganged to Common tops is used adjacent to One-
other One-High units, c See page 116 for
for Ology High integrated storage that
omit top on non-Ology Universal common tops.
13/16"H matches the worksurface
units and use proud option depth.
Universal laminate Universal common top Ology 90° corners that
for worksurface, ordered
enhanced storage tops for Ology application, are 70" wide and wider can
separately. Desk
are 1"H. 1316"H tops will ordered separately, is avail- be used with One-High stor-
ensure proper alignment in able in laminate or veneer. age unit.
Case Widths Answer beam applications. Location of the Ology port
and Ology Foot is determined by application
Dimensions Universal tops for orientation. If right leg is
Ology application fea- integrated into storage, it
30"W Ology base units ture cutout for Ology leg and is a right application. Ology
can house Ology legs of 24" are used on individual stor- desk cannot be placed in
or 30" in length. 36"W and age units. the middle of the Universal
42"W units can house Ology common top. Ology modesty panel
legs of 24", 30", or 36" in Common tops for Ology or xed personal/
length. application can be used modesty screens must
with two units side-by-side be undersized and justied
when one storage unit to the outside when used
is required for Ology leg with One-High storage unit.
integration. Ology 120° corners
that are 52" wide and wider
can be used with One-High
storage unit.
Steelcase
October 2019
Elective Elements One-High Open Plinth Base Pedestals
and Common Tops
········································································································································
········································································································································
········································································································································
One-High open plinth
base pedestal and
Product Details
common top for Ology Pedestal Base
application seamlessly
integrate the Ology desk
into Elective Elements.
They provide a clean
aesthetic with an efcient
3" Base
footprint. Ease of access to
your items under the desk
is convenient with this open
storage conguration.
cSpecifying, pages 118 and
120.
Wire manager keeps
wires tidy and functionally
exes vertically.
Removable interior
cover provides access to
Grommet provides a clean power outlets that can be
area where the desk leg located in the panel behind
integrates. storage unit.
Base widths and Ology

Common top for Ology
foot:
application is available in
• 24"W Ology base units
laminate or veneer.
can house Ology legs 24"
in length.
• 30"W Ology base units
can house Ology legs of
24" or 30" in length.
• 36"W and 42"W units can
house Ology legs of 24",
30", or 36" in length.
Surface Materials
Pedestal case
• Veneer
• Laminate
Laminate top on ped-

estal and common top
• Laminate
Leveling glides adjust
• Open Line laminate
Usable depth in pedestal up to 34".
(option)
Tip: Use Elective Elements is 1018"D.
common tops with Ology Edges on pedestal and
base to create an Elective common top
Elements height adjustable • Wood veneer
desk. • Plastic
Wood veneer top on

pedestal and common
top
Actual Dimensions • Wood veneer—
One-High Open Plinth Base Pedestal open pore nishes
• Full-ll (option) is available
Depth 1714" on wood veneer tops only.
Width 24", 30", 36", and 42"
Height 1512"
Common Top
Depth 18"
Width 24", 30", 36", 42", 48", 54", 60", 66", 72",
78", 84", 90", 96", 102", 108", 114", and 120"
Height N.A.
Steelcase
October 2019
Elective Elements One-High
Open Plinth Base Pedestals
and Common Tops
········································································································································
········································································································································
········································································································································
········································································································································
········································································································································
········································································································································
1" When used with One-
Application Topics High integrated stor-
Storage age, screens used in the
modesty position must be a
minimum of 18" shorter than
worksurface width to allow
for pinch point clearances.
To help avoid pinch
points, the pedestal
for Ology application
Ology
extends 1" past the back of
the common top.
Application: Ology left
1"
Soft edge and power

and data access door
1" can be positioned left or
right on Ology desks that
are 64"W or wider for use
with One-High integrated
Application: Ology right storage.
Application is determined When specifying One-
by which leg of the Ology High storage that
base is located inside the matches the worksur-
pedestal. face depth, only One-High
storage should be placed
Common tops for Ology adjacent to the desk.
application can be used
with two units side-by-side 1"
when one storage unit
is required for Ology leg Worksurface overhang
integration. can be positioned left or
right on desks that are 70"
wide or wider.
Common 1"
top
Pinch point clearances

are not maintained when
1.5-High or taller storage
Common top for Ology is used adjacent to One-
application, ordered High integrated storage that
separately, is available in matches the worksurface
laminate or veneer. Cut-out depth.
for Ology leg is available on Ology 90° corners that
the left side or the right side are 70" wide and wider can
Desk be used with One-High stor-
of the common top. Ology
desk cannot be placed in the age unit.
middle of the common top.
Modesty panel or xed

personal/modesty
screens must be under-
sized and justied to the
Common tops for outside of the common top
Ology application are when used with pedestal. Ology 120° corners that
available when ganging are 52" wide and wider can
Ology base units to other be used with One-High stor-
Elective Elements pedestals age unit.
of the same height.
Steelcase
October 2019
Ology Height-Adjustable Rectangular Desks
High-Pressure Laminate or Wood Veneer
Standard Includes Required to Specify

RD c Need help? • Worksurface: High-Pressure Laminate price group 1 1 Style number
W
Product details, with 3 mm plastic edge or wood group 1 veneer 2 Desk depth
page 40 • Electric height-adjustable sit-to-stand base: paint 3 Desk width
• Active touch controller 4 High-Pressure Laminate or wood color for
LD • Modular widths: 34"–76" worksurface
• 1/2" adjustable glides 5 Plastic color number for prole edge on
• Power cord: 1045' laminate worksurface, if selected
• Attachment hardware 6 Desk corner style, if laminate desk
selected (see below under Required
Tip: On extended height Selections)
desks, any storage higher 7 Paint color number for base:
than 19", or 1612" if the power 4799 Platinum Metallic
access door is optioned, will 7207 Black
impede lowest height range 7241 Arctic White
of worksurface. On basic 7360 Merle
height desks, any storage 8 Integrated rail (see below under Required
higher than 23710", or 2115" Selections)
if the power access door is 9 Antimicrobial or non-antimicrobial surface,
optioned, will impede lowest if simple touch controller selected (see
height range of worksurface. below under Required Selections)
Do not place storage under- 10 Options, if selected (see below)
neath controller. cSee Surface Materials, page 226
Tip: Only single and dual at
panel monitor arm applica-
tions are permitted for use
Required Selections U.S. Price Required to Specify
with 2-leg height-adjustable
desks. Desk Corner • Square corners No cost Specify with square corners.
cSee Steelcase Worktools Style (Laminate • Radius corners +$67 Specify with radius corners.
Specication Guide. Desks Only)
Integrated Rail • Without integrated rail No cost Specify without integrated rail.
Tip: Base supports a
• With integrated rail +$327 Specify with integrated rail.
maximum distributed weight
capacity of 314 pounds Antimicrobial • Non-antimicrobial surface No cost Specify with non-antimicrobial surface.
(2-leg) and 471 pounds Surface • Antimicrobial surface No cost Specify with antimicrobial surface.
(3-leg). When calculating
lifting capacity, subtract the
weight of the worksurface, Options U.S. Price Required to Specify
understructure, and options
selected. Surface High-Pressure Laminate desks
cSee page 46 for worksur- Materials • Laminate price group 2 See information at left Specify laminate color number.
face weights. • Open Line laminate +$74 c See Surface Materials Reference Manual.
plus cost of laminate
Tip: Antimicrobial can be
Wood veneer desks
specifed only when specify-
• Wood group 2 +$74 Specify wood color number.
ing simple touch controller
and/or soft edge.
• Customiz stain No cost Specify with customiz stain.
c See Surface Materials Reference Manual.
For laminate price • Full-ll nish on wood group 1 +$74 Specify full-ll nish number.
group 2 pricing, please
refer to the electronic cata- Base
log or SmartTools. • Paint price group 1 No cost Specify paint color number.
• Paint price group 2 +$30 Specify paint color number.
c See Surface Materials, page 226.
Desk Type • Parametric width desk No cost Specify with parametric desk type.
Tip: 9" overhang is available Overhang • Desk overhang on left +$60 Specify with desk overhang left.
on desks 64"W and larger. • Desk overhang on right +$60 Specify with desk overhang right.
Overhang on both sides • Desk overhang left and right +$120 Specify with desk overhang left and right.
is available on 70"W and
Controller • Simple touch controller No cost Specify with simple touch controller.
larger.
• Active touch controller +$ 52 Specify with active touch controller.
• 4 Pre-set controller +$125 Specify with 4 pre-set controller.
Tip: Active touch control-
ler is a defaulted selection. cOptions, continued on next page
Upcharge is not reected in
the base price.
Steelcase
October 2019
Ology
Height-Adjustable
Rectangular Desks
cOptions, continued from previous page
Options U.S. Price Required to Specify

Tip: Soft edge is available Soft Edge • With soft edge +$238 Specify with soft edge.
on desks 58"W and larger.
If overhang left or overhang Power and Data • Power and data access door, +$858 Specify with power and data access door
right is selected, soft edge is Access Door, tray and USB: and select paint color number.
available on desks 70"W or Tray and USB paint group 1 or 2
76"W. Soft edge cannot be • Power and data access door, +$868 Specify with power and data access door
specied on desks that have tray and USB: and select anodized aluminum.
overhang on both sides. anodized aluminum
Power and Data • Centered No cost Specify with centered position.
Ology
Tip: Power and data access Access Door • Left No cost Specify with left position.
door is available on desks and Soft Edge • Right No cost Specify with right position.
40"W or greater. Position
Tip: Power access door and Grommet • Grommet +$44 Specify with grommet.
soft edge can be positioned
left or right on desks that Glides • 1" adjustable glides +$32 Specify with 1" glides.
are 64"W or wider for use Related • Modesty panels c Page 104
with One-High integrated Products • Fixed personal/modesty screens c Page 105
storage. • Cable and power management c Page 106
Tip: Rectangular desks

accommodate either power
and data access door or
grommet, but not both.
Specication Information
W RD
LD
U.S. Base Prices

DStyle DDimensions
dNumber dD DDesk Type
d d dModular d34"W d40"W d46"W d52"W d58"W d64"W d70"W d76"W
d d dParametric d34"W d36116"W d42116"W d48116"W d54116"W d60116"W d66116"W d72116"W
d d d d–36"W d–42"W d–48"W d–54"W d–60"W d–66"W d–72"W d–78"W
d d d d d d d d d d d
High-Pressure Laminate Desks — Extended Height

OLELRQ 23" or 24" $1752 $1808 $1863 $1922 $1981 $2046 $2108 $2173
29" or 30" $1972 $2033 $2097 $2163 $2230 $2299 $2371 $2445
35" or 36" $2192 $2260 $2331 $2403 $2480 $2553 $2634 $2719
Wood Veneer Desks — Extended Height

OLELRQ 23" or 24" $2329 $2395 $2457 $2526 $2595 $2670 $2740 $2818
29" or 30" $2573 $2645 $2717 $2792 $2868 $2949 $3028 $3113
35" or 36" $2816 $2894 $2977 $3058 $3141 $3228 $3315 $3411
cSpecication Information, continued on next page

Multiply U.S. Price by the
Canadian price factor.
See page 1 for details.
Height-Adjustable Desks Specification Guide cOlogy Height-Adjustable Rectangular Desks, continued 77
Steelcase
October 2019
Ology Height-Adjustable Rectangular Desks, High-Pressure Laminate or Wood Veneer, continued
cSpecication Information, continued from previous page
W RD
LD
U.S. Base Prices

DStyle DDimensions
dNumber dD DDesk Type
d d dParametric d34"W d36116"W d42116"W d48116"W d54116"W d60116"W d66116"W d72116"W
High-Pressure Laminate Desks — Basic Height

OLSLRQ 23" or 24" $1612 $1662 $1713 $1768 $1822 $1882 $1940 $1999
29" or 30" $1814 $1871 $1928 $1991 $2052 $2115 $2182 $2250
35" or 36" $2018 $2079 $2144 $2211 $2282 $2349 $2424 $2500
Wood Veneer Desks — Basic Height

OLSLRQ 23" or 24" $2189 $2249 $2307 $2372 $2436 $2506 $2572 $2644
29" or 30" $2415 $2483 $2548 $2620 $2690 $2765 $2839 $2918
35" or 36" $2642 $2713 $2790 $2866 $2943 $3024 $3105 $3192

Steelcase
October 2019
Ology
Height-Adjustable
Rectangular Desks
Ology
Steelcase
October 2019
Ology Height-Adjustable Tapered Desks

W Product details, with 3 mm plastic edge or wood group 1 veneer 2 Desk depth
• Active touch controller 4 High-Pressure Laminate or wood color for
• Modular widths: 58"–76" worksurface
• 1/2" adjustable glides 5 Plastic color number for prole edge on
LD • Power cord: 1045' laminate worksurface, if selected
• Attachment hardware 6 Desk corner style, if laminate desk
selected (see below under Required
Selections)
Tip: On extended height 7 Paint color number for base
desks, any storage higher 4799 Platinum Metallic
than 19", or 1612" if the 7207 Black
power access door is 7241 Arctic White
optioned, will impede lowest 7360 Merle
height range of worksurface. 8 Integrated rail (see below under Required
On basic height desks, any Selections)
storage higher than 23710", 9 Antimicrobial or non-antimicrobial surface,
or 2115" if the power access if simple touch controller selected (see
door is optioned, will impede below under Required Selections)
lowest height range of work- 10 Options, if selected (see below)
surface. Do not place stor- cSee Surface Materials, page 226
age underneath controller.

panel monitor arm applica- Required Selections U.S. Price Required to Specify
with 2-leg height-adjustable Desk Corner • Square corners No cost Specify with square corners.
desks. Style (Laminate • Radius corners +$67 Specify with radius corners.
cSee Steelcase Worktools Desks Only)
Specication Guide.
Integrated Rail • Without integrated rail No cost Specify without integrated rail.
• With integrated rail +$327 Specify with integrated rail.
maximum distributed weight Antimicrobial • Non-antimicrobial surface No cost Specify with non-antimicrobial surface.
capacity of 314 pounds Surface • Antimicrobial surface No cost Specify with antimicrobial surface.
(2-leg) and 471 pounds
lifting capacity, subtract the Options U.S. Price Required to Specify
weight of the worksurface,
understructure, and options Surface High-Pressure Laminate desks
selected. Materials • Laminate price group 2 See information at left Specify laminate color number.
cSee page 46 for worksur- • Open Line laminate +$74 c See Surface Materials Reference Manual.
face weights. plus cost of laminate
Wood veneer desks

Tip: Antimicrobial can be • Wood group 2 +$74 Specify wood color number.
specifed only when specify- • Wood group 3 +$260 Specify wood color number.
ing simple touch controller • Customiz stain No cost Specify with customiz stain.
and/or soft edge. c See Surface Materials Reference Manual.
• Full-ll nish on wood group 1 +$74 Specify full-ll nish number.
For laminate price
group 2 pricing, please Base
refer to the electronic cata- • Paint price group 1 No cost Specify paint color number.
log or SmartTools. • Paint price group 2 +$30 Specify paint color number.
Tip: Soft edge is available
on desks 58"W and larger. Soft Edge • With soft edge +$238 Specify with soft edge.
Tip: Power access door and Power and Data • Power and data access door, +$858 Specify with power and data access door
soft edge can be positioned Access Door, tray and USB: and select paint color number.
left or right on desks that Tray and USB paint group 1 or 2
are 64"W or wider for use • Power and data access door, +$868 Specify with power and data access door
with One-High integrated tray and USB: and select anodized aluminum.
storage. anodized aluminum
Tip: Active touch control- • Active touch controller +$ 52 Specify with active touch controller.
ler is a defaulted selection. • 4 Pre-set controller +$125 Specify with 4 pre-set controller.
the base price. cOptions, continued on next page
Steelcase
October 2019
Ology
Height-Adjustable
Tapered Desks

Tip: Tapered desks accom- Power and Data • Centered No cost Specify with centered position.
modate either power and Access Door • Left No cost Specify with left position.
data access door or grom- and Soft Edge • Right No cost Specify with right position.
met, but not both. Position
Grommet • Grommet +$44 Specify with grommet.
Glides • 1" adjustable glides +$32 Specify with 1" glides.
Related • Modesty panels c Page 104
Ology
Products • Fixed personal/modesty screens c Page 105
• Cable and power management c Page 106
DStyle DDimensions U.S. Base Prices
dNumber dLD dRD DDesk Type
d d d dModular d58"W d64"W d70"W d76"W
d d d dParametric d58116"W–60"W d60116"W–66"W d66116"W–72"W d72116"W–78"W
d d d d d d d d
RD
W
LD
High-Pressure Laminate Desks — Extended Height

OLELRT 23" or 24" 29" or 30" $2230 $2299 $2371 $2445
29" or 30" 23" or 24" $2230 $2299 $2371 $2445

d d d d d d d d
Wood Veneer Desks — Extended Height

OLELRT 23" or 24" 29" or 30" $2868 $2949 $3028 $3113
29" or 30" 23" or 24" $2868 $2949 $3028 $3113

d d d d d d d d
RD
W
LD
High-Pressure Laminate Desks — Basic Height

OLSLRT 23" or 24" 29" or 30" $2052 $2115 $2182 $2250
29" or 30" 23" or 24" $2052 $2115 $2182 $2250

d d d d d d d d
Wood Veneer Desks — Basic Height

OLSLRT 23" or 24" 29" or 30" $2690 $2765 $2839 $2918
29" or 30" 23" or 24" $2690 $2765 $2839 $2918

d d d d d d d d
Steelcase
October 2019
Ology Height-Adjustable Corner Desks

LW RW c Need help? • Worksurface: High-Pressure Laminate price group 1 1 Style number
Product details, with 3 mm plastic edge or wood group 1 veneer 2 Desk depth
• Active touch controller 4 High-Pressure Laminate or wood color
LD RD • Modular widths: for worksurface
– 90º equal corner: 52"–76" 5 Plastic color number for prole edge on
– 90º extended corner: 40"–76" laminate worksurface, if selected
– 120º equal corner: 34"–64" 6 Desk corner style, if laminate desk
Tip: On extended height • 12" adjustable glides selected (see below under Required
desks, any storage higher • Power cord: 1045' Selections)
than 19", or 1612" if the • Attachment hardware 7 Paint color number for base
power access door is 4799 Platinum Metallic
optioned, will impede lowest 7207 Black
height range of worksurface. 7241 Arctic White
On basic height desks, any 7360 Merle
storage higher than 23710", 8 Integrated rail (see below under
or 2115" if the power access Required Selections)
door is optioned, will impede 9 Antimicrobial or non-antimicrobial sur-
lowest height range of work- face, if simple touch controller selected
surface. Do not place stor- (see below under Required Selections)
age underneath controller. 10 Options, if selected (see below)
cSee Surface Materials, page 226
maximum distributed weight
capacity of 314 pounds
(2-leg) and 471 pounds
(3-leg). When calculating Required Selections U.S. Price Required to Specify
lifting capacity, subtract the
Desk Corner • Square corners No cost Specify with square corners.
weight of the worksurface,
Style (Laminate • Radius corners +$67 Specify with radius corners.
understructure and options
Desks Only)
selected.
cSee page 46 for worksur- Integrated Rail • Without integrated rail No cost Specify without integrated rail.
face weights. • With integrated rail +$654 Specify with integrated rail.
Tip: Antimicrobial can be Antimicrobial • Non-antimicrobial surface No cost Specify with non-antimicrobial surface.
specifed only when specify- Surface • Antimicrobial surface No cost Specify with antimicrobial surface.
ing simple touch controller.

Surface High-Pressure Laminate desks
For laminate price Materials • Laminate price group 2 See information at left Specify laminate color number.
group 2 pricing, please • Open Line laminate +$74 c See Surface Materials Reference Manual.
refer to the electronic cata- plus cost of laminate
log or SmartTools.
Wood veneer desks
Base
• Paint price group 1 No cost Specify paint color number.
Desk Type • Modular width desk No cost Specify with modular desk type.
• Parametric width desk No cost Specify with parametric desk type.
Tip: Active touch control- Controller • Simple touch controller No cost Specify with simple touch controller.
ler is a defaulted selection. • Active touch controller +$ 52 Specify with active touch controller.
Upcharge is not reected in • 4 Pre-set controller +$125 Specify with 4 pre-set controller.
the base price.
cOptions, continued on next page

Steelcase
October 2019
Ology
Height-Adjustable
Corner Desks

Tip: Power and data access Power and Data • Power and data access door +$858 Specify with power and data access door
door and gromment cannot Access Door, on left or right: on left or right and select paint color
be located on the same side Tray and USB paint group 1 or 2 number.
of the desk. • Power and data access door +$868 Specify with power and data access door
on left or right: on left or right and select anodized
Tip: Power and data access anodized aluminum aluminum.
door is available on desks • Power and data access door +$1716 Specify with power and data access door
58"W or greater. on left and right: on left and right and select paint color
paint group 1 or 2 number.
Ology
Tip: When selecting power • Power and data access door +$1736 Specify with power and data access door
and data access door or on left and right: on left and right and select anodized
grommet on one side, a cord anodized aluminum aluminum.
drop will be standard on
opposite side if integrated Grommet • Grommet on left- or +$44 Specify with grommet and select left-
rail is present. right-hand side. or right-hand sides.
• Grommet on left- and +$88 Specify with grommet and select left-
right-hand side. and right-hand sides.
Glides • 1" adjustable glides +$48 Specify with 1" glides.
Related • Modesty panels c Page 104

Products • Fixed personal/modesty screens c Page 105
• Cable and power management c Page 106
DStyle DDimensions DU.S. Base Prices
dNumber dD DModular d
d d dRight Width d40"W d46"W d52"W d58"W d64"W d70"W d76"W
d d DModular DParametric dParametric
d d dLeft Width dLeft Width dRight Width d40"W— d42116"W— d48116"W— d54116"W— d60116"W— d66116"W— d72116"W—
d d d d d d42"W d48"W d54"W d60"W d66"W d72"W d78"W
d d d d d d d d d d d d
LW RW
LW RW
RD
LD RD LD
90° Corner Desks — Extended Height (Same Depth Both Ends 23"/24")
High-Pressure Laminate Desks
OLELLC 23" or 24" 40"W 40"W–42"W N.A. N.A. $2697 $2784 $2871 $2960 $3051
23" or 24" 46"W 42116"W–48"W N.A. N.A. $2784 $2871 $2960 $3051 $3148
23" or 24" 52"W 481 16"W–54"W $2697 $2784 $2871 $2960 $3051 $3148 $3247
23" or 24" 58"W 54116"W–60"W $2784 $2871 $2960 $3051 $3148 $3247 $3349
23" or 24" 64"W 601 16"W–66"W $2871 $2960 $3051 $3148 $3247 $3349 $3455
23" or 24" 70"W 66116"W–72"W $2960 $3051 $3148 $3247 $3349 $3455 $3566
23" or 24" 76"W 721 16"W–78"W $3051 $3148 $3247 $3349 $3455 $3566 $3672
Tip: At least one side must be 52"W or greater.
Tip: Equal corner widths are parametric to 116" from 52"W–78"W.
Tip: 90° desks, 60116"W x 60116"W and wider, are manufactured in two pieces. The worksurface split
is located on the left side of an equal corner and on the longest side of an extended corner.
Height-Adjustable Desks Specification Guide cOlogy Height-Adjustable Corner Desks, continued 83
Steelcase
October 2019
Ology Height-Adjustable Corner Desks, High-Pressure Laminate or Wood Veneer, continued
LW RW
LW RW
RD
LD RD LD
90° Corner Desks — Extended Height (Different Depth Opposite Ends 23"/24" Right/Left and
29"/30" Left/Right)
OLELLC 23" or 29" or 40"W 40"W42"W N.A. N.A. cSee cSee cSee cSee cSee
24" R/L 30" L/R page 60 page 60 page 60 page 60 page 60
23" or 29" or 46"W 421/16"W48"W N.A. N.A. $2867 $2962 $3056 $3149 $3249
24" R/L 30" L/R
23" or 29" or 52"W 481/16"W54"W cSee $2867 $2962 $3056 $3149 $3249 $3351
24" R/L 30" L/R page 60
23" or 29" or 58"W 541/16"W60"W $2867 $2962 $3056 $3149 $3249 $3351 $3454
24" R/L 30" L/R
23" or 29" or 64"W 601/16"W66"W $2962 $3056 $3149 $3249 $3351 $3454 $3561
24" R/L 30" L/R
23" or 29" or 70"W 661/16"W72"W $3056 $3149 $3249 $3351 $3454 $3561 $3673
24" R/L 30" L/R
23" or 29" or 76"W 721/16"W78"W $3149 $3249 $3351 $3454 $3561 $3673 $3780
24" R/L 30" L/R


Steelcase
October 2019
Ology
Height-Adjustable
Corner Desks
Ology
LW RW
LW RW
RD
LD RD LD
OLELLC 29" or 30" 40"W 40"W42"W N.A. N.A. N.A. N.A. N.A. N.A. N.A.
29" or 30" 46"W 42116"W48"W N.A. N.A. $2950 $3051 $3151 $3247 $3349
29" or 30" 52"W 48116"W54"W N.A. $2950 $3051 $3151 $3247 $3349 $3455
29" or 30" 58"W 54116"W60"W N.A. $3051 $3151 $3247 $3349 $3455 $3560
29" or 30" 64"W 601 16"W66"W N.A. $3151 $3247 $3349 $3455 $3560 $3668
29" or 30" 70"W 66116"W72"W N.A. $3247 $3349 $3455 $3560 $3668 $3781
29" or 30" 76"W 721 16"W78"W N.A. $3349 $3455 $3560 $3668 $3781 $3889
LW RW
LW RW
RD
LD RD LD
Wood Veneer Desks
OLELLC 23" or 24" 40"W 40"W–42"W N.A. N.A. $3645 $3746 $3847 $3949 $4058
23" or 24" 46"W 42116"W–48"W N.A. N.A. $3746 $3847 $3949 $4058 $4169
23" or 24" 52"W 48116"W–54"W $3645 $3746 $3847 $3936 $4058 $4169 $4282
23" or 24" 58"W 54116"W–60"W $3746 $3847 $3936 $4058 $4169 $4282 $4400
23" or 24" 64"W 60116"W–66"W $3847 $3949 $4058 $4169 $4282 $4400 $4520
23" or 24" 70"W 66116"W–72"W $3949 $4058 $4169 $4282 $4400 $4510 $4643
23" or 24" 76"W 72116"W–78"W $4058 $4169 $4282 $4400 $4520 $4643 $4773

Steelcase
October 2019
LW RW
LW RW
RD
LD RD LD
90° Corner Desks — Extended Height (Different Depth Opposite Ends 23"/24" Right/Left and
29"/30" Left/Right)
Wood Veneer Desks
OLELLC 23" or 29" or 40"W 40"W42"W N.A. N.A. cSee cSee cSee cSee cSee
23" or 29" or 46"W 421/16"W48"W N.A. N.A. $3829 $3938 $4045 $4156 $4269
24" R/L 30" L/R
23" or 29" or 52"W 481/16"W54"W cSee $3829 $3938 $4045 $4156 $4269 $4386
24" R/L 30" L/R page 60
23" or 29" or 58"W 541/16"W60"W $3829 $3938 $4045 $4156 $4269 $4386 $4505
24" R/L 30" L/R
23" or 29" or 64"W 601/16"W66"W $3938 $4045 $4156 $4269 $4386 $4505 $4627
24" R/L 30" L/R
23" or 29" or 70"W 661/16"W72"W $4045 $4156 $4269 $4386 $4505 $4627 $4751
24" R/L 30" L/R
23" or 29" or 76"W 721/16"W78"W $4156 $4269 $4386 $4505 $4627 $4751 $4881
24" R/L 30" L/R


Steelcase
October 2019
Ology
Height-Adjustable
Corner Desks
Ology
LW RW
LW RW
RD
LD RD LD
Wood Veneer Desks
OLELLC 29" or 30" 40"W 40"W–42"W N.A. N.A. N.A. N.A. N.A. N.A. N.A.
29" or 30" 46"W 42116"W–48"W N.A. N.A. $3912 $4027 $4139 $4254 $4370
29" or 30" 52"W 48116"W–54"W N.A. $3912 $4027 $4139 $4254 $4370 $4490
29" or 30" 58"W 54116"W–60"W N.A. $4027 $4139 $4254 $4370 $4490 $4611
29" or 30" 64"W 60116"W–66"W N.A. $4139 $4254 $4370 $4490 $4611 $4733
29" or 30" 70"W 66116"W–72"W N.A. $4254 $4370 $4490 $4611 $4733 $4859
29" or 30" 76"W 72116"W–78"W N.A. $4370 $4490 $4611 $4733 $4859 $4990
LW RW
LW RW
RD
LD RD LD
90° Corner Desks — Basic Height (Same Depth Both Ends 23"/24")
OLSLLC 23" or 24" 40"W 40"W–42"W N.A. N.A. $2480 $2562 $2643 $2724 $2807
23" or 24" 46"W 42116"W–48"W N.A. N.A. $2562 $2643 $2724 $2807 $2896
23" or 24" 52"W 48116"W–54"W $2480 $2562 $2643 $2724 $2807 $2896 $2987
23" or 24" 58"W 54116"W–60"W $2562 $2643 $2724 $2807 $2896 $2987 $3080
23" or 24" 64"W 60116"W–66"W $2643 $2724 $2807 $2896 $2987 $3080 $3178
23" or 24" 70"W 66116"W–72"W $2724 $2807 $2896 $2987 $3080 $3178 $3280
23" or 24" 76"W 72116"W–78"W $2807 $2896 $2987 $3080 $3178 $3280 $3378
Tip: 90° desks, 60116"W x 60116"W and wider, are manufactured in two pieces. The worksurface split is
located on the left side of an equal corner and on the longest side of an extended corner.
Steelcase
October 2019
LW RW
LW RW
RD
LD RD LD
90° Corner Desks — Basic Height (Different Depth Opposite Ends 23"/24" Right/Left and 29"/30" Left/Right)
OLSLLC 23" or 29" or 40"W 40"W42"W N.A. N.A. cSee cSee cSee cSee cSee
23" or 29" or 46"W 421/16"W48"W N.A. N.A. $2637 $2725 $2811 $2897 $2989
24" R/L 30" L/R
23" or 29" or 52"W 481/16"W54"W cSee $2637 $2725 $2811 $2897 $2989 $3083
24" R/L 30" L/R page 60
23" or 29" or 58"W 541/16"W60"W $2637 $2725 $2811 $2897 $2989 $3083 $3178
24" R/L 30" L/R
23" or 29" or 64"W 601/16"W66"W $2725 $2811 $2897 $2989 $3083 $3178 $3276
24" R/L 30" L/R
23" or 29" or 70"W 661/16"W72"W $2811 $2897 $2989 $3083 $3178 $3276 $3376
24" R/L 30" L/R
23" or 29" or 76"W 721/16"W78"W $2897 $2989 $3083 $3178 $3276 $3376 $3478
24" R/L 30" L/R


Steelcase
October 2019
Ology
Height-Adjustable
Corner Desks
Ology
LW RW
LW RW
RD
LD RD LD
OLSLLC 29" or 30" 40"W 40"W–42"W N.A. N.A. N.A. N.A. N.A. N.A. N.A.
29" or 30" 46"W 42116"W–48"W N.A. N.A. $2714 $2807 $2898 $2987 $3080
29" or 30" 52"W 48116"W–54"W N.A. $2714 $2807 $2898 $2987 $3080 $3178
29" or 30" 58"W 54116"W–60"W N.A. $2807 $2898 $2987 $3080 $3178 $3275
29" or 30" 64"W 60116"W–66"W N.A. $2898 $2987 $3080 $3178 $3275 $3375
29" or 30" 70"W 66116"W–72"W N.A. $2987 $3080 $3178 $3275 $3375 $3479
29" or 30" 76"W 72116"W–78"W N.A. $3080 $3178 $3275 $3375 $3479 $3578
LW RW
LW RW
RD
LD RD LD
Wood Veneer Desks
OLSLLC 23" or 24" 40"W 40"W–42"W N.A. N.A. $3428 $3524 $3619 $3713 $3814
23" or 24" 46"W 42116"W–48"W N.A. N.A. $3524 $3619 $3713 $3814 $3917
23" or 24" 52"W 48116"W–54"W $3428 $3524 $3619 $3700 $3814 $3917 $4022
23" or 24" 58"W 54116"W–60"W $3524 $3619 $3700 $3814 $3917 $4022 $4131
23" or 24" 64"W 60116"W–66"W $3619 $3713 $3814 $3917 $4022 $4131 $4243
23" or 24" 70"W 66116"W–72"W $3713 $3814 $3917 $4022 $4131 $4243 $4356
23" or 24" 76"W 72116"W–78"W $3814 $3917 $4022 $4131 $4243 $4356 $4479
Tip: 90° desks, 60116"W x 60116"W and wider, are manufactured in two pieces. The worksurface split is
located on the left side of an equal corner and on the longest side of an extended corner.
Steelcase
October 2019
LW RW
LW RW
RD
LD RD LD
90° Corner Desks — Basic Height (Different Depth Opposite Ends 23"/24" Right/Left and 29"/30" Left/Right)
Wood Veneer Desks
OLSLLC 23" or 29" or 40"W 40"W42"W N.A. N.A. cSee cSee cSee cSee cSee
23" or 29" or 46"W 421/16"W48"W N.A. N.A. $3600 $3701 $3800 $3904 $4010
24" R/L 30" L/R
23" or 29" or 52"W 481/16"W54"W cSee $3600 $3701 $3800 $3904 $4010 $4118
24" R/L 30" L/R page 60
23" or 29" or 58"W 541/16"W60"W $3600 $3701 $3800 $3904 $4010 $4118 $4229
24" R/L 30" L/R
23" or 29" or 64"W 601/16"W66"W $3701 $3800 $3904 $4010 $4118 $4229 $4342
24" R/L 30" L/R
23" or 29" or 70"W 661/16"W72"W $3800 $3904 $4010 $4118 $4229 $4342 $4457
24" R/L 30" L/R
23" or 29" or 76"W 721/16"W78"W $3904 $4010 $4118 $4229 $4342 $4457 $4579
24" R/L 30" L/R


Steelcase
October 2019
Ology
Height-Adjustable
Corner Desks
Ology
LW RW
LW RW
RD
LD RD LD
Wood Veneer Desks
OLSLLC 29" or 30" 40"W 40"W–42"W N.A. N.A. N.A. N.A. N.A. N.A. N.A.
29" or 30" 46"W 42116"W–48"W N.A. N.A. $3676 $3783 $3887 $3994 $4101
29" or 30" 52"W 48116"W–54"W N.A. $3676 $3783 $3887 $3994 $4101 $4213
29" or 30" 58"W 54116"W–60"W N.A. $3783 $3887 $3994 $4101 $4213 $4326
29" or 30" 64"W 60116"W–66"W N.A. $3887 $3994 $4101 $4213 $4326 $4440
29" or 30" 70"W 66116"W–72"W N.A. $3994 $4101 $4213 $4326 $4440 $4555
29" or 30" 76"W 72116"W–78"W N.A. $4101 $4213 $4326 $4440 $4555 $4679

Steelcase
October 2019
d d dRight Width d34"W d40"W d46"W d52"W d58"W d64"W
d d DModular DParametric dParametric d34"W— d36116"W— d42116"W— d48116"W— d54116"W— d60116"W—
d d dLeft Width dLeft Width dRight Width d36"W d42"W d48"W d54"W d60"W d66"W
RW
RD
LW
LD
120° Corner Desks — Extended Height

OLELWC 23" or 24" 34"W 34"W–36"W $2480 $2652 $2824 $2824 $2824 $2912
23" or 24" 40"W 36116"W–42"W $2652 $2652 $2824 $2912 $2912 $3004
23" or 24" 46"W 42116"W–48"W $2824 $2824 $2824 $3004 $3004 $3099
23" or 24" 52"W 48116"W–54"W $2824 $2912 $3004 $3004 $3196 $3196
23" or 24" 58"W 54116"W–60"W $2824 $2912 $3004 $3196 $3196 $3293
23" or 24" 64"W 60116"W–66"W $2912 $3004 $3099 $3196 $3293 $3392
d d d d d d d d d d
Wood Veneer Desks

OLELWC 23" or 24" 34"W 34"W–36"W $3236 $3637 $3833 $3833 $3833 $3934
23" or 24" 40"W 36116"W–42"W $3637 $3637 $3833 $3934 $3934 $4041
23" or 24" 46"W 42116"W–48"W $3833 $3833 $3833 $4041 $4041 $4153
23" or 24" 52"W 48116"W–54"W $3833 $3934 $4041 $4041 $4252 $4252
23" or 24" 58"W 54116"W–60"W $3833 $3934 $4041 $4252 $4252 $4362
23" or 24" 64"W 60116"W–66"W $3934 $4041 $4153 $4252 $4362 $4476

Steelcase
October 2019
Ology
Height-Adjustable
Corner Desks
d d DModular DParametric dParametric d34"W— d36116"W— d42116"W— d48116"W— d54116"W— d60116"W—
d d dLeft Width dLeft Width dRight Width d36"W d42"W d48"W d54"W d60"W d66"W
RW
Ology
RD
LW
LD
120° Corner Desks — Basic Height

OLSLWC 23" or 24" 34"W 34"W–36"W $2281 $2440 $2598 $2598 $2598 $2678
23" or 24" 40"W 36116"W–42"W $2440 $2440 $2598 $2678 $2678 $2764
23" or 24" 46"W 42116"W–48"W $2598 $2598 $2598 $2764 $2764 $2851
23" or 24" 52"W 48116"W–54"W $2598 $2678 $2764 $2764 $2941 $2941
23" or 24" 58"W 54116"W–60"W $2598 $2678 $2764 $2941 $2941 $3030
23" or 24" 64"W 60116"W–66"W $2678 $2764 $2851 $2941 $3030 $3122
d d d d d d d d d d
Wood Veneer Desks

OLSLWC 23" or 24" 34"W 34"W–36"W $3037 $3425 $3607 $3607 $3607 $3700
23" or 24" 40"W 36116"W–42"W $3425 $3425 $3607 $3700 $3700 $3801
23" or 24" 46"W 42116"W–48"W $3607 $3607 $3607 $3801 $3801 $3905
23" or 24" 52"W 48116"W–54"W $3607 $3700 $3801 $3801 $3997 $3997
23" or 24" 58"W 54116"W–60"W $3607 $3700 $3801 $3997 $3997 $4099
23" or 24" 64"W 60116"W–66"W $3700 $3801 $3905 $3997 $4099 $4206

Steelcase
October 2019
Ology Height-Adjustable Bases

W
c Need help? • Electric height-adjustable sit-to-stand base: paint 1 Style number
Product details, • Active touch controller 2 Desk depth
page 40 • Modular width: 3 Desk width
– Rectangular base: 34"–76" 4 Paint color number for base:
– Tapered base: 58"–76" 4799 Platinum Metallic
– 90º equal corner base: 52"–76" 7207 Black
– 90º extended corner base: 40"–76" 7241 Arctic White
D – 120º equal corner base: 34"–64" 7360 Merle
Tip: Any storage higher than • 12" adjustable glides 5 Antimicrobial or non-antimicrobial sur-
19" will impede lowest height • Power cord: 1045' face, if simple touch controller selected
range of worksurface. On • Attachment hardware (see below under Required Selections)
basic height desks, any stor- 6 Options, if selected (see below)
age higher than 23710" will cSee Surface Materials, page 226.
impede lowest height range
of worksurface. Do not
place storage underneath
controller. Required Selections U.S. Price Required to Specify
Antimicrobial • Non-antimicrobial surface No cost Specify with non-antimicrobial surface.
Surface • Antimicrobial surface No cost Specify with antimicrobial surface.
desks.
cSee Steelcase Worktools Surface Bases
Specication Guide. Materials • Paint price group 1 No cost Specify paint color number.
• Paint price goup 2 for +$30 Specify paint color number.
Tip: Base supports a rectangular and tapered bases
maximum distributed weight • Paint price group 2 for corner +$45 Specify paint color number.
capacity of 314 pounds bases
(2-leg) and 471 pounds cSee Surface Materials, page 226.
lifting capacity, subtract the Desk Type • Parametric width desk No cost Specify with parametric desk type.
weight of the worksurface
and understructure. Overhang • Desk overhang on left +$60 Specify with desk overhang left.
cSee page 46 for under- • Desk overhang on right +$60 Specify with desk overhang right.
structure weights. • Desk overhang left and right +$120 Specify with desk overhang left and right.
Tip: Antimicrobial can be Glides • 1" adjustable glides +$16 per glide Specify with 1" glides.
ing simple touch controller. Controller • Simple touch controller No cost Specify with simple touch controller.
Tip: Attachment hardware is • 4 pre-set controller +$125 Specify with 4 pre-set controller.
intended for worksurfaces
1" thick only.
Tip: Active touch controller

is a defaulted selection.
the base price.
Tip: 9" overhang is available

on desks 64"W and larger.
Overhang on both sides
is available on 70"W and
76"W only.
Tip: Overhang is available

on rectangular bases only.
WARNING
Read base only warranty
limitations.
cSee page 24 for
Workstation Design
Guidelines and
Requirements.
Steelcase
October 2019
Ology
Height-Adjustable Bases
DStyle DDimension DDesk DU.S. Base Prices
dNumber dD dType d
d d d d
d d dParametric d34"W d361 16"W d421 16"W d481 16"W d541 16"W d601 16"W d661 16"W d721 16"W
Ology
W
Rectangular Bases — Extended Height

OLELRQB 23" or 24" $1648 $1702 $1760 $1818 $1875 $1941 $2005 $2068
29" or 30" $1864 $1925 $1989 $2055 $2077 $2113 $2133 $2147
35" or 36" $2055 $2074 $2096 $2106 $2126 $2156 $2166 $2170
Rectangular Bases — Basic Height

OLSLRQB 23" or 24" $1515 $1566 $1619 $1673 $1726 $1786 $1844 $1903
29" or 30" $1715 $1771 $1829 $1890 $1910 $1944 $1963 $1975
35" or 36" $1890 $1908 $1929 $1938 $1956 $1983 $1992 $1996

Height-Adjustable Desks Specication Guide cOlogy Height-Adjustable Bases, continued 95
Steelcase
October 2019
Ology Height-Adjustable Bases, continued
DStyle DDimensions DDesk DU.S. Base Prices
dNumber dLD RD dType d
d d d d
d d dModular d58"W d64"W d70"W d76"W
d d dParametric d58116"W–60"W d60116"W–66"W d66116"W–72"W d72116"W–78"W
Tapered Bases — Extended Height

OLELRTB 23" or 24" 29" or 30" $2077 $2113 $2133 $2147
29" or 30" 23" or 24" $2077 $2113 $2133 $2147

d d d d d d d
Tapered Bases — Basic Height

OLSLRTB 23" or 24" 29" or 30" $1910 $1944 $1963 $1975
29" or 30" 23" or 24" $1910 $1944 $1963 $1975

d d d d d d d

Steelcase
October 2019
Ology
d d DModular DParametric dParametric d40"W– d421/16 "W– d481/16 "W– d541/16 "W– d601/16 "W– d661/16 "W– d721/16 "W–
d d dLeft Width dLeft Width dRight Width d42"W d48"W d54"W d60"W d66"W d72"W d78"W
LW RW
Ology
LD RD
90° Corner Bases — Extended Height (Same Depth Both Ends 23"/24")
OLELLCB 23" or 24" 40"W 40"W—42"W N.A. N.A. $2549 $2590 $2632 $2673 $2715
23" or 24" 46"W 421/16"W—48"W N.A. N.A. $2590 $2632 $2673 $2715 $2757
23" or 24" 52"W 481/16"W—54"W $2549 $2590 $2632 $2673 $2715 $2757 $2798
23" or 24" 58"W 541/16"W—60"W $2590 $2632 $2673 $2715 $2757 $2798 $2840
23" or 24" 64"W 601/16"W—66"W $2632 $2673 $2715 $2757 $2798 $2840 $2881
23" or 24" 70"W 661/16"W—72"W $2673 $2715 $2757 $2798 $2840 $2881 $2923
23" or 24" 76"W 721/16"W—76"W $2715 $2757 $2798 $2840 $2881 $2923 $2967

Steelcase
October 2019
LW RW
LD RD
90° Corner Base — Extended Height (Different Depth Opposite Ends 23"/24" Right/Left and
29"/30" Left/Right)
OLELLCB 23" or 29" or 40"W 40"W42"W N.A. N.A. cSee cSee cSee cSee cSee
23" or 29" or 46"W 421/16"W48"W N.A. N.A. $2705 $2747 $2788 $2830 $2871
24" R/L 30" L/R
23" or 29" or 52"W 481/16"W54"W cSee $2705 $2747 $2788 $2830 $2871 $2913
24" R/L 30" L/R page 60
23" or 29" or 58"W 541/16"W60"W $2705 $2747 $2788 $2830 $2871 $2913 $2955
24" R/L 30" L/R
23" or 29" or 64"W 601/16"W66"W $2747 $2788 $2830 $2871 $2913 $2955 $2996
24" R/L 30" L/R
23" or 29" or 70"W 661/16"W72"W $2788 $2830 $2871 $2913 $2955 $2996 $3038
24" R/L 30" L/R
23" or 29" or 76"W 721/16"W78"W $2830 $2871 $2913 $2955 $2996 $3038 $3082
24" R/L 30" L/R

Steelcase
October 2019
Ology
LW RW
Ology
LD RD
90° Corner Bases — Extended Height (Same Depth Both Ends 29"/30")
OLELLCB 29" or 30" 40"W 40"W—42"W N.A. N.A. N.A. N.A. N.A. N.A. N.A.
29" or 30" 46"W 421/16"W—48"W N.A. N.A. $2819 $2861 $2903 $2944 $2986
29" or 30" 52"W 481/16"W—54"W N.A. $2819 $2861 $2903 $2944 $2986 $3027
29" or 30" 58"W 541/16"W—60"W N.A. $2861 $2903 $2944 $2986 $3027 $3069
29" or 30" 64"W 601/16"W—66"W N.A. $2903 $2944 $2986 $3027 $3069 $3111
29" or 30" 70"W 661/16"W—72"W N.A. $2944 $2986 $3027 $3069 $3111 $3152
29" or 30" 76"W 721/16"W—78"W N.A. $2986 $3027 $3069 $3111 $3152 $3196
LW RW
LD RD
90° Corner Bases — Basic Height (Same Depth Both Ends 23"/24")
OLSLLCB 23" or 24" 40"W 40"W—42"W N.A. N.A. $2345 $2383 $2421 $2460 $2498
23" or 24" 46"W 421/16"W—48"W N.A. N.A. $2383 $2421 $2460 $2498 $2536
23" or 24" 52"W 481/16"W—54"W $2345 $2383 $2421 $2460 $2498 $2536 $2574
23" or 24" 58"W 541/16"W—60"W $2383 $2421 $2460 $2498 $2536 $2574 $2613
23" or 24" 64"W 601/16"W—66"W $2421 $2460 $2498 $2536 $2574 $2613 $2651
23" or 24" 70"W 661/16"W—72"W $2460 $2498 $2536 $2574 $2613 $2651 $2689
23" or 24" 76"W 721/16"W—78"W $2498 $2536 $2574 $2613 $2651 $2689 $2730

Steelcase
October 2019
LW RW
LD RD
90° Corner Base — Basic Height (Different Depth Opposite Ends 23"/24" Right/Left and 29"/30" Left/Right)
OLSLLCB 23" or 29" or 40"W 40"W42"W N.A. N.A. cSee cSee cSee cSee cSee
23" or 29" or 46"W 421/16"W48"W N.A. N.A. $2489 $2526 $2565 $2603 $2642
24" R/L 30" L/R
23" or 29" or 52"W 481/16"W54"W cSee $2489 $2526 $2565 $2603 $2642 $2680
24" R/L 30" L/R page 60
23" or 29" or 58"W 541/16"W60"W $2489 $2526 $2565 $2603 $2642 $2680 $2718
24" R/L 30" L/R
23" or 29" or 64"W 601/16"W66"W $2526 $2565 $2603 $2642 $2680 $2718 $2756
24" R/L 30" L/R
23" or 29" or 70"W 661/16"W72"W $2565 $2603 $2642 $2680 $2718 $2756 $2794
24" R/L 30" L/R
23" or 29" or 76"W 721/16"W78"W $2603 $2642 $2680 $2718 $2756 $2794 $2835
24" R/L 30" L/R

Steelcase
October 2019
Ology
LW RW
Ology
LD RD
90° Corner Base — Basic Height (Same Depth Both Ends 29"/30")
OLSLLCB 29" or 30" 40"W 40"W—42"W N.A. N.A. N.A. N.A. N.A. N.A. N.A.
29" or 30" 46"W 421/16"W—48"W N.A. N.A. $2594 $2632 $2670 $2708 $2747
29" or 30" 52"W 481/16"W—54"W N.A. $2594 $2632 $2670 $2708 $2747 $2785
29" or 30" 58"W 541/16"W—60"W N.A. $2632 $2670 $2708 $2747 $2785 $2824
29" or 30" 64"W 601/16"W—66"W N.A. $2670 $2708 $2747 $2785 $2824 $2861
29" or 30" 70"W 661/16"W—72"W N.A. $2708 $2747 $2785 $2824 $2861 $2900
29" or 30" 78"W 721/16"W—78"W N.A. $2747 $2785 $2824 $2861 $2900 $2940

Steelcase
October 2019
dNumber dD d
d d DModular d
d d DModular DParametric dParametric d34"W d361/16"W d421/16"W d481/16"W d541/16"W d601/16"W
d d dLeft Width dLeft Width dRight Width d–36"W d–42"W d–48"W d–54"W d–60"W d–66"W
RW
LW
RD
LD
120° Corner Bases — Extended Height

OLELWCB 23" or 24" 34"W 34"W—36"W $2493 $2493 $2493 $2493 $2573 $2613
40"W 361/16"W—42"W $2493 $2493 $2493 $2613 $2613 $2653
46"W 421/16"W—48"W $2493 $2493 $2653 $2653 $2653 $2693
52"W 481/16"W—54"W $2493 $2613 $2653 $2653 $2653 $2693
58"W 541/16"W—60"W $2573 $2613 $2653 $2653 $2653 $2733
64"W 601/16"W—66"W $2613 $2653 $2693 $2693 $2733 $2773

d d d d d d d d d
RW
LW RD
LD
120° Corner Bases — Basic Height

OLSLWCB 23" or 24" 34"W 34"W—36"W $2286 $2286 $2286 $2286 $2360 $2397
40"W 361/16"W—42"W $2286 $2286 $2286 $2397 $2397 $2434
46"W 421/16"W—48"W $2286 $2286 $2434 $2434 $2434 $2471
52"W 481/16"W—54"W $2286 $2397 $2434 $2434 $2434 $2471
58"W 541/16"W—60"W $2360 $2397 $2434 $2434 $2434 $2508
64"W 601/16"W—66"W $2397 $2434 $2471 $2471 $2508 $2545

d d d d d d d d d

Steelcase
October 2019
Ology
Ology
Steelcase
October 2019
Ology Modesty Panels

c Need help? • Panel: High-Pressure Laminate price group 1 or 1 Style number
Product details, wood group 1 veneer 2 Panel type (see below under Required
page 68 • Modular widths: 34"—76" Selections)
• Attachment hardware 3 Panel width
4 High-Pressure Laminate or wood color
for panel
5 Options, if selected (see below)
cSee Surface Materials, page 226.

Tip: Modesty panel can Panel Type • Modular width panel No cost Specify with modular panel type.
match the width of the desk • Parametric width panel No cost Specify with parametric panel type.
or be shorter than desk.
Tip: Modesty panels cannot

be used on desks with inte-
grated rail. To use with the Surface High-Pressure Laminate
integrated rail, the modesty Materials • Laminate price group 2 See information at left Specify laminate color number.
panel must be undersized by • Open Line laminate +$74 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.
a minimum of 12" (rectangu- plus cost of laminate
lar and tapered) or 7" (90°)
and inset from the edge of Wood veneer
the worksurface. • Wood group 2 +$74 Specify wood color number.
For laminate price • Customiz stain No cost Specify with customiz stain.
group 2 pricing, please cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.
refer to the electronic cata- • Full-ll nish on wood group 1 +$74 Specify full-ll nish number.
log or SmartTools.
Grain direction
• Horizontal grain direction No cost Specify with horizontal grain direction.
Tip: Modular modesty
• Vertical grain direction No cost Specify with vertical grain direction.
panels are undersized 212"
to account for desks with
radius corners.
Tip: Modesty panels are

defaulted in the horizontal
grain direction for both
laminate and wood veneer.
Optional vertical grain direc-
tion can be specied, how-
ever, laminate specication is
only allowed up to 60" wide.
DStyle DPanel DU.S. Base Prices
dNumber dType d
d d d
d dModular d34"W d40"W d46"W d52"W d58"W d64"W d70"W d76"W
d dParametric d34"W d36116"W d42116"W d48116"W d54116"W d60116"W d66116"W d72116"W
d d d–36"W d–42"W d–48"W d–54"W d–60"W d–66"W d–72"W d–78"W
d dWeight d15.2 lb d17.6 lb d20.0 lb d22.4 lb d24.8 lb d27.3 lb d29.7 lb d32.1 lb
d d d d d d d d d d
High-Pressure Laminate
OLMP $211 $212 $215 $218 $222 $229 $234 $241
d d d d d d d d d
Wood Veneer
OLMP $262 $267 $272 $275 $279 $287 $294 $303
d d d d d d d d d d
Steelcase
October 2019
Fixed Personal/Modesty Screens Fixed Personal/Modesty
Screens

Tip: When using COM c Need help? • Personal/modesty screens: fabric price group 1 1 Style number
fabric, it is recommended Product details, • Brackets: 4799 Platinum 2 Fabric color number for screen
that non-patterned fabric be page 69 3 Options, if selected (see below)
used to provide a consistent c See Surface Materials, page 226.
visual between adjacent
screens, and from one side
to the other. Options U.S. Price Required to Specify
Tip:1912"H and 24"H are for Surface Fabric 12"H 191 2"H 24"H
Ology
personal only. Materials • Fabric price group 1 No cost No cost No cost Specify fabric color number.
• Fabric price group 2 +$27 +$ 36 +$ 42 Specify fabric color number.
Tip: 191 2 "H and 24"H • Fabric price group 3 +$69 +$ 94 +$119 Specify fabric color number.
screens are not intended • Fabric price group 4 +$90 +$119 +$146 Specify fabric color number.
for use in the modesty • Customer's Own Material +$16 +$ 16 +$ 16 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.
position when used with a (COM)
height-adjustable desk.
Tip: For Ology desks 52"W

and smaller, when using
xed screens in the modesty DWidth DWeight DStyle DU.S.
position, the screen must be d d dNumber dBase
sized 10" smaller than the d d d dPrice
width of the desk. d d d d
12"H Screens
30" 3.4 lb CQSF3012 $182
36" 3.9 lb CQSF3612 $212
42" 4.3 lb CQSF4212 $239
48" 4.7 lb CQSF4812 $269

d d d d
191 2"H Screens

30" 4.2 lb CQSF3019 $280
36" 4.7 lb CQSF3619 $310
42" 5.5 lb CQSF4219 $340
48" 6.5 lb CQSF4819 $368

d d d d
24"H Screens
30" 4.9 lb CQSF3024 $376
36" 5.5 lb CQSF3624 $409
42" 6.1 lb CQSF4224 $437
48" 7.4 lb CQSF4824 $466

d d d d
Tip: When attaching c:scape

screens to the Ology inte-
grated rail, there is a 514"
mounting free zone on each
end of the rail.

Steelcase
October 2019
Ology Cable and Power Management
Cable Riser

c Need help? • Cable riser with fence connection: 7360 Merle paint 1 Style number
Product details, • Attachment hardware 2 Options, if selected (see below)
page 40

Connection • Fence No cost Specify with fence connection.
• Leg +$110 Specify with leg connection.
Fence connection
DStyle DU.S.
dNumber dBase
d dPrice
d d
OLCR $76
d d
Leg connection
Cable Basket

c Need help? • Cable basket: 6527 Merle plastic Style number
Product details,
page 40
Tip: Cable baskets are com-
patible with rectangular, DStyle DWeight DU.S.
tapered, or 90° corner desks dNumber d dPrice
4616"W or larger and 120° d d d
corner desks 40116"W or
OLCB 1.0 lb $60
larger.
d d d
Cable Brackets

c Need help? • Cable brackets, quantity of four: 6527 Merle plastic Style number
Product details,
page 40
DStyle DWeight DU.S.
dNumber d dPrice
For Canadian Pricing d d d
Canadian price factor. OLCBK4 0.5 lb $37
d d d
Steelcase
October 2019
Active Touch Controller Kit Active Touch Controller Kit
For Ology Desks

• Active touch controller 1 Style number
• 2-leg application 2 Options, if selected (see below)

Tip: Active touch controller Leg • 3-leg +$143 Specify with 3-leg.
kit can upgrade any exisitng Application
Ology desk or base as a
Ology
replacement to the up/down
or 4-preset programmable
controller.
DStyle DU.S.
Tip: Tapered and rectangle dNumber dBase
Ology desks require the d dPrice
standard 2-leg application; d d
corner Ology desks require
3-leg application. OLATKT $286
d d

Steelcase
October 2019
Universal Steel One-High Open Laterals

c Need help? • Lateral case: paint price group 1 1 Style number
Product details, • 1316"H top: laminate price group 1, if selected 2 Paint color number for lateral case
page 70 – Edge: plastic 3 Width (see below under Required
• 1316"H top: wood group 1, if selected Selections)
• Four adjustable leveling glides 4 Laminate color number for top, if lami-
• Grommet nate top selected
• Wire manager 5 Plastic color number for edge, if laminate
• Ganging hardware top selected
6 Wood color number for top, if wood top
selected
7 Front style (see below under Required
Selections)
Drawings show right-hand 8 Application (see below under Required
application, left hand is also Selections)
available. 9 Options, if selected (see below)

Width • 30"W Prices at right Specify with 30" width.
• 36"W Prices at right Specify with 36" width.
Front Style • Flush steel front Prices at right Specify with ush steel front.
• Proud steel front Prices at right Specify with proud steel front.
Tip: Right-hand or left-hand Application • Right hand No cost Specify with right-hand application.
application is determined by • Left hand No cost Specify with left-hand application.
which leg of the Ology desk
is located inside the storage.
Surface • Paint price group 1 No cost Specify paint color number.
Materials • Paint price group 2 +$ 80 Specify paint color number.
Tops No top
• For use beneath a –$104 Specify with no top.
Universal common top
Laminate top
For laminate price • Laminate price group 2 See information at left Specify laminate color number.
group 2 pricing, please • Open Line laminate +$ 74 plus cost c See Surface Materials Reference Manual.
refer to the electronic cata- of laminate
log or SmartTools.
Wood veneer top
• Wood group 1 +$437 Specify with wood veneer top and indicate
wood color number.
• Wood group 2 +$467 Specify with wood veneer top and
indicate wood color number.
• Wood group 3 +$538 Specify with wood veneer top and indicate
wood color number.
Related • Universal common tops c Page 116

Products • Universal shrouds c Page 110
• Universal ller c Page 111

Steelcase
October 2019
Universal Steel One-High
Open Laterals
dNumber dD W H d
d dFlush Proud dFlush dProud
d dSteel Steel dSteel dSteel
d dFront Front dFront dFront
d d d d
RSCHAD 18" 1878" 30" 16" $1064 $1125
18" 187 8" 36" 16" $1174 $1249
Ology
18" 187 8" 42" 16" $1281 $1364
d d d d

Steelcase
October 2019
Universal Shrouds
For Use with Universal Steel One-High Open Laterals, Ology Application

c Need help? • Shroud: paint price group 1 1 Style number
Product details, • Attachment hardware 2 Width (see below under Required
page 70 Selections)
3 Paint color number for shroud

Tip: Universal shroud width Width • 30"W No cost Specify with 30" width.
must match width of the uni- • 36"W No cost Specify with 36" width.
versal Steel One-High open • 42"W No cost Specify with 42" width.
lateral for Ology application.

Surface • Paint price group 1 No cost Specify paint color number.
Materials • Paint price group 2 +$32 Specify paint color number.
Related • Universal Steel One-High open lateral c Page 108

Products les for Ology application
DDimensions DStyle DU.S.
dD H dNumber dBase
d d dPrice
d d d
6" 16" RPXSHAD $81

d d d

Steelcase
October 2019
Universal Filler Universal Filler

c Need help? • Filler: paint 1 Style number
Product details, • Attachment hardware 2 Paint color number for filler
page 70 c See Surface Materials, page 226.
Related Products
• Universal Steel One-High open lateral les c Page 108
for Ology application
Ology
dD H dNumber dPrice
d d d
6" 16" RPXFHAD $57

d d d

Steelcase
October 2019
Universal Laminate Enhanced One-High and 1.5-High Storage

c Need help? • Case: laminate 1 Style number
Product details, • No top 2 Width (see below under Required
page 72 • Open back Selections)
• Shelf (for 1.5-High units) 3 Laminate color number for case
• Four adjustable glides 4 Options, if selected (see below)
• Grommet cSee Surface Materials, page 226.
• Wire manager

Width • 30"W Price below Specify with 30"W.
• 36"W Price below Specify with 36"W.

Back • Open No cost Specify with open back.
• Finished, One-High +$120 Specify with nished back.
• Finished, 1.5-High +$125 Specify with nished back.
Tip: Universal laminate Related • Universal laminate enhanced c Page 113

enhanced Ology storage Products tops for Ology application
always comes without tops. • Common tops for Ology application c Page 116
Specify top separately.
cSee page 113.
DStyle DCounterweight DDimensions DU.S. Base Prices
dNumber dPackage dD H d
d d d d30"W d36"W d42"W
d d d d d d
Tip: The case on One-High

and 1.5-High open units
One-High
1818"D. When top for Ology RELS1815QHAD Not required 1818" 151132" $908 $1107 $1211
is added, the top matches d d d d d d
the depth of units with draw-
ers and doors.
Tip: Universal laminate 1.5-High

enhanced One-High storage
is for the extended height RELS1821QQHAD Not required 1818" 221132" $945 $1154 $1349
or basic height application d d d d d d
and the universal laminate
enhanced 1.5-High storage
is for the basic height
application only.

Steelcase
October 2019
Universal Laminate Enhanced Top Universal Laminate
Enhanced Top

c Need help? • 1316"H top: laminate price group 1 1 Style number
Product details, • Edge: plastic 2 Width (see below under Required
page 72 • Proud front Selections)
3 Laminate color number for top
4 Plastic color number for edge
5 Application (see below under Required
Selections)
Ology
Tip: Universal laminate tops Width • 30"W Price below Specify with 30"W.
are always 1878"D. • 36"W Price below Specify with 36"W.
Surface Laminate top
group 2 pricing, please • Open Line laminate +$74 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.
log or SmartTools. Related • Universal One-High open lateral les for Ology application c Page 108
Products • Universal shrouds c Page 110
dNumber dD H d
d d d30"W d36"W d42"W
d d d d d
RETCTHADP 1878" 1316" $231 $252 $273

d d d d d

Steelcase
October 2019
Universal Laminate Enhanced One-High Storage Filler Panel

c Need help? • Filler: laminate 1 Style number
Product details, • Attachment hardware 2 Laminate color number for filler
page 72 cSee Surface Materials, page 226.
Tip: Universal laminate Specication Information

enhanced storage ller
panels are used for units of
dD W H dNumber dPrice
same height with nished
d d d
backs only; not for use with
recessed or open back units. 1" 518" 1458" REPXF15 $60
d d d

Steelcase
October 2019
Universal Laminate
Enhanced One-High
Storage Filler Panel
Ology
Steelcase
October 2019
Universal Common Tops

c Need help? • 1316"H top: laminate price group 1, if selected 1 Style number
Product details, – Edge: plastic 2 Width (see below under Required
page 74 • 1316"H top: wood group 1, if selected Selections)
4 Laminate color number for top, if
laminate top selected
5 Plastic color number for edge, if laminate
Drawing shows right-hand top selected
application, left hand is also 6 Wood color number on top, if wood top
available. selected
7 Front style (see below under Required
Selections)
8 Application (see below under Required
Selections)

Width • 60"W Prices at right Specify with 60" width.
Front Style • Flush front No cost Specify with ush front.

• Proud front No cost Specify with proud front.
For wood group 2, Materials • Laminate price group 2 See information at left Specify laminate color number.
wood group 3, and • Open Line laminate +$74 c See Surface Materials Reference Manual.
laminate price group plus cost of laminate
2 pricing please refer to
the electronic catalog or Wood veneer top
SmartTools. • Wood group 2 See information at left Specify with wood veneer top and
• Wood group 3 See information at left Specify with wood veneer top and
• Full-ll nish Prices at right Specify with full-ll nish and select wood
on wood group 1 color number.
Related • Universal Steel One-High open lateral les c Page 108

Products for Ology application
• Universal shrouds c Page 110
• Universal ller c Page 111

Steelcase
October 2019
Universal Common Tops
DStyle DDimensions DU.S. Base Prices DOptions (Add $ to Base Price)
dNumber dD W d d
d d d d
d dFlush Proud dLaminate dVeneer dFull-Fill
d dFront Front d d dFinish on Wood Group 1
d d d d d
RATCTHAD 18" 1878" 60" $327 $734 +$50
18" 187 8" 66" $378 $774 +$50
Ology
18" 187 8" 72" $424 $812 +$50
18" 1878" 78" $539 $971 +$50
18" 1878" 84" $609 $1104 +$74
18" 187 8" 90" $678 $1168 +$74
18" 187 8" 96" $747 $1288 +$74
Tip: Can not order veneer 18" 187 8" 108" $898 N.A. N.A.
on 108"W Universal com- d d d d d
mon top.

Steelcase
October 2019
Elective Elements One-High Open Plinth Base Pedestals

c Need help? • Case with back panel: wood group 1 veneer or 1 Style number
Product details, laminate price group 1 2 Width (see below under Required
page 74 • Grommet Selections)
• Removable interior cover 3 Wood or laminate color number for case
• Wire manager 4 Application (see below under Required
• Leveling glides Selections)

Tip: Leveling glides adjust Width • 24"W Price below Specify with 24"W.
up to 34". • 30"W Price below Specify with 30"W.
Tip: Drawings show right- • 42"W Price below Specify with 42"W.
hand application, left hand
is also available. Application • Right hand No cost Specify with right-hand application.
• Left hand No cost Specify with left-hand application.
Tip: Right-hand or left-hand
application is determined by
which leg of the Ology desk Options U.S. Price Required to Specify
is located inside the storage. Surface Case
Materials • Laminate price group 1 –$155 Specify laminate color number.
group 2 pricing, please • Open Line laminate –$131 plus cSee Surface Materials Reference
refer to the electronic cata- cost of laminate Manual.
log or SmartTools. • Wood group 2 +$46 Specify wood color number.
• Full-ll nish on wood group 1 No cost Specify wood veneer color number.
• Customiz stain No cost Specify with Customiz stain.
Grain Direction • No grain direction No cost Specify with no grain direction.

• Vertical No cost Specify with vertical grain direction.
• Horizontal No cost Specify with horizontal grain direction.
Related • Elective Elements common c Page 120

Products tops for Ology application
• Ology height-adjustable bases c Page 94
DStyle DDimensions DU.S. DOption
dNumber dD H W dBase d(Add $ to Base Price)
d d dPrice d
d d d dOmit Back Panel
d d d d
E6PDHAD 1714" 1512" 24" $1584 –$130
1714" 1512" 30" $1689 –$148
1714" 1512" 36" $1794 –$166
171 4" 151 2" 42" $1904 –$185

d d d d

Steelcase
October 2019
Elective Elements One-High
Open Plinth Base Pedestals
Ology
Steelcase
October 2019
Elective Elements Common Tops

c Need help? • Tops: wood group 1 veneer or laminate price group 1 1 Style number
Product details, • Wood tops with wood edge: 2 Width (see below under Required
page 74 – 3 mm wood square prole on user side Selections)
– 0.5 mm veneer on other sides 3 Wood or laminate color number
• Laminate tops with plastic edge: 4 Wood edge color number for all sides
Tip: Drawings show right- – 3 mm plastic edge on user’s side on wood worksurfaces, if selected
hand application, left hand – 1 mm plastic edge on other sides, plastic default 5 Plastic edge color number for all sides
is also available. to match user's side on laminate worksurfaces, if selected
• Laminate tops with wood edge: 6 Tops prole (see below under
– Solid wood edge on user’s side Required Selections)
– 1 mm plastic edge on other sides, plastic default 7 Application (see below under Required
to match worksurface Selections)

Width • 24"W Prices at right Specify with 24"W.
• 30"W Prices at right Specify with 30"W.
Wood Common Top Laminate Common Top

Edge Profile Edge Profile
Prices at right
Wood Plastic Wood

Square Square Square
Profile Profile Profile
Tip: Right-hand or left-hand Application • Left-hand application No cost Specify with Ology left-hand application.
application is determined by • Right-hand application No cost Specify with Ology right-hand application.

Steelcase
October 2019
Elective Elements Common
Tops

Surface Wood veneer tops
Materials • Wood group 2 Prices below Specify wood color number.
• Wood group 3 Prices below Specify wood color number.
• Full-ll nish on wood group 1 Prices below Specify wood veneer color number.
Laminate tops
• Laminate price group 1 Prices below Specify laminate color number.
Ology
group 2 pricing, please • Open Line laminate Prices below cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.
log or SmartTools. • Wood group 2 Prices below Specify wood color number.
• Wood group 3 Prices below Specify wood color number.
Grain Veneer tops

Direction • Long grain No cost Specify with long grain.
Tip: Short grain on laminate • Short grain No cost Specify with short grain.
tops is only available on
60"W. Laminate tops
• No grain direction No cost Specify with no grain direction.
• Long grain No cost Specify with long grain.
• Short grain (on 60"W) No cost Specify with short grain.
Related • Elective Elements One-High open c Page 118

Products plinth base pedestals for Ology application
• Ology modesty panels c Page 104
• Fixed personal/modesty screens c Page 105
• Ology height-adjustable bases c Page 94
DStyle DDimensions DU.S. Base Prices DOptions
dNumber d d d(Add $ to Base Price)
d dD W dWood dLaminate d
d d dGroup 1 d d
d d d d d
d d dWood d3 mm dWood dWood dFull-Fill dOpen Line
d d dSquare dPlastic dSquare d dFinish on dLaminate
d d dEdge dSquare dEdge dWood dWood dWood d
d d d dEdge d dGroup 2 dGroup 3 dGroup 1 d
E6WSHAD 18" 24" $505 $194 $447 +$30 +$101 +$31 $237
18" 30" $536 $225 $478 +$30 +$101 +$31 $237
18" 36" $550 $239 $492 +$50 +$176 +$50 $237

18" 42" $608 $258 $550 +$50 +$176 +$50 $276
18" 48" $657 $307 $599 +$50 +$176 +$50 $276
18" 54" $680 $330 $622 +$50 +$176 +$50 $276
18" 60" $743 $353 $682 +$74 +$260 +$74 $316
18" 66" $787 $397 $726 +$74 +$260 +$74 $316
18" 72" $843 $453 $782 +$74 +$260 +$74 $316
18" 78" $887 $497 $826 +$74 +$260 +$74 $316
18" 84" $1077 $687 $1016 +$74 +$260 +$74 $316
18" 90" $1257 $867 $1196 +$74 +$260 +$74 $316
18" 96" $1446 $1056 $1385 +$74 +$260 +$74 $316

18" 102" $1663 $1234 $1601 +$103 +$360 +$103 $355
18" 108" $1912 $1483 $1850 +$103 +$360 +$103 $355

For Canadian Pricing 18" 114" $2199 $1770 $2137 +$103 +$360 +$103 $355
Canadian price factor. 18" 120" $2528 $2099 $2466 +$103 +$360 +$103 $355
See page 1 for details. d d d d d d d d d
Steelcase
October 2019
Currency Lateral One-High and 1.5-High Storage

c Need help? See • Case with back panel: laminate 1 Style number
Wood Casegoods • Grommet in top of case 2 Width (see below under Required
and Tables • Removable interior cover Selections)
Specication Guide • Wire manager 3 Low-Pressure Laminate color number
for product details. • Shelf, if TS515HPDHAD is selected for case

Width • 24"W Prices below Specify with 24"W.
• 30"W Prices below Specify with 30"W.
Related • Common top for Ology application c Page 123

Products • Ology height-adjustable desks c Page 76
DDimensions DStyle DU.S. Prices
dD H dNumber d
d d d24"W d30"W d36"W d42"W
Lateral One-High Storage

171/4" 15" TS51HPDHAD $559 $614 $614 $619
d d d d d d
Lateral 1.5-High Storage

171/4" 21" TS515HPDHAD $582 $640 $640 $645
d d d d d d

Steelcase
October 2019
Currency Common Top Currency Common Top

c Need help? See • 11/8" thick table top: Low-Pressure Laminate or High- 1 Style number
Wood Casegoods Pressure Laminate price group 1 2 Width (see below under Required
and Tables • 3 mm radius profile edge on user’s side: plastic Selections)
Specication Guide • 1 mm on sides and back edge: plastic default to match 3 Application (see below under Required
for product details. user’s side Selections)
4 Low-Pressure Laminate or High-Pressure
Laminate color number for top, as
appropriate
5 Plastic edge band color number for all
Ology
sides on laminate top

Top • 24"W Prices at right Specify with 24"W.
Application • Ology left No cost Specify with Ology left.

• Ology right No cost Specify with Ology right.

Tip: Standard worksurfaces Worksurface • 11/8" thick No cost Specify with 11/8" worksurface thickness.
are 11/8" thick. However, the Thickness • 13/8" thick +$111 Specify with 13/8" worksurface thickness.
actual thickness between
Low-Pressure Laminate Surface High-Pressure Laminate worksurface
(LPL) and High-Pressure Materials • High-Pressure Laminate See information at left Specify High-Pressure Laminate
Laminate (HPL) worksur- price group 2 color number.
faces is slightly different. It • Open Line laminate +$ 74 c See Surface Materials Reference Manual.
is recommended that only plus cost of laminate
worksurfaces of the same
type are specied in a given Related • Mobile pedestals c See Wood Casegoods and Tables
application. In addition, there Products Specication Guide.
may be sheen or texture dif- • Under-worksurface pedestals c See Wood Casegoods and Tables
ferences when using LPL Specication Guide.
and HPL in adjacent applica- • Under-worksurface lateral les c See Wood Casegoods and Tables
tions. Please use caution Specication Guide.
when mixing and matching • Table legs and supports c See Wood Casegoods and Tables
different worksurface types. Specication Guide.
• Grommet packages c See Wood Casegoods and Tables
For laminate price Specication Guide.
refer to the electronic cata-
log or SmartTools.
U.S. Base Prices
DStyle DDimensions D24"W D30"W D36"W D42"W D48"W D54"W D60"W D66"W D72"W
dNumber dD d d d d d d d d d
Low-Pressure Laminate
TS5WSHAD 171/8" $ 99 $108 $118 $127 $137 $143 $147 $169 $191
For Canadian Pricing TS5WSHAD 171/8" $132 $144 $157 $170 $183 $190 $196 $225 $254
Multiply U.S. Price by the d d d d d d d d d d d
Steelcase
October 2019
Steelcase
October 2019
Steelcase
Flex Collection
Understanding
Height-Adjustable Desks and Bases 126
Specifying
Height-Adjustable Desks 130
Flex Collection
Steelcase
Height-Adjustable Bases 134
Accessories 136
Steelcase
October 2019
Flex Height-Adjustable Desks and Bases
.. Height-adjustable
..
. .
.. desks bring mobility and ..
.. wellbeing, allowing users to ..
. change posture and location .
.. to suit their work needs.
..
.. Optional integrated power
..
. .
.. includes a single power cord ..
.. that comes out of the desk ..
.. for ease of movement. ..
.. c Specifying, pages Push button simple ..
. 130134. .
.. touch controller adjusts ..
.. height at a rate of 112" per ..
. Desk has a wood core with second. .
.. a High-Pressure Laminate, ..
.. wood veneer surface, or a ..
. .
.. plywood core with a plywood ..
.. surface, and is 1" thick. Base supports a maximum ..
. distributed weight load of .
.. 360 pounds (2-leg). ..
.. Edge is available in 3 ..
mm edge prole, when Tip: When calculating lift-
. .
. High-Pressure Laminate is ing capacity, subtract the .
.. weight of the worksurface, ..
.. selected. ..
understructure, and options
. .
.. Square edge is available Lifting column is controll- selected. ..
.. in 3 mm edge prole, when ed by central control box for cSee page 129 for worksur- ..
. wood veneer is selected. synchronization. Columns face weights. .
.. ..
are precision balanced to
. .
.. Plywood desks edge minimize surface vibrations. ..
.. prole is exposed plywood ..
. with a square (3 mm) radius. .
.. ..
.. ..
. Basic height-adjustable .
.. base adjusts from 2735"H– ..
.. 46910"H in any increment. ..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
.. Active touch controller ..
. is standard and includes .
.. digital display, two preset ..
.. buttons, double-tap automatic ..
. .
.. drive, and active motion ..
.. posture reminders. ..
.. Tip: Steelcase Rise mobile ..
. app is available that pairs .
.. with any active touch control- ..
.. Extended height- ..
ler to support preferences,
. adjustable base adjusts .
.. from 2235"H to 48710"H in
presets, and activity tracking. ..
.. any increment. ..
. .
.. Directional rollers ..
.. provide intentional user ..
. mobility. .
.. ..
.. ..
.. ..
.. ..
.. Brakes are available as an ..
. option or can be specied .
.. separately. Brake can be ..
.. activated by the user to x ..
. the mobile desk into place .
.. ..
.. and is engaged by spinning ..
. the ring to the oor. .
.. Tip: Brake is recommend for ..
.. use on hard oors. ..
. .
.. ..
. .
Steelcase
October 2019
Flex Height-Adjustable
Desks and Bases
.. .. .. . ..
Wiring and Cabling ..
········································································································································
Obstruction sensing Integrated power is
. Product Details . . . Surface Materials
.. .. technology is standard .. .. available with either a stan- ..
.. High-Pressure .. with all Flex desks. The .. Low surge electric . dard three prong NEMA plug .. High-Pressure
. Laminate Desks . worksurface will backtrack . motor with quiet oper- .. for use with standard recep- . Laminate Desk
.. .. when it makes contact with
.. 1
ation adjusts at 1 2" per .. tacles or with Steelcase's
..
.. Edge prole is available in .. .. second. Motor is 110V and .. .. • Laminate
3 mm edge prole. an object. proprietary thread low-profile
. . . . . c See Surface Materials
.. .. .. includes a 10' power cord. .. plug for use with one-door .. Reference Manual.
.. .. The overall depth of .. Motor has 0.1W standby .. and two-door low-profile .. • Open Line laminate
.. .. the worksurface is .. power. .. connectors. .. (option)
.. .. 23"D, 24"D, 29"D, or 30"D. .. .. .. A program including non-
. . . Chicago requires that . .
.. .. Desk overhang for CPU
.. desks shipping into Illinois .. .. Steelcase laminates which
.. .. holder or layering of
.. ship with a 9' power cord. .. .. are suitable for use on
. . . . . Steelcase products.
.. .. low storage and ped- .. .. .. c See Surface Materials
.. .. estals is available as an .. Flex desks and bases .. .. Reference Manual.
. . option. The overhang is 9" . are listed by ETL. . .
.. .. and available on 58"W or
.. Tip: Flex base only is ETL .. ..
.. .. larger desks. Desk widths
.. recognized because alterna- .. .. 3 mm edge prole
. . . tive worksurfaces do not cre- .. . • Plastic
.. PVC-free, 3 mm edge .. 70"W or larger allow for .. .. ..
.. proles are proprietary .. single or dual overhang. .. ate an ETL listed product.
.. .. Wood Veneer Desk
. polyolen blend for all . . .
. . . . . • Wood veneer (standard)
.. solid colors and woodgrain .. .. .. ..
Flex Collection
Steelcase
D Cable riser, with fence • Customiz stain (option)
.. nishes. .. W .. .. connection, inside
..
• Full-ll nish (option)
. . . . .
.. Edge prole nishes are .. .. .. dimensions are 1"D x ..
.. specied separately from .. .. .. 1"W to accommodate a .. Plywood Desk
. . D . . variety of cord sizes. Overall .
.. laminate color. .. .. Cable trays are avail-
.. depth is 2".
.. • 3862 OP Baltic Birch
. . . . . plywood
.. Radius corners are .. .. able as an option or can .. ..
.. standard and have a 5" .. Extended height Flex .. be ordered separately. .. .. Square 3 mm edge
. . . 46"W–5715/16"W desks . .
.. radius on all four sides with .. desks adjust 2235"H to .. use the 28" cable tray.
.. .. prole
• Wood veneer to match
.. a continuous user edge. .. 48710"H in any increment. .. 58"W–72"W desks use the
.. .. desk
. Radius corners eliminate . Basic height-adjustable base . . .
.. sharp edges and are appro- .. adjusts from 2735"H–46910"H .. 48"W cable tray. .. .. • Plywood to match desk
.. priate for mobile furniture. .. in any increment. .. .. ..
. . . Integrated power is . Cable brackets, ordered ..
Height-adjustable base
.. .. .. .. • 4799 Platinum Metallic
.. .. ..
optional and is located in
.. separately, support horizon- .. • 7207 Black
. Wood Veneer Desks
. .
the understructure of a
. tal cable management below .. • 7243 Seagull
.. Edge prole is wood .. .. desk. Integrated power .. the worksurface. .. • 7360 Merle
.. veneer with a square (3 mm) .. .. consolidates technology to .. cSpecifying, page 137 ..
. . . provide one cord out of the . . Foot
.. radius. .. .. desk for convenience to
.. .. • Paint
.. .. .. the user. Two versions are
.. ..
.. .. .. available: underworksurface .
. .. Rollers
. Plywood Desks . . . . • 6053 Seagull
.. Plywood desk's edge
.. .. only and underworksurface .. .. • 6205 Black
.. prole is exposed plywood
.. .. plus worksurface clamp .. Inside dimensions of .. • 6249 Platinum Solid
. . . on convenience power. . cable brackets are .
.. with a square (3 mm) radius. .. .. Worksurface power has
.. 1 1
6"D x 2 4"W x 18"H.
.. • 6527 Merle
.. .. .. two power outlet options,
.. ..
.. Simple touch control- .. .. either dual USB-A or USB-
.. .. Brake
. ler is available as an option . . . . • 6527 Merle
.. and easily adjusts height of
.. .. C. Desks 571516"W and .. ..
.. desk, at a rate of 112" per
.. .. under receive three power .. ..
. . . outlets in the understructure . .
.. second, by lifting or pressing .. .. and desks 58"W and above .
. ..
.. down on the controller. .. .. receive five power outlets.
.. ..
. Tip: Available with an . . . .
.. .. .. Over-current power protec- .. ..
antimicrobial option.
.. .. .. tion is standard on the inte- .
.. ..
. . . grated power option. If the .
.. Active touch control- .. .. over-current protection trips, .
. ..
.. ler is standard and includes .. .. reset by pushing the button .
. ..
.. digital display, two preset .. .. located on the face of the
.. ..
.. buttons, double-tap auto- .. .. understructure.
.. ..
.. matic drive, and active .. .. .. ..
. motion posture reminders. . . . .
.. .. .. Integrated power is .. ..
Tip: Mobile app is available
.. .. .. standard with a 10' standard .
.. ..
that pairs with any active
. . . black power cord. A 20' .
.. touch controller to support .. .. cord option is available if
.. ..
.. preferences, presets, and .. .. additional length is needed. .
. ..
. activity tracking. . . . .
.. .. .. For extra color, braided cord .
.. ..
.. .. .. option is available.
.. ..
. . . .
.. .. .. .. ..
. . . . .
Height-Adjustable Desks Specification Guide cFlex Height-Adjustable Desks and Bases, continued 127
Steelcase
October 2019
Flex Height-Adjustable Desks and Bases, continued
.. .. .. . ..
.
Braided Cord Color Matrix
. Product Details . Application Topics .. .
.. .. .. . ..
Moving desks can collide ..
Braided cord samples are not available to order. Use
.. matrix below that compares the braided cord finish to the .. Power hangers are .. .. ..
. . standard with a 10' standard . with other components. Do .
.. nearest Steelcase finish or Pantone color for color reference .. black power cord. A 20' .. not install overhead storage, .. ..
.. purposes. .. cord option is available if .. desk-height power, or desk .. ..
. Tip: Braided cord color is defaulted to 9007 Sterling. . . . .
.. .. additional length is needed. .. accessories in the path of .. ..
.. Finish Pantone Color .. For extra color, braided cord .. height-adjustable desks. .. ..
.. .. option is available. .. .. ..
.. 9003 Fuchsia 4BQ7 Fuchsia .. .. Universal boundary . ..
. 9004 Marlin 4AZ5 Marlin . Power hangers are avail- . screens are not permitted .. .
.. .. able with either a standard .. on height-adjustable desks, .. ..
.. 9006 Chili 6338 Chili .. three prong NEMA plug for .. as they do not pass mini- .. ..
. . . . .
.. 9007 Sterling* 6059 Sterling Dark Solid .. use with standard recep- .. mum safety requirements .. ..
.. 9008 Honey 4CZ5 Honey .. tacles or with Steelcase's .. which could result in the .. ..
. . proprietary thread low-prole . desk tipping over. . .
.. 9009 Black 0835 Black .. plug for use with one-door .. .. ..
.. 9010 Light Peacock 4CZ8 Light Peacock .. and two-door low-prole .. On extended height .. ..
. . . . .
.. 9011 Seagull 4858 Seagull .. connectors. .. desks, any storage .. ..
.. .. .. higher than 19" will .. ..
. *Default nish on integrated power. . Power hangers are . impede the height range of . .
. . . . .
.. .. weighted and have a rubber- .. the desk. On basic height .. ..
.. .. ized back to allow them to sit .. desks, any storage higher .. ..
. . rmly on the worksurface. . 7
than 23 10" will impede the . .
.. .. .. height range of the desk. .. ..
.. .. Power cords should not .. Tip: Do not place storage .. ..
. . . . .
.. .. be routed in walkways or .. underneath controller. .. ..
. . where subject to damage. . . .
.. .. .. When mounting CPU .. ..
.. .. Over-current protec- .. holders, specify the over- .. ..
. . . . .
.. .. tion is standard on power .. hang option. .. ..
.. .. hangers. The reset button .. Tip: CPU holders that .. ..
. . is located on the side of the . require less than 12"D . .
.. .. power hanger. If the over- .. clearance may be mounted .. ..
.. .. current protection trips, reset .. inboard of legs. .. ..
. . . . .
.. .. by pushing the button back .. .. ..
.. .. into place. .. All assemblies meet or .. ..
. . . exceed ANSI/BIFMA . .
.. .. .. standards. .. ..
.. .. Surface Materials .. .. ..
. . . . .
.. .. Power hangers
.. .. ..
.. .. • 4AY2 Chili
.. WARNING .. ..
.. .. • 4AZ5 Marlin
.. .. ..
. . . Read base only warranty . .
.. .. • 4BQ7 Fuchsia .. limitations. .. ..
.. .. • 4CZ8 Light Peacock .. .. ..
. . • 7243 Seagull . Keyboard assemblies .. .
.. .. .. ..
are not allowed on height- ..
• 7360 Merle
.. .. .. ..
.. .. .. adjustable desks. They do .. ..
. .
Cable tray
. not meet minimum safety .. .
.. .. • P631 Dark Heather Grey .. requirements. .. ..
.. .. .. .. ..
. . Cable bracket . . .
.. .. • 6527 Merle
.. .. ..
.. .. .. .. ..
. . . . .
.. .. Cable riser .. .. ..
.. .. • 7360 Merle .. .. ..
. . . . .
.. .. Cable catch
.. .. ..
.. .. • P630 Medium Heather
.. .. ..
.. .. Grey
.. .. ..
.. .. • P631 Dark Heather Grey
.. .. ..
.. .. .. .. ..
. . . . .
.. .. .. .. ..
.. .. .. .. ..
. . . . .
.. .. .. .. ..
.. .. .. .. ..
. . . . .
.. .. .. .. ..
.. .. .. .. ..
. . . . .
.. .. .. .. ..
. . . . .
Steelcase
October 2019
Desks and Bases
.. ..
. Installation .
.. ..
.. Desks ship with pre-drilled holes for mounting bases. ..
. .
.. Height-adjustable base requires attachment to the worksurface.
..
.. ..
. .
.. Base supports a maximum distributed weight capacity of 360 pounds. ..
.. Tip: When calculating lifting capacity, subtract the weight of the worksurface, understructure, and options. ..
.. ..
.. Tip: A label applied to the underside of the worksurface will include the load-capacity for each desk. ..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
. Worksurface Weight .
.. ..
.. DOptions DAccessory ..
. .
.. ..
d d
Worksurface W D
.. DWorksurface DUnderstructure DIntegrated DCurved
..
Shape
. dWeight dWeight dPower dScreen*
.
.. d d dWeight d ..
.. d d d d ..
. .
. .
.. ..
Flex Collection
Steelcase
.. ..
. .
.. ..
.. D ..
W
. .
.. ..
. .
.. ..
.. D ..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. 23"D 24"D ..
.. Rectangular 46" 23" or 24" 27 lb 29 lb 7.1 lb 5.0 lb 1.9 lb ..
. .
.. 58" 23" or 24" 35 lb 36 lb 9.4 lb 5.0 lb 3.7 lb ..
.. 70" 23" or 24" 42 lb 43 lb 11.7 lb 5.0 lb 5.5 lb ..
. .
.. 29"D 30"D ..
.. 46" 29" or 30" 34 lb 36 lb 7.1 lb 5.0 lb 1.9 lb ..
. .
.. 58" 29" or 30" 43 lb 45 lb 9.4 lb 5.0 lb 3.7 lb ..
.. 70" 29" or 30" 52 lb 54 lb 11.7 lb 5.0 lb 5.5 lb
..
.. ..
. d d d d d d .
.. ..
.. ..
. *For detailed curved screen information, see page 198. .
.. ..
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
.. ..
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
. .
Steelcase
October 2019
Flex Height-Adjustable Desks

D c Need help? • Worksurface: High-Pressure Laminate price group 1 1 Style number
W Product details, with 3 mm plastic edge, wood group 1 veneer with 2 Antimicrobial or non-antimicrobial
page 126 matching square 3 mm edge, or plywood with surface, if simple touch controller
matching square 3 mm edge selected (see below under Required
• Electric height-adjustable sit-to-stand base: paint price Selections)
group 1 3 Desk depth
D • Active touch controller 4 Desk width
• Foot: paint price group 1 5 High-Pressure Laminate, wood, or
• Roller: plastic plywood color for worksurface
• Modular widths: 46", 58", or 70" 6 Plastic color number for 3 mm plas-
• Attachment hardware tic edge on laminate worksurface, if
• No overhang on worksurface selected
Tip: Height-adjustable
• Power cord: 10' with standard plug 7 Paint color number for base
desks shipping to Illinois will
8 Paint color number for foot
receive 9' power cord.
9 Plastic color number for rollers
Tip: Attachment hardware is
intended for worksurfaces 1"
thick only.
Tip: Antimicrobial can be Antimicrobial Simple touch controller
specifed only when specify- Surface • Non-antimicrobial surface No cost Specify with non-antimicrobial surface.
ing simple touch controller. • Antimicrobial surface No cost Specify with antimicrobial surface.

Surface High-Pressure Laminate desks
Materials • Laminate price group 2 +$ 18 Specify laminate color number.
for 46"W–54"W desks
• Laminate price group 2 +$ 24 Specify laminate color number.
for 541/16"W–72"W desks
• Open Line laminate +$ 74 plus cost cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.
of laminate
Wood veneer desks

• Wood group 2 +$ 74 Specify wood color number.
cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.
• Full-ll nish on wood group 1 +$ 74 Specify full-ll nish color number.
Base
• Paint price group 2 +$ 15 Specify paint color number.
Foot
• Lux Coatings +$ 30 Specify Lux Coatings color number.
Tip: The 9" overhang is Overhang • Desk overhang, left No cost Specify with desk overhang, left.
available on 58"W or larger • Desk overhang, right No cost Specify with desk overhang, right.
desks. • Desk overhang, left and right No cost Specify with desk overhang, left and right.
Tip: Desks 70"W or larger Integrated Power conguration for 46"W571516"W desks
allow for single or dual Power • No under worksurface power No cost Specify with no under worksurface
overhang. power.
• Under worksurface power only +$350 Specify with under worksurface power.
Tip: Standard plug is a • Under worksurface power and +$590 Specify with under worksurface power
NEMA 5-15 3-prong plug. clamp with two outlets and dual and clamp with two outlets and dual
USB-A USB-A.
Tip: Active touch control- • Under worksurface power and +$825 Specify with under worksurface power
ler is a defaulted selection. clamp with two outlets and and clamp with two outlets and USB-C.
Upcharge is not reected in USB-C
the base price.
Steelcase
October 2019
Desks

Integrated Power conguration for 58"W–72"W desks
Power, • No under worksurface power No cost Specify with no under worksurface
continued power.
• Under worksurface power and +$615 Specify with under worksurface power
clamp with two outlets and dual and clamp with two outlets and dual
USB-A USB-A.
clamp with two outlets and and clamp with two outlets and USB-C.
USB-C
Power cord type

• 10' standard cord No cost Specify with 10' standard cord.
• 10' braided cord +$ 53 Specify with 10' braided cord.
• 20' standard cord +$ 53 Specify with 20' standard cord.
• 20' braided cord +$160 Specify with 20' braided cord.
• Curly cord +$235 Specify with curly cord.
Power plug type
Flex Collection
Steelcase
• Thread low prole +$ 29 Specify with thread low prole.
PVC
• PVC free +$ 25 Specify with non-PVC.
Cable Tray • No cable tray No cost Specify with no cable tray.

• Cable tray for 23"/24"D +$135 Specify with cable tray.
Brakes • No brakes No cost Specify with no brakes.

• With brakes +$ 50 Specify with brakes.
Related • Curved screens c Page 210

Products • Cable tray c Page 136
• Cable brackets c Page 137
dNumber dD Desk Type d
d d Modular d46"W dN.A. d58"W dN.A. d70"W
d d Parametric d46"W– d481/16"W– d541/16"W– d601/16"W– d661/16"W–
d d d48"W d54"W d60"W d66"W d72"W
W
D High-Pressure Laminate Desks—Basic Height
FLXSRQ 23" or 24" $1713 $1768 $1822 $1882 $1940
29" or 30" $1928 $1991 $2052 $2115 $2182

d d d d d d d
D
Wood Group 1 Desks—Basic Height
FLXSRQ 23" or 24" $2307 $2372 $2436 $2506 $2572
29" or 30" $2548 $2620 $2690 $2765 $2839

d d d d d d d
Plywood Desks—Basic Height

FLXSRQ 23" or 24" $2395 $2460 $2524 $3982 $4040
29" or 30" $2610 $2683 $2754 $4215 $4282

d d d d d d d

Height-Adjustable Desks Specification Guide cFlex Height-Adjustable Desks, continued 131
Steelcase
October 2019
Flex Height-Adjustable Desks, continued
dNumber dD Desk Type d
d d d48"W d54"W d60"W d66"W d72"W
W
D High-Pressure Laminate Desks—Extended Height
FLXERQ 23" or 24" $1863 $1922 $1981 $2046 $2108
29" or 30" $2097 $2163 $2230 $2299 $2371

d d d d d d d
D
Wood Group 1 Desks—Extended Height
FLXERQ 23" or 24" $2457 $2526 $2595 $2670 $2740
29" or 30" $2717 $2792 $2868 $2949 $3028

d d d d d d d
Plywood Desks—Extended Height

FLXERQ 23" or 24" $2545 $2614 $2683 $4146 $4208
29" or 30" $2779 $2855 $2932 $4399 $4471

d d d d d d d

Steelcase
October 2019
Desks
Flex Collection
Steelcase
Steelcase
October 2019
Flex Height-Adjustable Bases

c Need help? • Electric height-adjustable sit-to-stand base: paint price 1 Style number
Product details, group 1 2 Antimicrobial or non-antimicrobial sur-
page 126 • Foot: paint price group 1 face, if simple touch controller selected
• Roller: plastic (see below under Required Selections)
• Active touch controller 3 Desk depth
• Modular widths: 46", 58", or 70" 4 Desk width
• Attachment hardware 5 Paint color number for base
• No overhang for worksurface 6 Paint color number for foot
• Power cord: 10' with standard plug 7 Plastic color number for rollers
Tip: Height-adjustable
bases shipping to Illinois will
receive 9' power cord.
Tip: Attachment hardware is Antimicrobial Simple touch controller
intended for worksurfaces 1" Surface • Non-antimicrobial surface No cost Specify with non-antimicrobial surface.
thick only. • Antimicrobial surface No cost Specify with antimicrobial surface.
Tip: Antimicrobial can be

ing simple touch controller. Surface Base
Materials • Paint price group 2 +$ 15 Specify paint color number.
Foot
• Lux Coatings +$ 30 Specify Lux Coatings color number.
Overhang • Desk overhang, left No cost Specify with desk overhang, left.
• Desk overhang, right No cost Specify with desk overhang, right.
• Desk overhang, left and right No cost Specify with desk overhang, left and right.
Tip: The 9" overhang is
available on 58"W or larger Integrated Power conguration for 46"W571516"W desks
desks. Power • No under worksurface power No cost Specify with no under worksurface
power.
Tip: Desks 70"W or larger • Under worksurface power only +$350 Specify with under worksurface power.
allow for single or dual • Under worksurface power and +$590 Specify with under worksurface power
overhang. clamp with two outlets and dual and clamp with two outlets and dual
USB-A USB-A.
Tip: Standard plug is a • Under worksurface power and +$825 Specify with under worksurface power
NEMA 5-15 3-prong plug. clamp with two outlets and and clamp with two outlets and USB-C.
USB-C
Power conguration for 58"W–72"W desks

• No under worksurface power No cost Specify with no under worksurface
power.
clamp with two outlets and dual and clamp with two outlets and dual
USB-A USB-A.
clamp with two outlets and and clamp with two outlets and USB-C.
USB-C
Tip: Active touch control- Controller • Simple touch controller No cost Specify with simple touch controller.
ler is a defaulted selection. • Active touch controller +$ 52 Specify with active touch controller.
the base price.

Steelcase
October 2019
Bases

Integrated Power cord type
Power, • 10' standard cord No cost Specify with 10' standard cord.
continued • 10' braided cord +$ 53 Specify with 10' braided cord.
• 20' braided cord +$160 Specify with 20' braided cord.
• Curly cord +$235 Specify with curly cord.
Power plug type

• Thread low prole +$ 29 Specify with thread low prole.
PVC
Cable Tray • No cable tray No cost Specify with no cable tray.

Brakes • No brakes No cost Specify with no brakes.

• With brakes +$ 50 Specify with brakes.
Flex Collection
Steelcase
Related • Curved screens c Page 210
Products • Cable tray c Page 136
• Cable brackets c Page 137
dNumber dD Base Type d
d d d48"W d54"W d60"W d66"W d72"W
Rectangular Bases—Basic Height

FLXSRQB 23" or 24" $1619 $1673 $1726 $1786 $1844
29" or 30" $1829 $1890 $1910 $1944 $1963

d d d d d d d
Rectangular Bases—Extended Height

FLXERQB 23" or 24" $1760 $1818 $1875 $1941 $2005
29" or 30" $1989 $2055 $2077 $2113 $2133

d d d d d d d

Steelcase
October 2019
Flex Accessories
Power Hanger
c Need help? • Rubberized hanger back: 7360 Merle 1 Style number
Product details, • Cover: paint 2 Paint color number for cover:
page 127 • Power cord: 10' with standard plug 4AY2 Chili
4AZ5 Marlin
Tip: Power hangers shipping 4BQ7 Fuchsia
to Illinois will receive 9' 4CZ8 Light Peacock
power cord. 7243 Seagull
7360 Merle

Power Cord Cord type
• 10' standard cord No cost Specify with 10' standard cord.
Tip: Braided cord color is • 10' braided cord +$ 53 Specify with 10' braided cord.
defaulted to cover nish but • 20' braided cord +$160 Specify with 20' braided cord.
can be changed if desired.
Plug type
• Thread low prole +$ 29 Specify with thread low prole plug.
PVC
Tip: Each USB port can Power • 4 power No cost Specify with 4 power.
utilize up to 2.1 amps. Each Conguration • 3 power and 1 USB +$ 85 Specify with 3 power and 1 USB.
port is independent of the
other.
Tip: Standard plug is a
DStyle DU.S.
NEMA 5-15 3-prong plug.
dNumber dBase
d dPrice
d d
FLXPH $385
d d
Cable Tray for Flex Height-Adjustable Desks

c Need help? • Cable tray: P631 Dark Heather Grey molded PET felt 1 Style number
Product details, • Attachment hardware 2 Worksurface depth and width
page 127 • 28"W cable tray, if 46"W–5715/16"W worksurface selected
• 48"W cable tray, if 58"W–72"W worksurface selected
Tip: 46"W–5715/16"W desks DStyle DDimensions DU.S. Prices
use the 28"W cable tray. dNumber dWorksurface dWorksurface
58"W–72"W desks use the d dWidth dDepth
48"W cable tray. d d d
d d d23"D/24"D d29"D/30"D
FLXCT 46"–72" $135 $150

d d d d

Steelcase
October 2019
Flex Accessories
Cable Brackets

Product details,
page 127
Tip: Cable brackets can be

used instead of cable trays
or will t inside footprint of DStyle DU.S.
29"/30"D cable trays. dNumber dPrice
d d
FLXCBK4 $37
d d
Flex Collection
Steelcase
Cable Riser
c Need help? • Cable riser with fence connection: 7360 Merle paint Style number
Product details, • Attachment hardware
page 127
DStyle DU.S.
dNumber dPrice
d d
Fence connection
Tip: Cable riser leg connec- OLCR $76
tion does not work with the d d
Flex height-adjustable desk.
Brakes for Flex Height-Adjustable Desks

c Need help? • Two brakes: 6527 Merle plastic Style number
page 127
DStyle DU.S.
dNumber dPrice
d d
FLXBRK $50
d d

Steelcase
October 2019
Steelcase
October 2019
Migration
Understanding
Specifying
Migration Cable and Power Management 146
Migration
Steelcase
October 2019
Migration Height-Adjustable Desks
.. Migration supports wellbe-

..
. .
.. ing at work by allowing users ..
.. to move between seated and ..
. standing postures throughout .
.. the workday.
..
.. c Speciying, page 144
..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. Desk has a wood core with ..
.. a High-Pressure Laminate or ..
. wood veneer surface and is .
. .
.. 1" thick. Push button control- ..
.. ler adjusts height at a rate ..
. of 1 3" per second. Two
2
.
.. options are available—
..
.. up/down or 4 pre-set.
..
. .
.. ..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. .
. distributed weight capacity ..
.. Internal motors of 220 pounds. ..
.. with electronic Tip: When calculating lifting ..
. synchronization drive capacity, subtract the weight ..
.. .
.. of the worksurface. .
. cSee page 143 for worksur- ..
.. face weights. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
.. Edge is available in 3 mm ..
. .
.. edge prole. ..
.. ..
. .
.. Height-adjustable sit- ..
.. to-stand base adjusts ..
.. from 2235"H–48710"H in any Leveling glides adjust ..
. 1
2" to install desk on uneven .
.. increment. ..
oors.
.. ..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
.. ..
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
. .
Steelcase
October 2019
Migration
.. .. .. . .. ..
. Product Details . . Wiring and Cabling .. . Surface Materials .
.. .. .. 487/10" .. .. ..
.. High-Pressure .. .. 223/5" Electric motor with .. 2" 1" .. High-Pressure ..
. Laminate Desks . . whisper quiet opera- . 1" . Laminate Desk .
.. .. .. tion adjusts at 1 3" per
2 .. .. ..
.. Front (user’s) edge .. .. .. .. • Laminate ..
second. Motor is 24V DC c See Surface Materials
. prole is available in 3 mm . . . . .
.. edge prole. .. .. and includes a 9' power .. .. Reference Manual. ..
.. .. .. cord. Motor also has 0.1W .. .. • Open Line laminate ..
.. .. Migration desks adjust .. standby power. .. .. (option) ..
.. .. 2235"H to 48710"H in any .. . .. A program including non- ..
Migration desks are listed ..
Cable riser–leg connec-
. . increment. . . Steelcase laminates which ..
.. .. .. by ETL. .. tions inside dimensions .. ..
.. .. .. .. are 1"D x 1"W to accommo- .. are suitable for use on
. . .
Tip: Migration base only is
. date a variety of cord sizes. . Steelcase products. ..
.. .. .. ETL recognized because .. Overall depth is 2". .. c See Surface Materials ..
.. .. .. alternative worksurfaces .. .. Reference Manual. ..
. . . do not create an ETL listed . . .
.. .. .. product. .. .. ..
.. .. .. .. .. 3 mm edge prole ..
cSee page 24 • Plastic
. . . . . .
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. .. .. .. .. Wood Veneer Desk ..
. PVC-free, 3 mm edge . . . . .
. . . . . • Wood veneer (standard) .
.. proles are proprietary .. .. .. .. • Customiz stain (option)
..
.. polyolen blend for all solid .. .. .. .. • Full-ll nish (option)
..
. colors and three woodgrain . . . . .
.. nishes. Matching 1 mm .. Up/down controller is .. .. .. ..
.. .. available as an option and . .. .. Square 3 mm edge ..
easily adjusts height of desk, ..
side and back edges are
. . . . prole .
.. also PVC-free. .. at a rate of 123" per second, .. .. .. • Wood veneer to match
..
. c See Surface Materials in . . . Cable riser–fence con- . .
.. this book for specic PVC- .. by simply pushing the up .. .. nections inside dimen- .. desk ..
.. free availability, page 226. .. and down arrows. .. .. sions are 1"D x 1"W to .. ..
. . . . accommodate a variety of . Height-adjustable base .
.. .. .. .. cord sizes. Overall depth
.. 4799 Platinum Metallic
..
.. Edge prole nishes are .. .. .. .. ..
Migration
is 2". 7207 Black
. specied separately from . . . . .
.. laminate color. .. .. .. .. 7241 Arctic White ..
.. .. .. .. .. 7360 Merle ..
. . . Controller can be mounted .. . .
.. .. .. . .. ..
.. .. .. on either the left- or right- .. .. ..
. . . hand side of the top and is . . .
.. .. .. eld-installed. .. .. ..
.. .. .. .. .. ..
. . . Power and data strips .. Cable brackets, ordered . .
.. .. .. . separately, support horizon-
.. ..
are eld-installed on either
.. .. .. a SOTO rail or worksurface. .. tal cable management below .. ..
.. .. 4 pre-set programma- .. Specify appropriate attach- .. the worksurface. .. ..
. . ble controller is avail- . ment bracket depending on .. . .
.. .. .. .
cSpecifying, page 146 .. ..
able as an option. It allows application.
.. .. . .. .. ..
users to set the seated and . cSee page 201 for Cable
. . . . . .
.. Square corners are stan-
.. standing height positions or .
. and Power Management. .. .. ..
.. dard and have 90° corners
.. pre-set heights for multiple .. .. .. ..
.. on all four sides.
.. users. When activated, the .. .. .. ..
. . digital display will show the . . Inside dimensions of . .
.. .. .. .. .. ..
height of desk. cable brackets are
.. Wood Veneer Desks .. .. .. .. ..
358"D x 138"W x 1316"H.
. . . . . .
.. Front (user's) edge pro- .. .. .. .. ..
.. le is wood veneer with a .. Panel .. .. .. ..
. square (3 mm) radius. . Migration . . . .
.. .. 1" .. .. .. ..
.. Side and back edges .. .. .. .. ..
. . . . . .
.. are at. Wood edge color .. .. .. .. ..
.. matches nish specied for .. 1" .. .. .. ..
.. desk. .. .. .. .. ..
.. .. .. Cable riser supports . .. ..
.. .. .. cable management vertically .. .. ..
. . . between the floor and the .. . .
.. .. .. underside of the desk. It is .. .. ..
.. .. Desk sizes are listed in .. available in 6527 Merle and .. .. ..
. . actual dimensions to allow . . Cable management . .
.. .. . is specified separately. .. .. ..
.. .. for 1" gap to adjacent furni- .. cSpecifying, page 146 ..
includes two cable clips and
.. ..
. . ture eliminating any pinch .. .
two ties to help manage
. .
.. .. points. .. .. desk cables. .. ..
.. .. .. .. .. ..
. . . . . .
.. .. .. .. .. ..
. . . . . .
Height-Adjustable Desks Specification Guide cMigration Height-Adjustable Desks, continued 141
Steelcase
October 2019
Migration Height-Adjustable Desks, continued
.. . .. .. .. ..
. Application Topics .. . Installation . . .
.. . .. . .. ..
.. Moving desks can collide .. .. Desks ship with pre-drilled .. .. ..
. with other components. Do .. . holes for mounting bases. .. . .
.. not install overhead storage, .
. .. .. .. ..
.. desk-height power, or desk .
.. .. Height-adjustable base .. .. ..
. accessories in the path of . . . .
.. height-adjustable desks. .. .. requires attachment to the .. .. ..
.. .. .. worksurface. .. .. ..
.. .. .. . .. ..
..
Cableways mount to
.. .. Base supports a maximum .. .. ..
distributed weight capacity of ..
desks to help manage
. . 21"H pedestal . . .
.. cables at desk height for a .. Any storage higher .. 220 pounds. .. .. ..
.. clean aesthetic and can be .. ..
used in combination with than 20" will impede Tip: When calculating lifting .. .. ..
. . . capacity, subtract the weight .. . .
.. screens. .. height range of desk. .. .. .. ..
.. .. Tip: Do not place storage .. of the worksurface.
.. .. ..
. . underneath controller. . . .
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. .. Desk overhang for CPU .. .. .. ..
. . . . . .
.. .. holder or layering of .. .. .. ..
.. .. low storage and .. .. .. ..
. . pedestals is allowed on . . . .
. . . . . .
.. .. Migration desks 58"W or .. .. .. ..
.. .. larger. 58"W desks allow a . .. .. ..
. . maximum 13 2"W overhang ..
1
. . .
.. .. due to the width and design .. .. .. ..
.. .. of the telescopic base. The .. .. .. ..
. . . . . .
.. . maximum overhang on .. .. .. ..
SOTO rail and SlatRail .
. . desks 64"W and larger is . . . .
.. mount to desks to support .. 17"W. .. .. .. ..
.. worktools, freeing up desk .. .. .. .. ..
. space. . . . . .
.. c See Steelcase Worktools .. All assemblies meet or .. .. .. ..
.. Specication Guide. .. exceed ANSI/BIFMA .. .. .. ..
. . standards. . . . .
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. .. .. .. .. ..
. . . . . .
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. .. .. .. .. ..
. . . . . .
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. .. .. .. .. ..
. . . . . .
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. .. .. .. .. ..
. . . . . .
.. Universal boundary .. .. .. .. ..
.. screens are not permitted .. .. .. .. ..
. on height-adjustable desks, .. . . . .
.. .
Keyboard assemblies .. .. .. ..
.. as they do not pass mini- .. are not allowed on height- .. .. .. ..
.. mum safety requirements .. adjustable desks. They do .. .. .. ..
. which could result in the . not meet minimum safety . . . .
.. desk tipping over. .. requirements. .. .. .. ..
.. .. .. .. .. ..
. . . . . .
.. Due to design, the .. .. .. .. ..
.. base has a dead zone .. WARNING .. .. .. ..
. between 46 16" and 51 16"
1 15
. . . . .
.. limiting worksurface sizes. .. Read base only warranty .. .. .. ..
.. .. limitations. .. .. .. ..
. . . . . .
.. .. cSee page 24 for .. .. .. ..
.. .. Workstation Design .. .. .. ..
.. .. Guidelines and .. .. .. ..
.. .. Requirements. .. .. .. ..
.. .. .. .. .. ..
. . . . . .
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. .. .. .. .. ..
. . . . . .
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. .. .. .. .. ..
. . . . . .
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. .. .. .. .. ..
. . . . . .
.. .. .. .. .. ..
. . . . . .
Steelcase
October 2019
Migration
.. Base supports a maximum distributed weight capacity of 220 pounds.

.. .. ..
. . . .
.. Tip: When calculating lifting capacity, subtract the weight of the worksurface. .. .. ..
.. .. .. ..
. Desk Weight . . .
.. .. .. ..
.. W LD RD Worksurface .. .. ..
. Weight . . .
.. .. .. ..
.. RD .. .. ..
.. W .. .. ..
.. .. .. ..
. . . .
.. .. .. ..
.. .. .. ..
. LD . . .
.. .. .. ..
.. .. .. ..
. . . .
.. .. .. ..
.. Rectangular—23"D 46" 23" 23" 30 lb .. .. ..
. . . .
.. 52" 23" 23" 34 lb .. .. ..
.. 58" 23" 23" 38 lb .. .. ..
. . . .
. . . .
.. 64" 23" 23" 42 lb .. .. ..
.. 70" 23" 23" 46 lb .. .. ..
. . . .
.. .. .. ..
.. .. .. ..
. Rectangular—29"D 46" 29" 29" 38 lb . . .
.. .. .. ..
. 52" 29" 29" 43 lb . . .
.. .. .. ..
.. 58" 29" 29" 48 lb .. .. ..
. . . .
.. 64" 29" 29" 53 lb .. .. ..
.. .. .. ..
Migration
70" 29" 29" 58 lb
. . . .
.. .. .. ..
.. .. .. ..
. Rectangular—35"D 46" 35" 35" 46 lb . . .
.. .. .. ..
.. 52" 35" 35" 52 lb .. .. ..
. . . .
.. 58" 35" 35" 58 lb .. .. ..
.. 64" 35" 35" 64 lb
.. .. ..
. . . .
.. 70" 35" 35" 70 lb
.. .. ..
.. .. .. ..
.. .. .. ..
. . . .
.. .. .. ..
.. .. .. ..
. . . .
.. .. .. ..
.. .. .. ..
.. .. .. ..
. . . .
.. .. .. ..
.. .. .. ..
. . . .
.. .. .. ..
.. .. .. ..
. . . .
.. .. .. ..
.. .. .. ..
. . . .
.. .. .. ..
.. .. .. ..
.. .. .. ..
.. .. .. ..
.. .. .. ..
. . . .
.. .. .. ..
.. .. .. ..
. . . .
.. .. .. ..
.. .. .. ..
. . . .
.. .. .. ..
.. .. .. ..
. . . .
.. .. .. ..
. . . .
Steelcase
October 2019
Migration Height-Adjustable Desks

W Product details, with 3 mm 2 Desk depth
page 140 plastic edge or wood group 1 veneer 3 Desk width
• Electric height-adjustable sit-to-stand base: paint 4 High-Pressure Laminate or wood color for
• Square corners worksurface
• Depth: 23", 29", or 35" 5 Plastic color number for prole edge, if
LD • Width: 46", 52", 58", 64", or 70" selected
• Power cord: 9' 6 Paint color number for base:
• 12" adjustable glides 4799 Platinum Metallic
• Attachment hardware 7207 Black
7241 Arctic White
7360 Merle
7 Controller (see below under Required
Tip: Any storage higher Selections below)
than 20" will impede lowest 8 Options, if selected (see below)
height range of worksurface. cSee Surface Materials, page 226
Do not place storage under-
neath controller.
panel monitor arm applica- Controller • Up/down controller No cost Specify with up/down controller.
tion are permitted for use • 4 pre-set controller +$125 Specify with 4 pre-set controller.
desks.
cSee Steelcase Worktools
Specication Guide. Options U.S. Price Required to Specify
log or SmartTools.
Wood veneer desks
Tip: Base supports a Base

maximum distributed weight • Paint price group 1 No cost Specify paint color number.
capacity of 220 pounds. • Paint price group 2 +$30 Specify paint color number.
When calculating lifting cSee Surface Materials, page 226
capacity, subtract the weight
of the worksurface. Related • Privacy/modesty screens c Page 204
cSee page 143 for worksur- Products • Cable and power management c Page 146
face weights.
DU.S. Base Prices
DStyle DDimensions d
dNumber dDepth d46"W d52"W d58"W d64"W d70"W
d d d d d d d

MIGRELRQ 23" $1361 $1400 $1441 $1486 $1537
29" $1531 $1577 $1627 $1676 $1732
35" $1699 $1754 $1812 $1867 $1926
Wood Veneer Desks

MIGRELRQ 23" $1925 $1972 $2020 $2076 $2135
29" $2118 $2173 $2231 $2291 $2354

Multiply U.S. Price by the 35" $2308 $2374 $2441 $2507 $2572
Canadian price factor. d d d d d d d
Steelcase
October 2019
Migration Height-Adjustable Bases Migration

W Product details, • Depth: 23", 29", or 35" 2 Depth
page 140 • Width: 46", 52", 58", 64", or 70" 3 Paint color number for base:
• Power cord: 9' 4799 Platinum Metallic
• 1
2" adjustable glides 7241 Arctic White
• Attachment hardware 7207 Black
7360 Merle
Selections below)
Tip: Attachment hardware
is intended for desks 1" to
1316" thick.
Tip: Any storage higher Controller • Up/down controller No cost Specify with up/down controller.
than 20" will impede lowest • 4 pre-set controller +$125 Specify with 4 pre-set controller.
height range of worksurface.
neath controller.
Tip: Only single and dual at Surface Base
panel monitor arm applica- Materials • Paint price group 1 No cost Specify paint color number.
tion are permitted for use • Paint price group 2 +$30 Specify paint color number.
with 2-leg height-adjustable cSee Surface Materials, page 226
desks.
cSee Steelcase Worktools Related • Privacy/modesty screens c Page 204
Specication Guide. Products • Cable and power management c Page 146

maximum distributed weight Specication Information
Migration
capacity of 220 pounds.
DU.S. Base Price
When calculating lifting
DStyle DDimensions d
dNumber dDepth d46"W70"W
of the worksurface.
d d d
Tip: The base does not MIGRELRQB 23" $1298
accommodate worksurface
widths between 4616" and 29" or 35" $1423
511516". d d d
WARNING
limitations.
cSee page 24 for
Workstation Design
Guidelines and
Requirements.

Steelcase
October 2019
Migration Cable and Power Management
Cable Riser

page 141

Fence connection
DStyle DU.S.
dNumber dBase
d dPrice
d d
MIGCR $76
d d
Leg connection
Cable Brackets

Product details,
page 141
dNumber d dPrice
d d d
MIGCBK4 0.5 lb $37

d d d

Steelcase
October 2019
Migration SE
Understanding
Specifying
Migration SE Cable and Power Management 158
Migration SE
Steelcase
October 2019
Migration SE Height-Adjustable Desks
.. Migration SE supports
..
. .
.. wellbeing at work by allow- ..
.. ing users to move between ..
. seated and standing postures .
.. throughout the workday.
..
.. c Speciying, page 152
..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
. Push button control- .
.. ..
.. ler adjusts height at a rate ..
. Desk has a wood core with of 1310" per second. Two .
. options are available— .
.. a High-Pressure Laminate or ..
.. wood veneer surface and is up/down or 4 pre-set. ..
. 1" thick. .
.. ..
. Internal motors distributed weight capacity .
.. with electronic of 220 pounds. ..
. .
.. synchronization drive. Tip: When calculating lifting ..
.. capacity, subtract the weight ..
. of the worksurface. .
.. The basic height cSee page 151 for worksur- ..
.. adjustable base adjusts face weights. ..
. from 28310"–46910" in any .
.. increment.
..
.. ..
. .
.. Edge is available in 3 mm ..
.. edge prole. ..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
.. Leveling glides adjust ..
.. 1
2" to install desk on uneven ..
. .
.. oors. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. The extended height ..
.. adjustable base adjusts ..
. .
.. from 2235"-48710" in any ..
.. increment. ..
. .
.. ..
Migration SE offers both
.. ..
T- and C-leg congurations.
. .
.. ..
.. ..
.. ..
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
. .
Steelcase
October 2019
Migration SE
.. .. .. .. .. ..
. Product Details . . . Panel . .
.. .. .. 487/10" .. ..
Migration SE ..
.. High-Pressure .. .. 223/5" .. 1" .. ..
. Laminate Desks . . . . .
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. Front (user’s) edge .. .. .. .. ..
. prole is available in 3 mm . . . 1" . .
.. edge prole. .. .. .. .. ..
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. .. .. Migration SE extended .. .. ..
.. .. .. height adjustable desk .. .. ..
. . T-leg conguration is . adjusts from 223 5"–487 10" . . .
.. .. available in 23"/24", 29"/30", .. in any increment. The basic .. Desk sizes are listed in
.. ..
.. .. and 35"/36" depth options. .. height adjustable desk .. actual dimensions to allow
.. ..
. . . adjusts from 28310"–46910" . . .
.. .. .. .. for 1" gap to adjacent furni- .
.. ..
.. .. .. in any increment. .. ture eliminating any pinch
.. ..
. . . . points. .
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. .. .. .. .. ..
. . . . . .
.. .. .. .. Wiring and Cabling .. ..
.. .. .. .. .. ..
Electric motor with
. PVC-free, 3 mm edge . . . . .
. . . . whisper quiet opera- . .
.. proles are proprietary .. .. .. 3 .. ..
tion adjusts at 1 10" per
.. polyolen blend for all solid .. .. .. .. Cable riser–fence con-
..
second. Motor is 24V DC
. colors and three woodgrain . . . . .
.. nishes. Matching 1 mm .. .. .. and includes a 9' power .. nections inside dimen- ..
.. side and back edges are .. C-leg conguration is .. .. cord. Motor also has 0.2W .. sions are 1"D x 1"W to ..
. . available in a 29"/30" depth . . . accommodate a variety of .
standby power.
.. also PVC-free. .. option to maximize leg clear- .. .. .. cord sizes. The fence connec- ..
. c See Surface Materials in . . . . tion can go to the leg or the .
.. this book for specic PVC- .. ance below. .. Up/down controller is .. Migration SE desks .. fence. Overall depth is 2". ..
.. free availability, page 226. .. .. available as an option and .. and bases are listed .. ..
. . . easily adjusts height of desk, . by ETL. . .
.. .. .. at a rate of 13 10" per sec- .. .. ..
cSee page 24
.. Edge prole nishes are .. .. ond, by simply pushing the .. .. ..
. specied separately from . . . . .
.. laminate color. .. .. up and down arrows. .. .. ..
.. .. .. .. .. ..
. . . . . .
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. .. .. .. .. Cable brackets, ordered ..
. . . . . separately, support horizon- .
.. .. .. .. .. tal cable management below ..
.. .. .. .. .. the worksurface. ..
. . . . . cSpecifying, page 146 .
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. .. Mitered-edge foot is .. .. .. ..
Migration SE
.. .. available as an option. This .. .. .. ..
. . style of foot offers a mitered . . . .
.. .. .. .. .. ..
front and back edge ush to
.. .. .. .. .. ..
the oor. The glide adjust-
. . . . . Inside dimensions of .
.. Square corners are stan-
.. ments on this foot are 1 2". .. 4 pre-set programma- .. .. cable brackets are ..
.. dard and have 90° corners
.. .. ble controller is avail- .. .. 358"D x 138"W x 1316"H. ..
.. on all four sides.
.. .. able as an option. It allows .. .. ..
. . . users to set the seated and . Controller can be mounted .. .
.. .. .. .. . ..
standing height positions or
.. Wood Veneer Desks .. .. .. on either the left- or right- .. ..
pre-set heights for multiple
. . . . hand side of the top and is . .
.. Front (user's) edge pro- .. .. users. When activated, the .. eld-installed. .. ..
.. le is wood veneer with a .. .. digital display will show the .. .. ..
. square (3 mm) radius. . . height of desk. . Power and data strips .. .
.. .. .. .. . ..
are eld-installed on either
.. Side and back edges .. .. .. a SOTO rail or worksurface. .. ..
Obstruction sensing
. . . . . .
.. are at. Wood edge color .. .. technology is standard .. Specify appropriate attach- . ..
.. matches nish specied .. .. with all Migration SE desks. .. ment bracket depending on .. ..
.. for desk. .. .. .. application. .. ..
The worksurface will back-
cSee page 201 for Cable .
.. .. Squared-edge foot is .. track when it makes contact .. .. ..
and Power Management.
.. .. available as an option. .. with an object. .. .. Cable management ..
. . This style of foot offers a . . . includes two cable clips and .
.. .. squared front and back .. .. .. two ties to help manage ..
.. .. edge ush to the oor. The .. .. .. desk cables. ..
. . . . . .
.. .. glide adjustments on this .. .. .. ..
.. .. foot are 1 2". .. .. .. ..
. . . . . .
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. .. .. .. .. ..
. . . . . .
.. .. .. .. .. ..
. . . . . .
Height-Adjustable Desks Specification Guide cMigration SE Height-Adjustable Desks, continued 149
Steelcase
October 2019
Migration SE Height-Adjustable Desks, continued
.. .. . .. .. ..
. Surface Materials . Application Topics .. . Installation . .
.. .. . .. . ..
.. High-Pressure .. Moving desks can collide .. .. Desks ship with pre-drilled .. ..
. Laminate Desk . with other components. Do .. . holes for mounting bases. .. .
.. .. not install overhead storage, .
. .. .. ..
.. • Laminate .. desk-height power, or desk . ..
c See Surface Materials .. Height-adjustable base .. ..
. . accessories in the path of . . .
.. Reference Manual. .. height-adjustable desks. .. .. requires attachment to the .. ..
.. • Open Line laminate .. .. .. worksurface. .. ..
.. (option) .. .. .. . ..
.. A program including non- ..
Cableways mount to
.. .. Base supports a maximum .. ..
distributed weight capacity of ..
desks to help manage
. Steelcase laminates which .. . 21"H pedestal . .
.. ..
cables at desk height for a .. On extended height .. 220 pounds. .. ..
.. are suitable for use on clean aesthetic and can be ..
Steelcase products. .. used in combination with desks, any storage higher .. Tip: When calculating lifting .. ..
. . . capacity, subtract the weight .. .
.. c See Surface Materials .. screens. .. than 20" will impede height .. .. ..
.. Reference Manual. .. .. range of desk. On basic .. of the worksurface.
.. ..
. . . height desks, any storage . .
.. .. .. higher than 26" will impede .. .. ..
.. 3 mm edge prole .. ..
• Plastic the height range of the desk. .. .. ..
. . . . . .
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. Wood Veneer Desk .. .. All assemblies meet or .. .. ..
. . . exceed ANSI/BIFMA . . .
. • Wood veneer (standard) . . . . .
.. • Customiz stain (option)
.. .. standards. .. .. ..
.. • Full-ll nish (option)
.. .. .. .. ..
. . . . . .
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. Square 3 mm edge .. .. .. .. ..
. prole . . . . .
.. .. . .. .. ..
• Wood veneer to match SOTO rail and SlatRail .
. . . . . .
.. desk .. mount to desks to support .. .. .. ..
.. .. worktools, freeing up desk .. .. .. ..
. Height-adjustable base . space. . . . .
.. 4799 Platinum Metallic
.. c See Steelcase Worktools .. .. .. ..
.. 7207 Black
.. Specication Guide. .. .. .. ..
. . . . . .
.. 7241 Arctic White .. .. .. .. ..
.. 7360 Merle .. .. .. .. ..
. . . . . .
.. .. .. Keyboard assemblies .. .. ..
.. .. .. are not allowed on height- .. .. ..
. . . adjustable desks. They do . . .
.. .. .. not meet minimum safety .. .. ..
.. .. .. requirements. .. .. ..
. . . . . .
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. .. .. WARNING .. .. ..
. . . . . .
.. .. Universal boundary .. Read base only warranty .. .. ..
.. .. screens are not permitted .. limitations. .. .. ..
. . on height-adjustable desks, .. . . .
.. .. .
cSee page 24 for .. .. ..
.. .. as they do not pass mini- .. Workstation Design .. .. ..
.. .. mum safety requirements .. Guidelines and .. .. ..
. . which could result in the . Requirements. . . .
.. .. desk tipping over. .. .. .. ..
.. .. .. .. .. ..
. . . . . .
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. .. .. .. .. ..
. . . . . .
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. .. .. .. .. ..
. . . . . .
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. .. .. .. .. ..
. . . . . .
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. .. .. .. .. ..
. . . . . .
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. .. .. .. .. ..
. . . . . .
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. .. .. .. .. ..
. . . . . .
.. .. .. .. .. ..
. . . . . .
Steelcase
October 2019
Migration SE
.. Base supports a maximum distributed weight capacity of 220 pounds.

.. .. ..
. . . .
.. Tip: When calculating lifting capacity, subtract the weight of the worksurface. .. .. ..
.. .. .. ..
. Desk Weight . . .
.. .. .. ..
.. W LD RD Worksurface .. .. ..
. Weight . . .
.. .. .. ..
.. T-Leg C-Leg .. .. ..
.. RD .. .. ..
.. RD W .. .. ..
. W . . .
.. .. .. ..
.. .. .. ..
. . . .
.. LD .. .. ..
.. LD .. .. ..
. . . .
.. .. .. ..
.. .. .. ..
. . . .
.. Rectangular— 23" or 24"D 46" 23" or 24" 23" or 24" 30 lb .. .. ..
.. 52" 23" or 24" 23" or 24" 34 lb .. .. ..
. . . .
. . . .
.. 58" 23" or 24" 23" or 24" 38 lb .. .. ..
.. 64" 23" or 24" 23" or 24" 42 lb .. .. ..
. . . .
.. 70" 23" or 24"" 23" or 24" 46 lb .. .. ..
.. .. .. ..
. 76" 23" or 24" 23" or 24" 51.8 lb . . .
.. .. .. ..
. . . .
.. .. .. ..
.. Rectangular— 29" or 30"D 46" 29" or 30" 29" or 30" 38 lb .. .. ..
. . . .
.. 52" 29" or 30" 29" or 30" 43 lb .. .. ..
.. 58" 29" or 30" 29" or 30" 48 lb
.. .. ..
. . . .
.. 64" 29" or 30" 29" or 30" 53 lb
.. .. ..
.. .. .. ..
. 70" 29" or 30" 29" or 30" 58 lb . . .
.. .. .. ..
.. 76" 29" or 30" 29" or 30" 62.6 lb .. .. ..
. . . .
.. .. .. ..
.. .. .. ..
Rectangular— 35" or 36"D 46" 35" or 36" 35" or 36" 46 lb
. . . .
.. .. .. ..
52" 35" or 36" 35" or 36" 52 lb
.. .. .. ..
Migration SE
.. 58" 35" or 36" 35" or 36" 58 lb .. .. ..
. . . .
.. 64" 35" or 36" 35" or 36" 64 lb .. .. ..
.. .. .. ..
70" 35" or 36" 35" or 36" 70 lb
. . . .
.. .. .. ..
76" 35" or 36" 35" or 36" 75.5 lb
.. .. .. ..
.. Tip: C-leg is available in 29" and 30" depth only. .. .. ..
. . . .
.. .. .. ..
.. .. .. ..
. . . .
.. .. .. ..
.. .. .. ..
. . . .
.. .. .. ..
.. .. .. ..
. . . .
.. .. .. ..
.. .. .. ..
.. .. .. ..
.. .. .. ..
.. .. .. ..
. . . .
.. .. .. ..
.. .. .. ..
. . . .
.. .. .. ..
.. .. .. ..
. . . .
.. .. .. ..
.. .. .. ..
. . . .
.. .. .. ..
. . . .
Steelcase
October 2019
T-Leg
Migration SE basic height-adjustable desk
with T-leg will be available Fall 2019.

c Need help? • Worksurface: High-Pressure Laminate price group 1 1 Style number
Product details, with 3 mm plastic edge 2 Desk type (see below under Required
page 148 • Electric height-adjustable sit-to-stand base: paint Selections)
• Square corners 3 Controller (see below under Required
• Depth: 23", 24", 29", 30", 35", or 36" Selections)
• Width: 46", 52", 58", 64", 70", or 76" 4 Foot (see below under Required
• Power cord: 9' Selections)
• 1⁄2" adjustable glides 5 Desk depth
• Attachment hardware 6 Desk width
for worksurface
8 Plastic color number for profile edge, if
selected
9 Paint color number for base:
4799 Platinum Metallic
7207 Black
7241 Arctic White
7360 Merle
c See Surface Materials, page 226

• Modular width desk No cost Specify with modular desk type.
than 20" will impede lowest • 4 pre-set controller +$ 52 Specify with 4 pre-set controller.
Foot • Squared-edge foot No cost Specify with squared-edge foot.
neath controller.
• Mitered-edge foot +$ 75 Specify with mitered-edge foot.
Tip: Only single and dual flat
tion are permitted for use Options U.S. Price Required to Specify
desks. Surface Laminate top
cSee Steelcase Worktools Materials • Open Line laminate +$ 74 c See Surface Materials Reference Manual.
Specification Guide.
Wood veneer desks
• Full-fill finish on wood group 1 +$ 74 Specify full-fill finish number.

capacity of 220 pounds. • Paint price group 2 +$ 29 Specify paint color number.
face weights.

Steelcase
October 2019
Migration SE
Height-Adjustable
Desks

U.S. Base Prices
DStyle DDimensions DDesk Type
dNumber dDepth dModular d46"W d52"W d58"W d64"W d70"W d76"W
d d dParametric dN.A. d46"W d52116"W d58116"W d64116"W d70116"W
d d d d d-52"W d-58"W d-64"W d-70"W d-76"W
High-Pressure Laminate Desks—Basic Height

MGSLTRQ 23" or 24" $1215 $1239 $1264 $1295 $1327 $1360
29" or 30" $1240 $1265 $1290 $1322 $1355 $1388
35" or 36" $1266 $1291 $1317 $1355 $1388 $1423

MGSLTRQ 23" or 24" $1779 $1811 $1843 $1885 $1925 $1968
29" or 30" $1827 $1861 $1894 $1937 $1977 $2017
35" or 36" $1875 $1911 $1946 $1995 $2034 $2079

d d d d d d d d d
High-Pressure Laminate Desks—Extended Height

MGELTRQ 23" or 24" $1330 $1356 $1383 $1418 $1453 $1489
29" or 30" $1358 $1384 $1412 $1447 $1483 $1519
35" or 36" $1386 $1413 $1441 $1483 $1519 $1558

MGELTRQ 23" or 24" $1894 $1928 $1962 $2008 $2051 $2097
29"or 30" $1945 $1980 $2016 $2062 $2105 $2148
35" or 36" $1995 $2033 $2070 $2123 $2165 $2214

d d d d d d d d d
Migration SE

Steelcase
October 2019
C-Leg
Migration SE height-adjustable desk with
C-leg will be available Winter 2019/2020.

c Need help? • Worksurface: High-Pressure Laminate price group 1 1 Style number
Product details, with 3 mm plastic edge 2 Desk type (see below under Required
page 148 • Electric height-adjustable sit-to-stand base: paint Selections)
• Square corners 3 Controller (see below under Required
• Depth: 29" or 30" Selections)
• Width: 46", 52", 58", 64", 70", or 76" 4 Foot (see below under Required
• Power cord: 9' Selections)
• 1⁄2" adjustable glides 5 Desk depth
• Attachment hardware 6 Desk width
for worksurface
8 Plastic color number for profile edge, if
selected
9 Paint color number for base:
7207 Black
7241 Arctic White
7360 Merle
c See Surface Materials, page 226

• Modular width desk No cost Specify with modular desk type.
than 20" will impede lowest • 4 pre-set controller +$ 52 Specify with 4 pre-set controller.
neath controller.
• Mitered-edge foot +$ 75 Specify with mitered-edge foot.
Tip: Only single and dual flat
tion are permitted for use Options U.S. Price Required to Specify
desks. Surface Laminate top
cSee Steelcase Worktools Materials • Open Line laminate +$ 74 c See Surface Materials Reference Manual.
Specification Guide.
Wood veneer desks
• Full-fill finish on wood group 1 +$ 74 Specify full-fill finish number.

capacity of 220 pounds. • Paint price group 2 +$ 29 Specify paint color number.
face weights.

Steelcase
October 2019
Migration SE
Height-Adjustable
Desks

U.S. Base Prices
DStyle DDimensions DDesk Type
dNumber dDepth dModular d46"W d52"W d58"W d64"W d70"W d76"W
d d dParametric dN.A. d46"W d52116"W d58116"W d64116"W d70116"W
d d d d d-52"W d-58"W d-64"W d-70"W d-76"W
High-Pressure Laminate Desks—Basic Height

MGSLCRQ 29" or 30" $1240 $1265 $1290 $1322 $1355 $1388

MGSLCRQ 29" or 30" $1827 $1861 $1894 $1937 $1977 $2017
d d d d d d d d d
High-Pressure Laminate Desks—Extended Height

MGELCRQ 29" or 30" $1358 $1384 $1412 $1447 $1483 $1519

MGELCRQ 29"or 30" $1945 $1980 $2016 $2062 $2105 $2148
d d d d d d d d d
Migration SE

Steelcase
October 2019
Migration SE Height-Adjustable Bases
T-Leg

Product details, • Depth: 23", 24", 29", 30", 35", or 36" 2 Depth
page 148 • Power cord: 9' 3 Paint color number for base:
• 1 " adjustable glides 4799 Platinum Metallic
2
• Attachment hardware 7241 Arctic White
7207 Black
7360 Merle
Tip: Attachment hardware Selections)
is intended for desks 1" to 5 Foot (see below under Required Selections)
1316" thick. 6 Options, if selected (see below)
Tip: Any storage higher

than 20" will impede lowest
height range of worksurface. Controller • Up/down controller No cost Specify with up/down controller.
Do not place storage under- • 4 pre-set controller +$52 Specify with 4 pre-set controller.
neath controller.
Tip: Only single and dual at • Mitered-edge foot +$75 Specify with mitered-edge foot.
tion are permitted for use
desks. Options U.S. Price Required to Specify
cSee Steelcase Worktools
Specication Guide. Surface Base
Materials • Paint price group 1 No cost Specify paint color number.
Tip: Base supports a • Paint price group 2 +$29 Specify paint color number.
maximum distributed weight cSee Surface Materials, page 226
capacity of 220 pounds. Related • Privacy/modesty screens c Page 204
When calculating lifting Products • Cable and power management c Page 146
of the worksurface.
Tip: Worksurface for use
on this base needs to be 2" DStyle DDimensions DU.S.
wider than the base. dNumber dDepth dBase
d d dPrice
d d d
WARNING Rectangular Base—Basic Height
limitations. MGSLTRQB 23" or 24" $951
cSee page 24 for
Workstation Design 29" or 30" $951
Guidelines and 35" or 36" $951
Requirements. d d d
Rectangular Base—Extended Height

MGELTRQB 23" or 24" $1052
29" or 30" $1052
35" or 36" $1052

d d d

Steelcase
October 2019
Migration SE Height-Adjustable Bases Migration SE
Height-Adjustable
Bases
C-Leg

Product details, • Depth: 29" or 30" 2 Depth
page 148 • Power cord: 9' 3 Paint color number for base:
• 1 " adjustable glides 4799 Platinum Metallic
2
• Attachment hardware 7241 Arctic White
7207 Black
7360 Merle
Selections)
Tip: Attachment hardware 5 Foot (see below under Required Selections)
is intended for desks 1" to 6 Options, if selected (see below)
1316" thick.
Tip: Any storage higher Required Selections U.S. Price Required to Specify
than 20" will impede lowest Controller • Up/down controller No cost Specify with up/down controller.
height range of worksurface. • 4 pre-set controller +$52 Specify with 4 pre-set controller.
neath controller.
• Mitered-edge foot +$75 Specify with mitered-edge foot.
tion are permitted for use
with 2-leg height-adjustable Options U.S. Price Required to Specify
desks.
cSee Steelcase Worktools Surface Base
Specication Guide. Materials • Paint price group 1 No cost Specify paint color number.
Tip: Base supports a cSee Surface Materials, page 226
maximum distributed weight Related • Privacy/modesty screens c Page 204
capacity of 220 pounds. Products • Cable and power management c Page 146
of the worksurface.
Tip: Worksurface for use DStyle DDimensions DU.S.
on this base needs to be 2" dNumber dDepth dBase
wider than the base. d d dPrice
d d d
Rectangular Base—Basic Height
Migration SE
WARNING
Read base only warranty MGSLCRQB 29" or 30" $951
limitations. d d d
cSee page 24 for
Workstation Design Rectangular Base—Extended Height
Guidelines and
Requirements. MGELCRQB 29" or 30" $1052
d d d

Steelcase
October 2019
Migration SE Cable and Power Management
Cable Riser

page 147

Fence connection
DStyle DU.S.
dNumber dBase
d dPrice
d d
MIGCR $76
d d
Leg connection
Cable Brackets

Product details,
page 147
dNumber d dPrice
d d d
MIGCBK4 0.5 lb $37

d d d

Steelcase
October 2019
Series 5
Understanding
Height-Adjustable Worksurfaces 160
Specifying
Series 5
Steelcase
October 2019
.. Series 5 worksurfaces
..
. .
.. support computer-intensive ..
.. users and mobile users in ..
. single occupant, multi- .
.. occupant, or high-churn
..
.. environments. They allow
..
. .
.. users to quickly and effort- ..
.. lessly raise and lower their ..
.. worksurfaces between ..
.. seated and standing ..
. positions. .
.. cSpecifying, page 164
..
.. ..
. .
.. Worksurface has a wood ..
.. core with a High-Pressure ..
. Laminate or wood veneer .
.. Push button up/down ..
.. surface and is 1316" thick. controller adjusts height .
. at the rate 1 10" per second. ..
7
.. ..
.. External DC primary
..
. .
. and secondary motors .
.. control lifting columns.
Edge is available in 3 mm ..
.. prole. ..
. .
.. ..
.. Telescoping stretchers ..
. ex to accommodate work- .
.. surface overhang, if allowed.
..
. .
.. ..
5
. 8" to install unit on uneven .
.. Height-adjustable base oors. 1" adjustable glides ..
.. adjusts from 2512"H to 52"H Base supports a maximum are available as an option. ..
. in any increment. distributed weight capacity .
.. of 195 pounds, including ..
.. weight of the worksurface. ..
. .
.. Tip: When calculating lifting ..
.. capacity, subtract the weight ..
. of the worksurface. .
.. cSee page 163 for worksur- ..
.. face weights. ..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
.. ..
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
. .
Steelcase
October 2019
Series 5 Height-Adjustable
Worksurfaces
.. .. .. .. .. ..
Worksurface
. Product Details . . 52" . . Wiring and Cabling ..
.. .. .. .. Mount .. A
..
.. High-Pressure .. .. 251/2" .. base .. Low surge electric
..
. Laminate . . . . motor with whisper
.. Worksurfaces .. .. .. here .. quiet operation adjusts
..
.. .. .. .. .. at 1710" per second. Motor
..
. Front (user's) edge pro- . . . . .
.. le is available. Universal .. .. .. .. is 110V and includes a 9' ..
.. tables have a continuous .. .. .. .. power cord. Motor also has .
.
.. edge profile available. .. .. Series 5 worksurfaces .. .. 0.21W standby power. ..
.. .. .. adjust 2512"H to 52"H in any .. .. ..
. . . . Worksurface . Series 5 desks are listed .
.. increment. ..
.. Universal tables have
.. .. B .. by UL.
.. .. .. .. . Tip: Series 5 base only is UL .
.
. .
2" radius corners on all four
. Worksurface sizes are
. Worksurface .. .
.. .. sides with a continuous .. listed in actual dimensions to .. A .. recognized because alter- ..
.. .. user's edge. Radius corners .. allow for 1" gap to adjacent .. .. native worksurfaces do not ..
. . eliminate sharp edges and . furniture eliminating any . . create an UL listed product. .
.. .. are appropriate for free-
.. .. .. cSee page 24
..
.. pinch points. ..
.. standing furniture.
.. .. ..
. . . . . .
.. .. .. .. .. Push button up/down ..
.. .. .. .. .. controller must be located .
.
. . . . . near the master motor. The .
. . . . . .
.. .. .. .. .. master motor can be placed .
..
.. PVC-free, 3 mm edge .. .. .. .. on either the right- or left-
.
. . . . . hand side of the table. For .
.. proles are proprietary .. .. .. Worksurface .. all bi-level tables, the con-
..
.. polyolefin blend for all solid .. .. .. B .. troller must be mounted on
..
. colors and seven woodgrain . . Feet of base extend 1" . Larger 90° equal . .
.. finishes. Matching 1 mm .. .. past worksurface edge to .. worksurfaces are man-
.. the user's right-hand side. ..
. . . eliminate pinch points and . . .
.. side and back edges are .. .. .. ufactured in two pieces .. Primary and second-
..
.. also PVC-free. See surface .. .. add clearance for cable .. due to laminate sheet size. .. ..
access. ary motors are mounted
. material listing in this book . . . Flush-mounted worksurface . .
.. for specific PVC-free .. .. .. bracing is provided. Smallest .
. between the lifting columns. .
.
.. .. Universal systems and .. .. .. ..
availability. wood veneer worksur- section of the worksurface
. . . . . .
.. Tip: Universal Tables have a .. faces have 90° corners .. .. must not overhang lifting .. ..
.. continuous 3 mm edge. .. on all four sides with a front .. .. column. .. ..
. . user's edge. . . . .
.. Edge prole nishes are .. .. .. .. ..
.. specified separately from .. .. .. .. ..
. . Wood Veneer . . . .
.. laminate color. .. Worksurfaces .. .. .. ..
.. .. .. Worksurface overhang .. .. ..
. . . for pedestal storage . . .
.. .. .. .. .. ..
varies by shape and size of
.. .. .. .. .. ..
worksurface. Worksurface
.. .. .. .. .. ..
widths over 58" allow for
. . . . . .
.. .. .. single or dual overhang. .. .. Trough is provided to man- ..
.. .. Front (user's) edge pro- .. .. .. age excess base controller ..
. . le is wood veneer with a . Telescoping stretchers . . wires. .
.. .. .. .. .. ..
square (3 mm) radius. Back collapse to accommodate
.. .. .. .. .. ..
edge and edge that joins worksurface overhang, if
.. .. .. .. .. ..
to adjacent worksurfaces allowed. Pre-drilled holes are
. . . . . .
.. .. are at. Wood edge color .. provided for both overhang .. .. ..
.. .. matches nish specied for .. (15") and non-overhang .. .. ..
. .
Series 5
.. . worksurface. . (114") instances; therefore, . . ..
.. .. .. ..
Tip: Wood veneer work- base placement is deter-
.. .. .. .. .. ..
surfaces are available on mined during assembly.
. . . . . .
.. .. Series 5 height-adjustable .. .. .. ..
.. .. worksurfaces only. .. .. .. ..
. . . . . .
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. .. .. .. .. Drive shaft cover is pro- ..
.. .. .. .. .. vided to conceal drive shaft. ..
.. .. .. .. .. ..
. . . . . .
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. .. .. .. .. ..
. . . . . .
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. .. .. .. .. ..
. . . . . .
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. .. .. .. .. ..
. . . . . .
.. .. .. .. .. ..
. . . . . .
Height-Adjustable Desks Specication Guide cSeries 5 Height-Adjustable Worksurfaces, continued 161
Steelcase
October 2019
Series 5 Height-Adjustable Worksurfaces, continued
.. .. .. SOTO rail and SlatRail

.. .. ..
. Surface Materials . Application Topics .. . . Installation .
.. .. .
mount to worksurfaces to .. .. ..
.. High-Pressure .. Moving tables can collide .
..
support worktools, freeing .. .. Worksurfaces ship with ..
. Laminate Worksurface . with other components. up worksurface space. . . pre-drilled holes for mount- .
.. .. Do not install overhead stor- .
. cSee Worktools
.. .. ing bases.
..
.. • Laminate .. age, desk-height power, or
.. Compatibility Charts, page
.. .. ..
. c See Surface Materials . . . . .
.. Reference Manual. .. desk accessories in the path .
..
34, for help determining .. .. Two-piece tops ship with .
..
.. • Open Line laminate .. of height-adjustable
.
appropriate SOTO rail and .. .. ush mounted worksurface
.
.. (option) .. worksurfaces. .. SlatRail widths for each .. .. bracing. ..
.. A program including non- .. .. Series 5 worksurface size. .. .. ..
. Steelcase laminates which .. . . . Height-adjustable base .
.. .. .. .. .. requires attachment to the
..
Keyboard assemblies
.. are suitable for use on
.. .. .. .. worksurface.
..
are not allowed on height-
. Steelcase products. . . . .
.. c See Surface Materials .. .. .. adjustable desks. They do .. ..
.. Reference Manual. .. .. .. not meet minimum safety .. ..
. . . . requirements. . .
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. 3 mm edge prole .. .. .. .. ..
. • Plastic . . . . .
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. Wood Veneer .. .. .. .. ..
. . . . . .
. Worksurface . . . . .
.. .. . .. .. ..
.. • Wood veneer (standard) .. Screens mount to worksur- .. Universal boundary . .. ..
. • Customiz stain (option) . faces in privacy or below the .. screens are not permitted .. . .
.. • Full-Fill Finish (option) .. worksurface for modesty. .. on height-adjustable desks, .. .. ..
.. .. cSee Worktools .. as they do not pass mini- .. .. ..
. . Compatibility Charts, page . . . .
.. Square 3 mm edge .. .. mum safety requirements .. .. ..
. prole . 34, for help determining . which could result in the . . .
.. • Wood veneer to match .. appropriate screen widths .. desk tipping over. .. .. ..
.. worksurface .. for each Series 5 worksur- .. .. .. ..
. . face size. . . . .
.. . .. .. .. ..
.. Height-adjustable base .. .. .. .. ..
. • 0835 Black .. . . . .
.. • 4799 Platinum .. .. .. .. ..
.. .. .. .. .. ..
. . . . . .
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. .. .. .. .. ..
. . . . . .
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. .. .. .. .. ..
. . . . . .
.. .. .. 27"H pedestal .. .. ..
.. .. .. Any storage higher .. .. ..
.. .. Screens, monitor arms, .. than 20" will impede the .. .. ..
. . . height range of the . . .
.. .. and other clamp on .. .. .. ..
.. .. worktools/accessories .. worksurface. . .. ..
. . are not permitted on 23"D . Tip: If placed outside the lift- .. . .
.. .. rectangular worksurfaces, .. ing column (as shown), any .. .. ..
.. .. as they do not pass mini- .. storage higher than 24" will .. .. ..
.. .. mum safety requirements .. impede the height range of .. .. ..
. . . the worksurface. . . .
.. .. which could result in the .. .. .. ..
.. .. desk tipping over. .. .. .. ..
. . . All assemblies meet . . .
.. .. Cableways mount to .. or exceed ANSI/BIFMA .. .. ..
.. .. worksurfaces to help man- .. standards. .. .. ..
. . . . . .
.. .. age cables at worksurface .. .. .. ..
.. .. height for a clean aesthetic .. .. .. ..
.
..
.
..
and can be used in combi-
nation with screens.
.
.. WARNING .
..
.
..
.
..
.. .. cSee Worktools .. Read base only warranty .. .. ..
.. .. Compatibility Charts, page .. limitations. .. .. ..
.. .. 34, for help determining .. cSee page 24 for .. .. ..
.. .. appropriate cableway widths .. Workstation Design .. .. ..
. . . Guidelines and . . .
.. .. for each Series 5 worksur- .. .. .. ..
.. .. face size. .. Requirements. .. .. ..
. . . . . .
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. .. .. .. .. ..
. . . . . .
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. .. .. .. .. ..
. . . . . .
.. .. .. .. .. ..
. . . . . .
Steelcase
October 2019
Worksurfaces
.. Base supports a maximum distributed weight capacity of 195 pounds. ..

. Tip: When calculating lifting capacity, subtract the weight of the worksurface. .
.. ..
.. ..
.. ..
.. Worksurface W LD RD Style Worksurface ..
. .
.. Shape Number Weight ..
.. ..
RD Rectangular – 23"D 46" 23" 23" A5RQ462323 36.1 lb
.. W ..
.. 52" 23" 23" A5RQ522323 40.5 lb ..
. 58" 23" 23" A5RQ582323 45.9 lb .
.. LD ..
.. 64" 23" 23" A5RQ642323 50.3 lb ..
. .
.. 70" 23" 23" A5RQ702323 54.7 lb ..
.. 76" 23" 23" A5RQ762323 59.0 lb ..
. .
.. W RD Rectangular – 29"D 46" 29" 29" A5RQ462929 45.9 lb ..
.. 52" 29" 29" A5RQ522929 51.4 lb ..
. .
.. 58" 29" 29" A5RQ582929 56.9 lb ..
.. LD 64" 29" 29" A5RQ642929 63.4 lb ..
. .
. 70" 29" 29" A5RQ702929 68.9 lb .
.. ..
.. 76" 29" 29" A5RQ762929 74.4 lb ..
. 90º Corner 40" 23" 40" 23" A5LQ40234023 49.2 lb .
.. RW ..
.. RD 46" 23" 46" 23" A5LQ46234623 54.7 lb ..
.LW .
.. ..
. .
.. LD ..
.. ..
. 90º Equal – 23"D 52" 23" 52" 23" A5LQ52235223 65.6 lb .
.. LW RW ..
.. 58" 23" 58" 23" A5LQ55235823 74.4 lb ..
. .
.. 64" 23" 64" 23" A5LQ64236423 88.6 lb ..
RD
.. LD 70" 23" 70" 23" A5LQ70237023 97.3 lb ..
. .
.. 76" 23" 76" 23" A5LQ76237623 106.1 lb ..
.. LW RW 90º Equal – 29"D 52" 29" 52" 29" A5LQ52295229 76.5 lb ..
. .
.. 58" 29" 58" 29" A5LQ58295829 87.5 lb ..
.. 64" 29" 64" 29" A5LQ64296429 107.2 lb ..
. LD RD .
.. ..
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
. .
Series 5
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
.. ..
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
. .
Steelcase
October 2019

W RD c Need help? • High-Pressure Laminate price group 1 or wood group 1 1 Style number with appropriate edge
Product details, veneer prole sufx:
page 160 • High-Pressure Laminate worksurface edges: U Universal Tables
LD –Universal Tables: plastic 3 mm edge prole on all sides Y Universal Systems
–Universal Systems worksurfaces: plastic 3 mm edge pro- V Wood veneer
le on front edge with matching 1 mm 2 High-Pressure Laminate or wood color
Tip: Series 5 height- plastic on sides and back number for worksurface
adjustable base requires • Wood worksurface edges: 3 Plastic color number for prole edge on
assembly and attachment to –Wood veneer square 3 mm radius on front edge with laminate worksurface, if selected
the worksurface. 1 mm matching veneer at prole on side and back 4 Paint color for base:
edges 0835 Black
Tip: Worksurface ships with • Worksurface corners: 4799 Platinum
pre-drilled holes for mount- –Radius corners on Universal Tables, if selected 5 Options, if selected (see below)
ing bases.
–90° corners on Universal Systems and wood worksurface c See Surface Materials, page 226.
proles, if selected
Tip: Maximum distributed
• Electric height-adjustable sit-to-stand base: paint
weight capacity is 195
• Push button up/down controller
pounds per table. When
• Telescoping stretchers
calculating lifting capacity,
• 5/8" adjustable glides
subtract the weight of the
worksurface. • Wire manager
cSee page 163, for worksur- • Drive shaft cover
faces weights. • Power cord: 9'
• Attachment hardware
Tip: Any storage higher than
20" will impede the lowest
If the overhang is installed,
24" high storage can be Options U.S. Price Required to Specify
used. Surface High-Pressure Laminate worksurfaces
Materials • Laminate price group 2 See information at left Specify laminate color number.
Tip: Only single and dual at • Open Line laminate +$74 c See Surface Materials Reference Manual.
Wood veneer worksurfaces
worksurfaces.
• Wood group 2 See information at left Specify wood color number.
• Wood group 3 See information at left Specify wood color number.
Tip: Worksurface overhang
for pedestal storage varies
by shape and size. c See Surface Materials Reference Manual.
• Full-ll nish on wood group 1 Prices at right Specify full-ll nish number.
For wood group 2,
wood group 3, and Glides • 1" adjustable glides +$33 G4/20 Specify with 1" glides.
laminate price group
Related • Slatwall, SlatRail, and Freestanding Worktools c See Steelcase Worktools Specication
2 pricing, please refer
Products Guide.
to the electronic catalog or
• SOTO rail/shelves and worktools c See Steelcase Worktools Specication
SmartTools.
Guide.
• Flat panel arms c See Steelcase Worktools Specication
Tip: For help determining
privacy/modesty screen, Guide.
cableway, SOTO rail, and • Privacy/modesty screens and cableways c Pages 204 and 214
SlatRail width compatibility, • Cable and power management c Page 215
see Worktools Compatibility
Charts, page 34.
Tip: For all edge proles,

add a sufx to the style
number. (For example,
A5RQ582929 becomes
A5RQ582929V for wood
with square edge prole.)

G4/20 = Last order entry
April 19, 2020
Steelcase
October 2019
Worksurfaces
U.S. Base Prices
DDimensions DStyle DUniversal DUniversal DWood DOption

dW LD RD dNumber dTables dSystems dGroup 1 d(Add $ to Base Price)
d d d d d d
d d d d d dFull-Fill Finish on
d d d d d dWood Group 1
d d d d d d
d d dSufx U dSufx Y dSufx V d
W RD
LD
23"D
46" 23" 23" A5RQ462323 $2136 G4/20 $2066 G4/20 $2713 G4/20 +$50
52" 23" 23" A5RQ522323 $2202 G4/20 $2130 G4/20 $2789 G4/20 +$50
58" 23" 23" A5RQ582323 $2269 G4/20 $2193 G4/20 $2862 G4/20 +$50
64" 23" 23" A5RQ642323 $2338 G4/20 $2265 G4/20 $2945 G4/20 +$74
70" 23" 23" A5RQ702323 $2407 G4/20 $2332 G4/20 $3023 G4/20 +$74
76" 23" 23" A5RQ762323 $2482 G4/20 $2404 G4/20 $3106 G4/20 +$74
W RD
LD
29"D
46" 29" 29" A5RQ462929 $2395 $2320 $2996 +$50
52" 29" 29" A5RQ522929 $2469 $2391 $3080 +$74
58" 29" 29" A5RQ582929 $2542 $2467 $3161 +$74
64" 29" 29" A5RQ642929 $2620 $2542 $3250 +$74
70" 29" 29" A5RQ702929 $2699 $2619 $3336 +$74
Series 5
76" 29" 29" A5RQ762929 $2782 $2701 $3428 +$74
d d d d d
Tip: For all edge proles,

add a sufx to the style
A5RQ582929 becomes
A5RQ582929V for wood
with square edge prole.)

tables.

April 19, 2020
Height-Adjustable Desks Specication Guide cSeries 5 Height-Adjustable Worksurfaces, continued 165
Steelcase
October 2019
Series 5 Height-Adjustable Worksurfaces, High-Pressure Laminate or Wood Veneer, continued
U.S. Base Prices
DDimensions DStyle DUniversal DUniversal DWood DOption

dLW LD RW RD dNumber dTables dSystems dGroup 1 d(Add $ to Base Price)
d d d d d d
d d d d d dFull-Fill Finish on
d d d d d dWood Group 1
d d d d d d
d d dSufx U dSufx Y dSufx V d
90° Corner Worksurfaces
RW
RD
LW
LD
40" 23" 40" 23" A5LQ40234023 $2351 G4/20 $2241 G4/20 $3205 G4/20 +$50
46" 23" 46" 23" A5LQ46234623 $2426 G4/20 $2314 G4/20 $3294 G4/20 +$74
d d d d d d
LW RW
LD RD
23"D
52" 23" 52" 23" A5LQ52235223 $3298 G4/20 $3182 G4/20 $4245 G4/20 +$74
58" 23" 58" 23" A5LQ58235823 $3501 G4/20 $3377 G4/20 $4476 G4/20 +$74
64" 23" 64" 23" A5LQ64236423 $3716 G4/20 $3591 G4/20 $4721 G4/20 +$103
70" 23" 70" 23" A5LQ70237023 $3946 G4/20 $3818 G4/20 $4979 G4/20 +$103
76" 23" 76" 23" A5LQ76237623 $4188 G4/20 $4054 G4/20 $5255 G4/20 +$134
LW RW
RD Tip: 64"W, 70"W, and 76"W

LD
90° equal worksurfaces ship
in two pieces.
29"D
52" 29" 52" 29" A5LQ52295229 $3501 G4/20 $3377 G4/20 $4476 G4/20 +$74
58" 29" 58" 29" A5LQ58295829 $3716 G4/20 $3591 G4/20 $4721 G4/20 +$103
64" 29" 64" 29" A5LQ64296429 $3946 G4/20 $3818 G4/20 $4979 G4/20 +$103
d d d d d d
Tip: For all edge proles, Tip: Base only for 90° corner
add a sufx to the style worksurfaces is not available.
A5RQ582929 becomes Tip: Only single and dual at
A5RQ582929V for wood panel monitor arm applica-
with square edge prole.) tions are permitted for use
worksurfaces.
April 19, 2020
Steelcase
October 2019
Worksurfaces
Series 5
Steelcase
October 2019
Series 5 Height-Adjustable Bases

Tip: Maximum distributed cNeed help? • Electric height-adjustable sit-to-stand base: paint 1 Style number
weight capacity is 195 Product details, • Push button up/down controller 2 Paint color number for base:
pounds per table. When page 160 • Telescoping stretchers 0835 Black
calculating lifting capacity, • 5
/8" adjustable glides 4799 Platinum
subtract the weight of the • Power cord: 9' 3 Handedness of 90° base, if selected
worksurface. • Attachment hardware 4 Options, if selected (see below)
cSee page 163, for
worksurfaces weights.
Tip: Any storage higher than

20" will impede the lowest Options U.S. Price Required to Specify
height range of worksurface. Glides • 1" adjustable glides +$33 Specify with 1" glides.
If the overhang is installed,
24" high storage can be used. Handedness • Right-hand, 90° No cost Specify with right-hand conguration.
(For use with 90° extended bases
Tip: Attachment hardware is worksurfaces) • Left-hand, 90° No cost Specify with left-hand conguration.
intended for worksurfaces extended bases
1316" thick only.

worksurfaces.
WARNING Specication Information

limitations. DWorksurface DStyle DU.S.
cSee page 24 for dDimensions dNumber dBase
Workstation Design dW D d dPrice
Guidelines and d d d
Requirements.
Rectangular Bases
W
23"D
46"–52" 23" A5RQ46TO5223B G4/20 $1976
58" 23" A5RQ5823B G4/20 $2101

D
64"–76" 23" A5RQ64TO7623B G4/20 $2211
W 29"D
46"–52" 29" A5RQ46TO5229B $2237
58" 29" A5RQ5829B $2270

D
64"–76" 29" A5RQ64TO7629B $2287
d d d
DWorksurface DStyle DU.S.
dDimensions dNumber dBase
dLW LD RW RD d dPrice
d d d
LW RW 90° Equal Bases

52" 23"–29" 52" 23"–29" A5LQ52X52B G4/20 $2935
58" 23"–29" 58" 23"–29" A5LQ58X58B G4/20 $2944
LD RD 64"–76" 23"–29" 64"–76" 23"–29" A5LQ64TO76B G4/20 $2961

d d d
Tip: Right-hand sizes listed;
applicable for left-hand
worksurfaces.

April 19, 2020
Steelcase
October 2019
Walkstation and
Kybun Footpad
Understanding
Walkstation 170
Kybun Footpad 172
Specifying
Walkstation 173
Kybun Footpad 174
and Kybun Footpad

Walkstation
Steelcase
October 2019
Walkstation
.. The Walkstation consists

..
. .
.. of a fully integrated electric Back and side edges ..
.. height adjustable worksur- are laminate to match ..
. face with an exclusively worksurface. .
.. engineered, low speed,
..
.. commercial grade treadmill.
..
. .
.. cSpecifying, page 173 ..
.. Urethane high prole ..
.. soft edge provides grip ..
.. Worksurface indent for balance and serves as ..
. allows user to be closer to a built-in wrist rest. .
.. at panel while maintaining
..
.. body alignment to the tread-
..
. .
.. mill base. Magnetic safety clip is ..
.. standard. ..
. .
.. ..
.. Digital key pad console ..
Quiet, high torque
. allows user to start, stop, .
.. motor is included. adjust speed, and adjust ..
.. worksurface height. ..
. .
. .
.. ..
.. Commercial grade ..
. treadmill has maximum Patented Soft System® .
.. speed of 2 mph in .1 mph surface with Neoprene ..
.. increments and no incline shock absorber in front ..
. .
.. adjustability. third of the deck is ..
. standard. .
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
. Height-adjustable .
.. The Sit-to-Walkstation worksurface is laminate ..
.. provides an area where the and standard with a urethane ..
. .
.. worksurface can be lowered high prole soft edge and built ..
.. for seated use. The user in wrist rest. Urethane edge ..
. then has the exibility to is located on the front edge .
.. adjust from a seated, to a only. ..
.. standing, to a walking posi- ..
.. tion with room for a chair ..
. .
.. next to the treadmill. ..
Digital display console
.. ..
allows user to monitor
. .
.. speed, calories burned, ..
.. time, and distance. ..
.. ..
. .
.. Base is painted steel. Allows room for a chair ..
.. next to the treadmill. ..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
.. 212" diameter glides ..
. .
.. have 1" of height adjust- The treadmill sits rmly ..
.. ment for surface leveling in slots along the base ..
on uneven oors.
.. of the table. In the Sit-to- ..
.. Walkstation the treadmill ..
.. mounts under the right- or ..
. left-side of the table. .
.. Actual Dimensions ..
.. ..
. Overall Overall Overall Overall Frame Frame Frame .
.. Length Depth Width Height Depth Width Height ..
.. ..
. Treadmill N.A. 67" 38" , 66" , or 78" 6" 64" 2312" 6" .
.. ..
.. Treadmill belt 53" N.A. 18" N.A. N.A. N.A. N.A. ..
. .
.. Worksurface N.A. 67" 38" , 66" , or 78" N.A. N.A. N.A. N.A. ..
. .
Steelcase
October 2019
Walkstation
.. .. .. .. . ..
. Product Details . . Connections . Wiring and Cabling .. Application Topics .
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. .. .. .. Wire management . ..
. . . . trough is provided to man- .. .
.. .. .. .. age excess controller wires. .. ..
.. .. .. .. .. ..
. . . . Nine foot power cord is .. .
.. .. .. .. ..
.. .. .. .. standard. .. ..
.. . ..
.. .. .. ..
.. .. .. .. . ..
. . . . Surface Materials .. Walkstation may be used .
.. .. Digital display console .
. .. .. ..
.. .. allows user to monitor
.. .. Worksurface, back .. in a variety or applications: ..
. . . . edge, and side edges . meeting spaces, individual .
.. Walkstation is standard .. speed, calories, time, and .. Walkstation may be .. • Laminate .. spaces, and shared spaces. ..
.. with indicators on belt to .. distance. .. used with privacy/modesty .. c See Surface Materials .. ..
. show movement and belt . . screens and cableways. . . Keyboard assemblies .
.. .. .. .. Reference Manual. .. ..
edge. cPages 204 and 214
.. .. .. .. • Open Line laminate .. are not allowed on height- ..
. . . . (option) . adjustable desks. They do .
.. .. .. .. A program including non- .. not meet minimum safety ..
.. .. .. .. Steelcase laminates which .. requirements. ..
. . . . . .
. . . . are suitable for use on . .
.. .. .. .. Steelcase products. .. ..
.. .. .. .. c See Surface Materials .. ..
. . . . . .
.. .. .. .. Reference Manual. .. ..
.. .. .. .. .. ..
. . . . Urethane front edge . .
.. .. .. .. • 6000 Black .. ..
. . . . . .
.. Receiver .. Digital key pad console .. .. • 6278 Felt .. ..
.. plate .. allows user to start, stop, .. .. .. ..
. . adjust speed, and adjust . Walkstation may be used .. Treadmill . .
.. Walkstation is standard .. .. • 7270 Silverstone .. ..
.. with metal treadmill receiver worksurface height. with Slatwall or SlatRail to . ..
.. .. .. ..
. plate between feet to insure . . accommodate adjustable . . Universal boundary .
.. stability and keep treadmill .. .. monitor arm and worktools. .. Base .. ..
.. and worksurface aligned. .. .. .. • 4799 Platinum .. screens are not permitted ..
. . . . . on height-adjustable desks, .
.. Tip: Walkstation does not .. .. .. .. as they do not pass mini- ..
.. incline. .. .. .. .. mum safety requirements ..
. . . . . which could result in the .
.. Maximum weight .. .. .. .. ..
.. capacity distributed is .. .. .. .. desk tipping over. ..
. . . . . .
.. 295 pounds. .. .. .. .. ..
.. Tip: When calculating lifting .. .. .. .. Installation ..
.. capacity, subtract the weight .. .. .. .. ..
. of the worksurface. . . . . Allow three feet from the .
.. .. .. .. .. outside edge of the treadmill ..
.. .. Magnetic safety clip .. .. .. base on both sides and rear. ..
. 52" . should always be attached . . . The only exception is if unit .
.. .. to user when walkstation is .. .. .. ..
.. 241/4" .. in use. .. .. .. is pushed up against a plain, ..
.. .. .. When using a laptop .. .. unobstructed wall on one ..
.
.. . Belt must be in the off posi- ..
computer with walk- . . side. .
..
.. station, plugging in a .. ..
.. .. tion before user steps on to .. separate keyboard, mouse, .. .. An FYI at panel mon- ..
. . treadmill. .. . . itor arm is recommended .
.. .. .. and at panel display is .. .. ..
.. .. .. recommended to provide . .. mounted to the worksurface. ..
. . . full control over screen and .. . .
.. .. .. keyboard positioning and to .. .. A wireless keyboard ..
.. Walkstation has an .. .. eliminate vibrations. .. .. without a palm rest ..
. adjustability range of 2414"H . . . . and wireless mouse is .
.. to 52"H. .. .. .. .. recommended. ..
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. .. .. .. .. A telephone headset is ..
.. .. .. .. .. recommended. ..
.. .. .. .. .. ..
and Kybun Footpad
Walkstation
. . . . . .
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. .. .. .. .. ..
. . . . . .
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. .. .. .. .. ..
. . . . . .
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. .. .. .. .. ..
. . . . . .
.. .. .. .. .. ..
. . . . . .
Steelcase
October 2019
Kybun Footpad
.. ..
. Kybun Footpad .
.. Product Details Care and Actual Dimensions ..
.. Maintenance ..
. Kybun footpad is Depth 18" .
.. designed to enable healthy Footpad cover can be ..
.. postures and movements washed in warm water Width 18" ..
. .
.. for user. (104ºF) with similar colors.
Height 212" ..
.. ..
.. Kybun footpad is Do not use steam, hot Weight 3.5 lb ..
.. designed to be used with water, petroleum based ..
. cSpecifying, page 174 at soled shoes. Not recom- solvents, or spot remover on .
.. mended for use with high or footpad or footpad cover. ..
.. sharp heeled footwear. ..
. .
.. Disinfectant spray and ..
.. Kybun footpad is for use odor blocker may be ..
. on non-skid surfaces. used up to twice a week to .
.. avoid germs and odors on ..
.. footpad. ..
. .
.. Surface Materials ..
.. • Burgundy
Store footpad at. ..
. .
. .
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
.. ..
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
. .
Steelcase
October 2019
Walkstation Walkstation

cNeed help? • Worksurface: High-Pressure Laminate price group 1 1 Style number
Product details, • Worksurface front user’s edge: urethane 2 High-Pressure Laminate color for
page 170 • Back and side edges: matching laminate worksurface
• Base: 4799 Platinum 3 Urethane edge color number:
• Treadmill: 7270 Silverstone 6000 Black
• High-torque motor 6278 Felt
• Digital display and keypad console 4 Options, if selected (see below)
• Magnetic safety clip c See Surface Materials, page 226.
• Glides

Surface High-Pressure Laminate worksurfaces
log or SmartTools.
DOverall DWorksurface DWeight DStyle DU.S.
dFootprint dDimensions d dNumber dBase
dW D dW D d d dPrice
d d d d d
Walkstation
66" 67" 66" 32" 330 lb A7TG660606H $7677
66" 67" 66" 32" 330 lb A7TR663232H $7677
38" 67" 38" 30" 330 lb A7TR383030H $7677

d d d d d
Sit-to-Walkstation
78" 67" 78" 29" 330 lb A7TR782929H $7977
d d d d d
and Kybun Footpad
Walkstation

Steelcase
October 2019
Kybun Footpad

cNeed help? • Footpad: burgundy Style number
Product details,
page 172
DDimensions DWeight DStyle DU.S.
dD W H d dNumber dPrice
d d d d
18" 18" 2 1 2 " 3.5 lb FWKB18 $371

d d d d

Steelcase
October 2019
Airtouch
Airtouch
Understanding
Height-Adjustable Worksurfaces
Universal Tables 182
Universal Systems 186
Steelcase
October 2019
.. Airtouch worksurfaces
..
. .
.. support computer-intensive ..
.. users and mobile users ..
. in single occupant, multi- .
.. occupant, or high-churn
..
.. environments. They allow
..
. .
.. users to quickly and effort- ..
.. lessly raise and lower their ..
.. worksurfaces between ..
.. seated and standing ..
. positions. .
..
.. ..
. .
.. Ergonomic lift handle ..
.. Worksurface has a wood activates smooth, effortless ..
. core with a High-Pressure height adjustments. .
.. Laminate surface and is ..
.. 13 16" thick. ..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
. .
. Edge is available in 3 mm .
.. or P-edge prole. Airtouch has an adjust- ..
.. ment feature on the column ..
. which allows the unit to .
.. ..
.. function properly with any ..
. weight up to 150 pounds. .
.. Base allows unique appli- Tip: When calculating lifting ..
. cations without having to capacity, subtract the weight .
.. tether any power cords. ..
.. of the worksurface. ..
. cSee page 179 for worksur- .
.. face weights. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
.. Height-adjustable col- ..
. umn adjusts from 26"H to .
.. 43"H in any increment. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
. 1" to install unit on uneven .
.. oors. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
.. ..
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
. .
Steelcase
October 2019
Airtouch Height-Adjustable
Worksurfaces
.. .. .. .. .. .
. Keyboard Application Topics ..
Airtouch
..
Product Details . . . Surface Materials . .
.. .. .. ..
Moving tables can collide ..
Monitor 6"
.. High-Pressure .. .. .. High-Pressure .. ..
. 5"
..
Laminate Worksurfaces . . . Laminate Tables . with other components.
..
.. .. .. ..
26"H to 43"H
• Laminate Do not install overhead
.. Front (user's) edge .. .. .. c See Surface Materials .. storage, desk-height power, ..
. profile is available in two . . . . .
.. shapes. Universal tables .. .. .. Reference Manual. .. or desk accessories in the ..
.. have a continuous edge .. .. .. • Open Line laminate .. path of height-adjustable ..
.. . . . (option) . worksurfaces. ..
..
profile available in two .. .. .. A program including non- .. ..
.
shapes. .. .. Floor .. Steelcase laminates which .. Airtouch is designed to .
.. . . . . ..
.. .. Universal tables have .. Keyboard worksurface .. are suitable for use on .. support up to 150 pounds
..
. .. 2" radius corners on all four .. .. Steelcase products. .. including the worksurface.
An adjustable feature on the ..
on bi-level worksur-
.. . sides with a continuous . . c See Surface Materials .
.. .. .. .. column allows the amount of ..
faces is supported by a
.. user's edge. Radius corners Reference Manual.
.. .. .. .. lift assist to be set for various ..
dual arm spring mechanism
. eliminate sharp edges and
.. . . that allows it to adjust to . . ..
.. .. are appropriate for free- .. positions up to 6" higher or .. 3 mm or P-edge .. cargo loads.
..
. 3 mm P-edge .. standing furniture. .. 5" lower than the monitor .. • Plastic .. .
.. . . . . ..
..
edge profile edge profile .. .. worksurface. .. Height-adjustable base .. ..
. PVC-free, 3 mm edge .. .. .. • 4799 Platinum .. .
. . . . . .
.. profiles are proprietary .. .. .. • 7207 Black .. ..
.. polyolefin blend for all solid .. .. .. .. ..
. colors and seven woodgrain . . . Height-adjustable . .
.. finishes. Matching 1 mm .. .. .. column .. ..
.. side and back edges are .. .. .. • 4799 Platinum paint .. ..
. . . . . .
.. also PVC-free. See surface .. .. .. .. ..
. material listing in this book . . . . .
.. for specific PVC-free .. .. .. .. ..
Keyboard surface tilts
.. availability. .. .. .. .. ..
with a range of 25°.
. . . . . .
.. Tip: Universal Tables have a .. .. .. .. ..
.. Universal Systems have ..
continuous 3 mm edge. .. .. .. ..
. 90° corners on all four sides 13/4" .
.. . . . . ..
Edge profile finishes .. with a front user's edge. .. .. ..
.. .. .. .. .. The gauge located .
near the top of the col- ..
are specified separately
. . Airtouch height- . . .
.. from laminate color. .. .. .. .. umn shows the amount of ..
.. adjustable tables are
.. .. 11/2" 1" .. .. lift assist in use. The amount ..
. available in straight and
. . . . of lift assist can be dialed up ..
P-edge profile rises slightly
.. .. corner shapes. .. .. ..
for heavier loads and dialed ..
above the laminate surface
.. and curves into a 3 8" radius. .. .. .. ..
. . . . . down for lighter loads. If the ..
.. Back and side edges are flat. .. .. .. .. unit is not moving smoothly, ..
.. Tip: P-edge profile available .. 43"H .. At least a 13 4" gap .. .. the lift assist mechanism ..
.. on Airtouch height-adjustable .. .. must separate backs of a .. .. needs to be adjusted. For ..
26"H
. worksurfaces only. . . table and panels to accom- . . example, if the top raises too ..
.. .. .. .. ..
fast, dial the lift assist down. ..
Tip: Universal tables have a modate cables and prevent
.. .. .. .. ..
If the top is difcult to raise, ..
continuous P-edge profile. pinching. A 1" gap separates
. . . . .
.. .. .. sides and adjacent furniture. .. .. dial the lift assist up. ..
.. . . There is also a 11 2 " space . . ..
.. .. .. .. .. ..
between the keyboard and Typical worktool
. .. Airtouch worksurfaces
.. .. .. .
.. monitor surfaces on units weights are: ..
. . . .
..
3/8"
.. adjust 26"H to 43"H in any .. with two surfaces. .. .. Laptop 5–8 lb ..
. .. increment. .. .. .. Small at screen 10–16 lb .
.. . . . . Monitor arm 10–14 lb ..
..
P-edge profile work- .. .. .. .. ..
surface depths are 3 8" .. .. .. .. Desk lamp 5–10 lb
. .
.. deeper than 3 mm edge . . . . Keyboard 2–3 lb ..
.. profile worksurfaces. Both .. 43"H .. .. .. Inch of paper 21 2 lb ..
. edge profiles provide a flush .. 26"H
.. .. .. Desk phone 3–5 lb .
.. . . . . ..
..
interface with universal .. .. .. .. ..
pedestals. .. .. .. .. Worksurface travels at
.. the speed designated by the ..
.. . . . . ..
.. .. .. .. user. Users can adjust the
.. .. .. .. .. table from seated to stand- ..
. . . Worksurface overhang . . .
.. .. Bi-level worksurfaces .. for pedestal storage .. .. ing in one natural motion ..
.. .. are two pieces—a large .. varies by shape and size of .. .. (approximately 1 second). ..
. . monitor surface with a . . . .
.. .. .. worksurface. .. .. ..
smaller keyboard surface
.. .. .. .. .. ..
attached. You can adjust the
. . . . . .
.. .. height of the monitor surface .. .. .. ..
.. .. from 26"H to 43"H, and the .. .. .. ..
. . keyboard surface moves . . . .
.. .. .. .. .. ..
along with it.
. . . . . .
Height-Adjustable Desks Specication Guide cAirtouch Height-Adjustable Worksurfaces, continued 177
Steelcase
October 2019
Airtouch Height-Adjustable Worksurfaces, continued
.. .. .. .. .. ..
. . . . . .
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. .. .. .. .. ..
. . . . . .
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. .. .. .. .. ..
. . . . . .
.. .. 27"H . .. .. ..
.. .. pedestal .. .. .. ..
.. . .. . . ..
.. .. .. .. .. ..
. .. .. .. .. .
.. Universal boundary
. Any storage higher . . . ..
.. screens are not permitted .. than 241/2" will impede
.. .. .. ..
. on height-adjustable desks, .. .. .. .. .
.. as they do not pass mini- .
the lower height range of
. . . ..
.. .. worksurface. .. .. .. ..
mum safety requirements
. .. Tip: Do not place storage .. .. .. .
.. which could result in the
. underneath paddle. . . . ..
.. desk tipping over. .. .. .. .. ..
. .. .. .. .. .
.. .
Worksurface weight
. . . ..
.. .. plates may be neces- .. .. .. ..
. .. sary to order if there is .. .. .. .
. . . . . .
.. ..
not enough weight on the
.. .. .. ..
.. ..
worksurface. Applications
.. .. .. ..
. .
using the smallest width
. . . .
.. .. worksurface without addi- .. .. .. ..
.. .. tional worktools (i.e. touch- .. .. .. ..
. . . . . .
.. ..
down spaces) will require
.. .. .. ..
. .
these counterweights
. . . .
.. .. (946900053SR). .. .. .. ..
.. .. .. .. .. ..
. . . . . .
.. Screens mount to worksur- ..
All assemblies meet
.. .. .. ..
.. faces in privacy or below the ..
or exceed ANSI/BIFMA
.. .. .. ..
. worksurface for modesty. .
standards.
. . . .
.. cSee Worktools .. .. .. .. ..
.. Compatibility Charts, page .. .. .. .. ..
. . . . . .
.. 34, for help determining .. .. .. .. ..
.. appropriate screen widths .. .. .. .. ..
. for each Airtouch worksur- . . . . .
.. face size. .. .. .. .. ..
.. .. .. .. .. ..
. . . . . .
.. Cableways mount to .. .. .. .. ..
.. 2814"D worksurfaces only to .. .. .. .. ..
.. help manage cables at work- .. .. .. .. ..
. surface height for a clean . . . . .
.. aesthetic and can be used in .. .. .. .. ..
.. combination with screens. .. Keyboard assemblies .. .. .. ..
. . . . . .
.. cSee Worktools .. are not allowed on height- .. .. .. ..
.. Compatibility Charts, page . adjustable desks. They do . . . ..
.. 34, for help determining .. not meet minimum safety .. .. .. ..
. appropriate cableway widths .. requirements. .. .. .. .
.. . . . . ..
..
for each Airtouch worksur- .. .. .. .. ..
.
face size. .. .. .. .. .
.. . Installation . . . ..
.. SOTO rail and SlatRail .. .. .. .. ..
. mount to worksurfaces to .. Worksurfaces ship with .. .. .. .
.. . pre-drilled holes for mount- . . . ..
..
support worktools, freeing .. ing bases. .. .. .. ..
.
up worksurface space. .. .. .. .. .
.. cSee Worktools . . . . ..
.. Compatibility Charts, page .. Airtouch column .. .. .. ..
.. 34, for help determining .. requires attachment to the .. .. .. ..
.. . base and worksurface. . . . ..
appropriate SOTO rail and .. .. .. ..
.. SlatRail widths for each .. .. .. .. ..
. Airtouch worksurface size. . . . . .
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. .. .. .. .. ..
. . . . . .
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. .. .. .. .. ..
. . . . . .
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. .. .. .. .. ..
. . . . . .
.. .. .. .. .. ..
. . . . . .
Steelcase
October 2019
Worksurfaces
.. ..
Base supports a maximum distributed weight capacity of 150 pounds.
. .
Airtouch
.. Tip: When calculating lifting capacity, subtract the weight of the worksurface. ..
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. Universal Tables ..
.. ..
.. RD Rectangular – 2214"D 40" 2214" 2214" BAPSS2442 30.6 lb ..
W
. 46" 2214" 2214" BAPSS2448 35.0 lb .
.. ..
.. 58" 2214" 2214" BAPSS2460 44.8 lb ..
. LD .
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
.. RD Rectangular – 2814"D 40" 2814" 2814" BAPSS3042 38.3 lb ..
W
. .
.. 46" 281 4" 2814" BAPSS3048 44.8 lb ..
.. 58" 2814" 2814" BAPSS3060 55.8 lb ..
. LD .
. .
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
. RD Rectangular Bi-level 40" 3414" 3414" BAPDS3642 62.3 lb .
.. W ..
. 46" 341 4" 3414" BAPDS3648 70.0 lb .
.. ..
.. LD ..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. Worksurface LW LD RW RD Style Worksurface ..
. .
.. RW 90º Corner 3914" 2214" 3914" 2214" BAPSC2442 45.9 lb ..
.. 4514" 2214" 4514" 2214" BAPSC2448 59.0 lb ..
. RD .
.. LW ..
.. ..
.. ..
. LD .
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
.. RW 90º Corner Bi-Level 3914" 2214" 3914" 2214" BAPDC2442 59.0 lb ..
.. 4514" 2214" 4514" 2214" BAPDC2448 72.2 lb ..
. RD .
.. LW ..
.. ..
. .
.. LD ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
. RW 120º Equal 34" 2214" 34" 2214" BAPB2436 55.8 lb .
.. RD ..
.. LW ..
.. ..
.. ..
.. LD ..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
. .
Steelcase
October 2019
Airtouch Height-Adjustable Worksurfaces, continued
.. ..
.. ..
. Shape Number Weight .
.. ..
.. For use with Universal Systems ..
. .
.. RD Rectangular – 2214"D 40" 2214" 2214" UAPSS2442 30.6 lb ..
W
.. 46" 2214" 2214" UAPSS2448 35.0 lb ..
.. ..
.. 58" 2214" 2214" UAPSS2460 44.8 lb ..
LD
. .
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. W RD Rectangular – 2814"D 40" 2814" 2814" UAPSS3042 38.3 lb ..
.. 46" 2814" 2814" UAPSS3048 44.8 lb ..
. .
.. 58" 2814" 2814" UAPSS3060 55.8 lb ..
.. LD ..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
. Rectangular Bi-level 40" 3414" 3414" UAPDS3642 62.3 lb .
. W RD .
.. 46" 3414" 3414" UAPDS3648 70.0 lb ..
.. ..
. .
.. LD ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
. Worksurface LW LD RW RD Style Worksurface .
.. ..
Shape Number Weight
.. ..
. 90º Corner 3914" 1614" 3914" 1614" UAPSC1842 30.6 lb .
.. RW ..
.. RD 391 4" 221 4" 391 4" 2214" UAPSC2442 45.9 lb ..
. LW 4514" 2214" 4514" 2214" .
.. UAPSC2448 59.0 lb ..
.. ..
. .
.. LD ..
.. ..
. .
.. RW 90º Corner Bi-Level 3914" 2214" 3914" 2214" UAPDC2442 59.0 lb ..
.. 451 4" 221 4" 451 4" 2214" UAPDC2448 72.2 lb ..
. RD .
.. LW ..
.. ..
.. ..
. LD .
.. ..
.. ..
. RW 120º Equal 34" 2214" 34" 2214" UAPB2436 55.8 lb .
.. RD
..
.. LW
..
.. ..
. .
.. LD ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
.. ..
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
. .
Steelcase
October 2019
Worksurfaces
Airtouch
Steelcase
October 2019
High-Pressure Laminate Universal Tables

RD c Need help? • High-Pressure Laminate price group 1 1 Style number with appropriate edge
W
Product details, • High-Pressure Laminate worksurface edge: plastic prole sufx:
page 176 3 mm edge or P-edge prole on all sides P Laminate with plastic P-edge
• Worksurface corners: radius c See edge proles below.
LD
• Height-adjustable column mechanism: 2 High-Pressure Laminate color number
4799 Platinum for worksurface
• Height-adjustable mechanism base: paint 3 Plastic color number for prole edge on
Tip: Airtouch height- • Dual-arm spring assist mechanism for bi-level laminate worksurface
adjustable base requires worksurface, if selected 4 Paint color number for base:
assembly and attachment • Attachment hardware 4799 Platinum Metallic
to the worksurface. 7207 Black
Tip: Worksurfaces ship with c See Surface Materials, page 226.
pre-drilled holes for mount-
ing bases.
Tip: Any storage higher than Options U.S. Price Required to Specify
2412" will impede the lower Surface • Paint price group 1 No cost Specify paint color number.
height range of the worksur- Materials • Paint price group 2 +$42 Specify paint color number.
face. Do not place storage • Laminate price group 2 See information below Specify laminate color number.
underneath paddle. • Open Line laminate +$74 c See Surface Materials Reference Manual.
For laminate price
group 2 pricing, please Related • Slatwall, SlatRail, and Freestanding Worktools c See Steelcase Worktools Specication
refer to the electronic cata- Products Guide.
log or SmartTools. • SOTO rail/shelves and worktools c See Steelcase Worktools Specication
Guide.
Tip: An adjustment feature • Flat panel arms c See Steelcase Worktools Specication
on the column allows the Guide.
unit to function property with • Privacy/modesty screens and cableways c Pages 204 and 214
any load up to 150 pounds, • Cable and power management c Page 215
including the worksurface.
Tip: Counterweights may be

necessary to order if there
is not enough load on the
worksurface. Order service
part (946900053SR).

privacy/modesty screen,
cableway, SOTO rail, and
SlatRail width compatibility,
Charts, page 34.
Tip: Wood veneer worksur-

face options are available
through specials.
Tip: Paint surface options

apply to base only. Paint Tip: To specify 3 mm edge
surface option does not prole, no sufx is required.
apply to column. For P-edge prole, add
sufx P to the style
Tip: Only single and dual number (for example,
at panel monitor arm BAPSS2442P).
applications are permitted
for use with single column Tip: Monitor arms with
height-adjustable tables. C-clamp brackets should
not be specied with P-edge
worksurfaces.

Steelcase
October 2019
Worksurfaces
Airtouch
Tip: To specify 3 mm edge U.S. Base Prices
prole, no sufx is required. High-Pressure Laminate
For P-edge prole, add
sufx P to the style
number (for example,
BAPSS2442P).
DDimensions DStyle DPlastic DPlastic
dW LD RD dNumber d3 mm dP-Edge
Tip: Eyesite and cableways
d d dEdge d
should not be specied
d d d d
with 22 14"D rectangular
d d d d
worksurfaces.
d d dNo Sufx dSufx P
W
RD Rectangular Tables
2214"D
LD
40" 2214" 2214" BAPSS2442 $2553 $2612
46" 221 4" 221 4" BAPSS2448 $2591 $2650
58" 2214" 2214" BAPSS2460 $2671 $2742
RD 281 4"D
W
40" 2814" 2814" BAPSS3042 $2658 $2717
LD 46" 281 4" 281 4" BAPSS3048 $2699 $2758
58" 2814" 2814" BAPSS3060 $2782 $2853

d d d d
W RD Rectangular Bi-Level Tables

40" 3414" 3414" BAPDS3642 $3579 $3688
LD
46" 3414" 3414" BAPDS3648 $3614 $3723
d d d d
Tip: 58" privacy/modesty
screens should not be spec-
ied with 22 14"D rectangular
worksurfaces.
Tip: Base supports a max-

imum distributed weight
of the worksurface.
cSee page 179 worksurface
weights.

Steelcase
October 2019
Airtouch Height-Adjustable Worksurfaces, High-Pressure Laminate Universal Tables, continued
For P-edge prole, add suf-
x P to the style number (for
example, BAPSS2442P).
dLW LD RW RD dNumber d3 mm dP-Edge
d d dEdge d
d d d d
RW 90° Corner Tables

RD
LW 3914" 2214" 3914" 2214" BAPSC2442 $2796 $2934
451 4" 221 4" 451 4" 221 4" BAPSC2448 $2842 $2980
d d d d
LD
RW 90° Corner Bi-Level Tables

RD
LW 3914" 2214" 3914" 2214" BAPDC2442 $3664 $3883
451 4" 221 4" 451 4" 221 4" BAPDC2448 $3710 $3929
d d d d
LD
RW 120° Equal Table

RD
LW 34" 2214" 34" 2214" BAPB2436 $3155 $3293
d d d d
LD

Steelcase
October 2019
Worksurfaces
Airtouch
Steelcase
October 2019
High-Pressure Laminate Universal Systems

W RD c Need help? • High-Pressure Laminate price group 1 1 Style number with appropriate edge
Product details, • High-Pressure Laminate worksurface edge: plastic 3 mm prole sufx:
page 176 edge or P-edge prole on front edge of worksurface P Laminate with plastic P-edge
LD with matching 1 mm plastic on sides and back c See edge proles below.
• Worksurface corners: 90° 2 High-Pressure Laminate color number for
• Height-adjustable column mechanism: worksurface
4799 Platinum 3 Plastic color number for prole edge on
Tip: Airtouch height- • Height-adjustable mechanism base: paint laminate worksurface
adjustable base requires • Dual-arm spring assist mechanism for bi-level 4 Paint color number for base:
assembly and attachment worksurfaces, if selected 4799 Platinum Metallic
to the worksurface. • Attachment hardware 7207 Black
Tip: Worksurfaces ship with c See Surface Materials, page 226.
pre-drilled holes for mount-
ing bases.
Tip: An adjustment feature

on the column allows the
unit to function property with Surface • Paint price group 1 No cost Specify paint color number.
any load up to 150 pounds, Materials • Paint price group 2 +$42 Specify paint color number.
including the worksurface. • Laminate price group 2 See information below Specify laminate color number.
• Open Line laminate +$74 c See Surface Materials Reference Manual.
For laminate price plus cost of laminate
refer to the electronic cata- Related • Slatwall, SlatRail, and Freestanding Worktools c See Steelcase Worktools Specication
log or SmartTools. Products Guide.
• SOTO rail/shelves and worktools c See Steelcase Worktools Specication
Tip: Any storage higher than Guide.
24 12" will impede the lower • Flat panel arms c See Steelcase Worktools Specication
height range of the worksur- Guide.
face. Do not place storage • Privacy/modesty screens and cableways c Pages 204 and 214
underneath paddle. • Cable and power management c Page 215
Tip: Counterweights may be

necessary to order if there
is not enough load on the
worksurface. Order service
part (946900053SR).

privacy/modesty screen,
cableway, SOTO rail, and
SlatRail width compatibility,
Charts, page 34.
Tip: Wood veneer worksur-

face options are available
through specials.
Tip: Only single and dual

at panel monitor arm
applications are permitted
for use with single column
height-adjustable tables.
Tip: Paint surface options

apply to base only. Paint Tip: To specify 3 mm edge
surface option does not prole, no sufx is required.
apply to column. For P-edge prole, add
sufx P to the style
number (for example,
UAPSS2442P).

Steelcase
October 2019
Worksurfaces
Airtouch
For P-edge prole, add suf-
x P to the style number (for
example, UAPSS2442P).
Tip: Eyesite and cableways dW LD RD dNumber d3 mm dP-Edge
should not be specied d d dEdge d
with 2214"D rectangular d d d d
worksurfaces. d d d d
d d d d
Tip: 58" privacy/modesty d d d d
screens should not be spec- d d d d
ied with 2214"D rectangular d d dNo Sufx dSufx P
worksurfaces.
RD 221 4"D
W
40" 2214" 2214" UAPSS2442 $2500 $2559
LD 46" 221 4" 221 4" UAPSS2448 $2536 $2595
58" 2214" 2214" UAPSS2460 $2603 $2674
RD 281 4"D
W
40" 2814" 2814" UAPSS3042 $2591 $2650
LD 46" 281 4" 281 4" UAPSS3048 $2630 $2689
58" 281 4" 281 4" UAPSS3060 $2709 $2780

d d d d
W RD Rectangular Bi-Level Worksurfaces

40" 3414" 3414" UAPDS3642 $3525 $3584
LD 46" 341 4" 341 4" UAPDS3648 $3557 $3616
d d d d
Tip: Base supports a max-
imum distributed weight
of the worksurface.
cSee page 179 worksurface
weights.

Steelcase
October 2019
Airtouch Height-Adjustable Worksurfaces, High-Pressure Laminate Universal Systems, continued
U.S. Base Prices

dLW LD RW RD dNumber d3 mm dP-Edge
d d dEdge d
d d d d
RW 90° Corner Worksurfaces

RD
LW 3914" 1614" 3914" 1614" UAPSC1842 $2680 $2818
3914" 2214" 3914" 2214" UAPSC2442 $2698 $2836

LD 4514" 2214" 4514" 2214" UAPSC2448 $2739 $2877
d d d d
RW 90° Corner Bi-Level Worksurfaces

RD 3914" 2214" 3914" 2214" UAPDC2442 $3566 $3704
LW
451 4" 221 4" 451 4" 221 4" UAPDC2448 $3607 $3745
d d d d
LD
RW 120° Equal Worksurface

RD
LW 34" 2214" 34" 2214" UAPB2436 $3049 $3187
d d d d
LD

Steelcase
October 2019
Screens, Cableways, and
Cable and Power
Management
Power Management
Screens, Cable and
Understanding
Universal Privacy/Modesty Screens 190
Universal Privacy Screens and Aligners 192
Sarto Privacy/Modesty Screens 193
Sarto Privacy Screens 194
Universal and Sarto Screens Specic Guidelines 196
Flex Curved Screens 198
Acrylic Screens 199
Cableways 200
Cable and Power Management 201
Specifying
Universal Privacy/Modesty Screens 204
Universal Privacy Screens and Aligners 205
Sarto Privacy/Modesty Screens 208
Sarto Privacy Screens 209
Flex Curved Screens 210
Acrylic Screens 212
Cableways 214
Cable and Power Management 215
Steelcase
October 2019
.. Universal privacy/mod-
.. .. ..
. . Product Details . Application Topics ..
.. esty screen provides a .. .. ..
.. boundary element for height .. .. ..
. adjustable desks and xed . .
.. worksurfaces. It can be
.. .. ..
.. used with Ology, Migration,
.. .. ..
. . . .
.. Migration SE, Airtouch, .. .. ..
.. Series 5 worksurfaces, .. .. ..
.. Elective Elements, Universal .. .. ..
.. tables, and Universal panel .. .. ..
. mount worksurfaces. . . .
.. .. ..
.. .. .. ..
3¾"
. . . .
.. Universal privacy/ .. The edge of the screen .. Universal privacy/mod- ..
.. modesty screens are .. is comprised of two different .. esty screen mounts to ..
. available in one height, . materials. The upper seg- . .
.. .. .. worksurfaces using simple .
..
25710", with two mount loca-
.. ment is merle plastic. The
.. L-brackets and screws. The ..
.
tion options to provide either
. lower portion is PET which
. brackets are positioned 3 4" ..
3
.. privacy or privacy/modesty. .. can be specified in medium .. in from each side of the ..
.. .. heather grey to provide con- .. screen. ..
. Universal privacy/ . strast or dark heather grey . Tip: When specifying grom- ..
. . .
.. modesty screens cannot .. for a uniform visual. .. mets on Ology, verify the ..
.. be used on surfaces that .. .. position of the screen in ..
. have intergrated rails or an . The screen may be . .
.. additive SOTO rail.
.. .. CET SmartTools Planning. ..
used on 34"–112" thick
.. .. .. ..
worksurfaces.
. . . Screen height attach- .
.. .. .. ment locations are ..
. . The width of the screen . determined when specifying ..
.. .. ..
.. ..
can be equal to or less than
.. privacy (top of screen will be ..
. .
the width of the worksurface
. at 48") or privacy/modesty ..
.. .. to which it will attach. Some .. (top of screen will be at ..
.. .. restrictions apply due to loca- .. 42"). The location cannot be ..
. . tion of worksurface legs and . .
.. .. supports. .. changed in the eld. ..
.. .. .. ..
. . . .
.. .. .. ..
Universal privacy/
.. .. Surface Materials .. ..
modesty screen is pin
. . . .
.. tackable. .. Screen .. .
.. .. • Fabric .. 191⁄5" ..
.
The screen is attached
. cSee Surface Materials, . ..
.. to the worksurface using .. page 226. .. ..
.. simple L-brackets and 1" .. .. ..
.. screws. .. Edge (upper segment) .. ..
. . . .
.. .. • 7360 Merle .. .
5½" .
.. .. .. ..
. . Edge (lower segment) . .
.. .. • P630 Medium Heather .. Privacy conguration ..
.. .. Grey PET .. provides 1915" of screen ..
.. .. • P631 Dark Heather Grey .. above the worksurface and .
..
. . . 512" of screen below the
.. .. PET .. ..
worksurface. The height is
.. .. .. ..
measured from the top of
. . Brackets . .
.. .. • 7360 Merle .. the mounting surface to the .
.
.. .. .. top of the screen, and from ..
. . . the bottom of the mounting .
.. .. .. ..
surface to the bottom of
.. .. .. ..
the screen. The top of the
. . . .
.. .. .. screen will align with the bot- .
.
.. .. .. tom of the top trim on a 48"H .
..
.. .. .. Answer panel.
.
.. .. .. ..
.. Actual Dimensions .. .. ..
. . . .
.. Width 42", 48", 54", 60", or 66" .. .. ..
.. .. .. ..
. Height 25710" . . .
.. .. .. ..
.. Weight 9.79 lb, 10.315 lb, 10.84 lb, 11.365 lb, 11.89 lb .. .. ..
. . . .
.. Thickness 3 "
4 .. .. ..
.. .. .. ..
. Tip: Universal screens can also be specied parametrically in . . .
.. width in 116" increments. .. .. ..
. . . .
Steelcase
October 2019
Universal Privacy/
Modesty Screens
.. .. Universal privacy/mod-
.. .. .. ..
. . . . . .
.. .. esty screens cannot be .. .. .. ..
.. .. used with 58"W Ology desks .. .. .. ..
. . with leg integrated into stor- . . . .
.. .. age. The smallest screen
.. .. .. ..
.. .. width is 42" which would col-
.. .. .. ..
. . . . . .
.. .. lide with the storage. Must .. .. .. ..
.. 11⁄8" .. use a minimum 64"W desk .. .. .. ..
.. .. when using storage and .. .. .. ..
.. .. Universal privacy/modesty .. .. .. ..
. . screens. . . . .
.. .. .. .. .. ..
Power Management
Screens, Cable and
Screen can be mounted
.. .. When used with One-
.. .. .. ..
with a 118" cord drop or ush
. . . . . .
.. with no cord drop. .. High integrated stor- .. .. .. ..
.. .. age, Universal privacy/ .. .. .. ..
. . modesty screens must be a . . . .
.. .. minimum of 18" shorter than .
. .. .. ..
.. .. worksurface width to allow
.. .. .. ..
. . . . . .
.. 13" .. for pinch point clearances. .. .. .. ..
.. .. .. .. .. ..
. . . . . .
. . . . . .
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. .. .. .. .. ..
. . . . . .
.. 117⁄10" .. .. .. .. ..
.. .. .. .. .. ..
. . . . . .
.. .. .. .. .. ..
. Privacy/modesty con- . . . . .
.. guration provides 13" of .. .. .. .. ..
.. screen above the worksur- .. .. .. .. ..
. . . . . .
.. face and 11710" of screen .. .. .. .. ..
.. below the worksurace. The .. .. .. .. ..
. height is measured from the . . . . .
.. top of the mounting surface .. .. .. .. ..
.. to the top of the screen, .. .. .. .. ..
. . . . . .
.. and from the bottom of the .. .. .. .. ..
.. mounting surface to the bot- .. .. .. .. ..
. tom of the screen. The top of . . . . .
.. the screen will align with the .. .. .. .. ..
.. bottom of the top trim on a .. .. .. .. ..
. . . . . .
.. 42"H Answer panel. .. .. .. .. ..
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. Both the privacy and .. .. .. .. ..
. privacy/modesty con- . . . . .
.. gurations allow the .. .. .. .. ..
.. height-adjustable desks to .. .. .. .. ..
. . . . . .
.. be lowered to the lowest .. .. .. .. ..
.. position (22") while preserv- .. .. .. .. ..
.. ing pinch point gap. Privacy .. .. .. .. ..
. version will not interfere with . . . . .
.. integrated storage. .. .. .. .. ..
.. .. .. .. .. ..
. . . . . .
.. Privacy/modesty .. .. .. .. ..
.. screens must never be .. .. .. .. ..
. wider than the surface to . . . . .
.. which they are attached. .. .. .. .. ..
.. Tip: It is recommended that .. .. .. .. ..
. . . . . .
.. CET SmartTools Planning .. .. .. .. ..
.. aid be used to ensure proper .. .. .. .. ..
.. application of screen to .. .. .. .. ..
.. worksurface or tables. .. .. .. .. ..
.. .. .. .. .. ..
. . . . . .
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. .. .. .. .. ..
. . . . . .
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. .. .. .. .. ..
. . . . . .
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. .. .. .. .. ..
. . . . . .
.. .. .. .. .. ..
. . . . . .
Steelcase
October 2019
Universal Privacy Screens and Aligners
.. .. .. ..
. Universal privacy . Product Details . .
.. screens provide a bound- .. .. ..
.. ary and privacy element for .. .. ..
. . . .
.. height adjustable desks and .. .. ..
.. xed worksurfaces. It can be .. .. ..
. used with Ology, Migration, . . .
.. Migration SE, Elective .. .. ..
.. Elements, panel supported .. .. ..
. . . .
.. Universal worksurfaces, and .. .. ..
.. TS Series worksurfaces. .. .. ..
. cSpecifying, page 205 . . .
.. .. Universal privacy .. ..
.. .. screens are tackable and .. ..
. . available in 131 2"H and . .
.. .. 191 2"H, and have widths
.. ..
.. .. from 24"W to 96"W.
.. ..
. . . .
.. .. .. ..
.. .. .. ..
. . . .
.. .. .. ..
.. .. .. ..
. . . .
.. .. .. ..
.. .. .. ..
. . . .
.. .. .. ..
.. .. .. ..
. . . .
.. .. .. Brackets are included .
. . . with screens. Two brackets ..
.. .. The edge of the screen .. are used on all screens. ..
.. .. is comprised of two different .. ..
. . . .
.. .. materials. The upper seg- .. Universal privacy .
.. .. ment is merle plastic. The .. screen slides onto brackets. ..
. . lower portion is PET which . ..
.. .. can be specied in medium .. ..
.. .. heather grey to provide con- .. Surface Materials ..
.. . strast or dark heather grey . .
. .. .. Screen ..
for a uniform visual.
.. .. .. • Fabric ..
. . . cSee Surface Materials, .
.. .. The screen may be used .. ..
page 226.
.. .. on 34"–112" thick worksurface. .. ..
. . . .
.. .. The width of the screen
.. Edge (upper segment) .
.
.. .. can be equal to or less than .. • 7360 Merle ..
.. .. the width of the worksurface .. ..
. . . Edge (lower segment) .
.. .. to which it will attach. Some .. ..
• P630 Medium Heather
.. .. restrictions apply due to loca- .. ..
Grey PET
. . tion of worksurface legs and . .
.. .. supports. .. • P631 Dark Heather Grey ..
. . . PET .
.. .. .. ..
.. .. .. ..
Brackets
. . . .
.. .. .. • 7241 Textured Arctic White .
.
.. .. .. • 7360 Textured Merle ..
. . . • 4799 Platinum .
.. .. .. ..
.. .. .. ..
. . . .
.. .. .. ..
.. .. .. ..
. Actual Dimensions . . .
.. .. .. ..
.. Height 121 2" or 181 2" .. .. ..
When fabric screens
. . . .
.. Overall Height 131 2" or 191 2" .. are placed directly .. ..
.. .. adjacent to each other, .. ..
. Width 24", 30", 36", 42", 48", 54", 60", 66", 72", . a small aligner can be placed . .
.. 78", 84", 90", or 96" .. .. ..
in between the screens at
.. .. .. ..
the top to connect them for
. Tip: Overall height is measured from top of mounting surface . . .
.. to the top of the screen. .. planar alignment. Aligners .. ..
.. .. are ordered separately in .. ..
. Tip: 131 2"H screen aligns with a 42" datum from the oor. . packages of 10. . .
.. 191 2" screen aligns with a 48" datum from the oor.
.. .. ..
.. .. .. ..
. Tip: Universal screens can also be specied parametrically in . . .
.. .. .. ..
. width and height in 116" increments. . . .
Steelcase
October 2019
Sarto Privacy/Modesty Screens Sarto Privacy/
Modesty Screens
········································································································································
········································································································································
········································································································································
········································································································································
········································································································································
Sarto privacy/ Privacy/modesty
modesty screen pro-
Product Details screens must never be
vides a light scale boundary The screen may be wider than the surface to
used on 34"–112" thick 131⁄2"
element for height adjustable which they are attached.
desks and xed worksur- worksurfaces. Tip: It is recommended that
faces. It can be used with CET SmartTools planning
Ology, Migration, Series The width of the screen 1" aid be used to ensure proper
5 worksurfaces, Elective can be equal to or less than application of screen to
Elements, universal tables, the width of the worksurface 91⁄2" worksurface or tables.
and universal panel-mount to which it will attach. Some
worksurfaces. restrictions apply due to loca-
Power Management
Screens, Cable and
cSpecifying, page 208 tion of worksurface legs and
Privacy/modesty con-
supports.
guration provides 1312"
Sarto privacy/modesty of screen above the work-
screens are available in surface and 912" of screen
one height, 24", and in one Surface Materials below the worksurace on a
mounting conguration to Screen 1" thick worksurface. The
provide privacy and modesty. • Fabric height is measured from the
cSee Surface Materials, top of the mounting surface
page 226. to the top of the screen,
and from the bottom of the
Brackets mounting surface to the bot-
• 7360 Merle tom of the screen. The top of
Sarto privacy/modesty the screen will align with the
screen is pin tackable. bottom of the top trim on a
Application Topics 42"H Answer panel.
When mounted, the

screen allows a height-
adjustable desk to be low-
ered to the lowest position
(22") while preserving pinch
point gap.
Privacy/modesty
screen with integrated
storage will not allow for
3¾"
adequate pinch point gaps
Sarto privacy/
when desk is lowered to its
modesty screen mounts
lowest position.
to worksurfaces using sim-
ple L-brackets and screws.
Sarto privacy/modesty
The brackets are positioned
screens can be used with
334" in from each side of the
universal worksurfaces and
screen.
tables where surface sup-
ports and leg brackets are
Screen height is 24"
The screen is attached not in same location of the
overall. When mounted, the
to the worksurface using screen L-bracket attachment
top of the screen will be at
simple L-brackets and 1" points.
42".
screws. • Example 1—Worksurfaces
supported by a panel side
bracket or cantilever can
accept privacy/modesty
screen placed 6" in from
end with these brackets.
• Example 2—Tables with
11⁄8"
cabby leg or double ellipti-
cal post C-legs can accept
screens 6" shorter than
total table width but not
same width.
Screen can be mounted Privacy/modesty

Actual Dimensions with a 118" cord drop or ush screens can also be used
with no cord drop. with Elective Elements sur-
Width 42", 48", 54", 60", or 66" faces with some restrictions
when combined with gate
Height 24" leg or the Elective Elements
Weight 4.86 lb, 5.48 lb, 6.10 lb, 6.97 lb, 7.59 lb adjustable-height leg.
Thickness 9
16"
Steelcase
October 2019
········································································································································
········································································································································
········································································································································
········································································································································
Sarto privacy screens
provide a light scale bound-
Product Details Surface Materials
ary and privacy element Screen
for height-adjustable desks • Fabric
and xed worksurfaces. It cSee Surface Materials,
can be used with Ology, page 226.
Migration, Series 5,
Elective Elements, universal Brackets and hard
worksurfaces, and TS Series stops
worksurfaces. • 7360 Merle
c Specifying, page 209
Sarto privacy screens
are tackable. They are avail-
able in two heights, 131 2"H
and 191 2"H, and have widths
ranging from 24"W to 96"W.
The screen may be

used on 3 4"–11 2" thick
worksurfaces.
The width of the screen

can be equal to or less than
the width of the worksurface
to which it will attach. Some
restrictions apply due to loca-
tion of worksurface legs and
supports.
Brackets and hard

stops are included with
screens. Screens up to
54"W use two brackets,
Actual Dimensions while screens 60"W and
larger utilize three brackets.
Screen Height 121 2" or 181 2" The third bracket is cen-
Overall Height 131 2" or 191 2" tered on the width of the
screen.
Width 24", 30", 36", 42", 48", 54", 60", 66", 72",
78", 84", 90", or 96" Sarto privacy screen
slides onto brackets.
Tip: Overall height is measured from top of mounting surface
to the top of the screen.
Tip: 131 2"H screen aligns with a 42" datum from the oor.
191 2"H screen aligns with a 48" datum from the oor.
Steelcase
October 2019
Power Management
Screens, Cable and
Steelcase
October 2019
Universal and Sarto Screens Specic Guidelines
.. ..
········································································································································
. Migration and Migration SE Specic Guidelines Ology Specic Guidelines, continued .
.. ..
.. Rectangular 29"D and 35"D 90° Corner 23"D ..
. .
.. Desk Width Desk Width ..
.. 46" 52" 58" 64" 70" 40" 46" 52" 58" 64" 70" 76" ..
. .
.. ..
Screen Width
Screen Width
42" 42"
.. 48" 48" ..
.. ..
.. 54" 54" ..
. 60" 60" .
.. ..
.. 66" 66" ..
. .
.. All guidelines assume the screen is centered on the desk. ..
.. ..
. 120° Corner 23"D .
.. The screen can be placed on the back edge of a Migration desk utilizing ..
.. either the 118" cord drop or no cord drop placement without creating interfer- Desk Width ..
. ence. Screens are sized to be a minimum of 4" smaller than worksurfaces. .
.. They can be placed anywhere along the back edge of a desk but cannot
46" 52" 58" 64" ..
.. ..
Screen Width
extend past the desk edge. 42"
. .
. 48" .
.. ..
.. Ology Specic Guidelines
54" ..
. 60" .
.. ..
.. Rectangular 23"D, 29"D, and 35"D 66" ..
. Desk Width .
.. ..
. 34" 40" 46" 52" 58" 64" 70" 76" .
.. All guidelines assume the screen is centered on the desk. ..
Screen Width
.. 42" ..
. 48" .
.. When using the universal or sarto privacy/modesty screen on ..
.. 54" Ology with 118" cable drop, there are no limits on the horizontal place- .
..
. 60" ment of the cable tray beneath the desk.
.. ..
.. 66" ..
. .
.. The universal or sarto privacy/modesty screen can be used with ..
.. the Ology modesty panel without causing interference. ..
. Tapered 23"D and 29"D .
.. ..
Desk Width
.. The universal or sarto privacy/modesty screen can be used on ..
. 58" 64" 70" 76" either back edge of a 90º or 120º corner desk configuration. .
.. ..
Screen Width
.. 42" ..
.. 48" Ology desks using an integrated storage leg may only mount the ..
. universal privacy/modesty screen in the privacy position and cannot use sarto .
.. 54" ..
screens due to interference.
.. 60" ..
. .
.. 66" .
.. The universal or sarto privacy/modesty screen does not mount to ..
.
.. The screen can be placed on the back edge of an Ology without an inte-
an Ology rail or into the Ology cantilevers. ..
. .
.. grated rail desk utilizing either the 118" cord drop or no cord drop placement. .
.. Screens are sized to be a minimum of 4" smaller than worksurfaces. Optional If using overhangs, the leg must be at least 312" in from its standard posi- ..
. cable trays and grommets on Ology may cause some interference with tion to avoid interference with the screen bracket. ..
.. screen mounting brackets. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
.. ..
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
.. Legend ..
. .
.. No interference ..
.. Interference or cannot be used
..
. .
.. Cannot specify a grommet ..
. .
Steelcase
October 2019
Universal and Sarto Sceens
Specic Guidelines
.. .. ..
. Series 5 Specic Guidelines . Airtouch Specic Guidelines .
.. .. ..
.. Rectangular 23"D and 29"D .. 1
Rectangular 22 /4"D and 28 /4"D 1 ..
. . .
.. Worksurface Width .. ..
.. 46" 52" 58" 64" 70" 76" .. Worksurface Width ..
. . .
.. .. 40" 46" 58" ..
Screen Width
42"
.. .. ..
Screen Width
48" 42"
.. .. 48"
..
.. 54" .. ..
. 60" . 54" .
.. .. ..
Power Management
Screens, Cable and
.. 66" .. 60" ..
. . 66" .
.. .. ..
.. .. ..
. 90° Corner 23"D and 29"D . .
.. .. Rectangular Bi-Level 341/4"D ..
Worksurface Width
.. .. ..
. 40" 46" 52" 58" 64" 70" 76" . Worksurface Width .
.. .. ..
40" 46"
Screen Width
.. 42" .. ..
. . .
Screen Width
48" 42"
. . .
.. 54" .. 48" ..
.. .. ..
60" 54"
. . .
.. 66"
.. 60" ..
.. .. ..
. . 66" .
.. Universal or sarto privacy/modesty screens can be placed on .. ..
. . .
.. the back edge of a Series 5 worksurface utilizing either the 118" cord drop .. 90° 221/4"D and 90° Bi-Level 221/4"D ..
.. or no cord drop placement without creating interference. The screen must .. ..
. match the width of the worksurface or be narrower than the width of the . .
.. worksurface. .. Worksurface Width ..
.. .. 391/4" 451/4" ..
. . .
.. . ..
Screen Width
42"
.. When using the universal or sarto privacy modesty screen on a .. ..
. 29"D Series 5 worksurface, there are no limits on the horizontal place- .. 48"
.
.. ment of the screen on the desk. .. 54" ..
.. .. ..
60"
. When using the universal or sarto privacy modesty screen on a .. .
.. . 66" ..
.. 23"D Series 5 worksurface, the screen cannot be smaller on the right- .. ..
. hand side next to the power supply. . .
.. .. ..
.. .. 120° 221/4"D ..
.. .. ..
. . Worksurface Width .
.. .. 34"
..
.. .. ..
. . .
Screen Width
42"
.. .. ..
.. .. 48" ..
.. .. 54" ..
. . .
.. .. 60" ..
.. .. 66" ..
. . .
.. .. Universal or sarto privacy/modesty screen weight should be ..
.. .. considered, along with other items to be used on Airtouch, so as not to exceed .
..
. . weight limit.
.. .. ..
.. .. Universal or sarto privacy/modesty screens can be placed on the
..
. . .
.. .. back edge of an Airtouch worksurface, utilizing either the 11/8" cord drop or ..
.. .. no cord drop placement without creating interference. The screen must be ..
.. .. narrower than the width of the worksurface. Screen cannot exceed the width .
.
.. .. of table. ..
.. .. ..
. . .
.. .. ..
.. .. ..
. . .
.. .. ..
.. Legend .. ..
. . .
.. No interference .. ..
.. Interference or cannot be used
.. ..
. . .
.. Cannot specify a grommet .. ..
. . .
Steelcase
October 2019
Flex Curved Screens
.. Curved screens provide

.. .. ..
. Curved screens are . Surface Materials . Application Topics ..
.. user adjustable privacy
attached to the worksurface
.. .. ..
.. and modesty for height-
with magnetic brackets
.. Screen .. Curved screens are
..
. adjustable desks and work . • Fabric . sized to work with modular
.. tables.
allowing for user adjustability .. .. size desks. Mounting a pair .
.
between privacy and mod- .. Brackets .. of screens on a parametric
..
. esty modes. . . .
.. .. • 6527 Merle .. sized desk will create a gap .
..
.. .. .. between screens.
.
.. .. .. Tip: It is recommended that .
.
.. .. .. CET SmartTools be used to .
.
. . . evaluate the gap on the desk. .
.. .. .. ..
.. .. .. Curved screen is
..
. . . .
.. .. .. mounted with a 58" cord ..
.. .. .. drop. ..
. . . .
.. .. .. Fabric is applied in a warp .
.
.. .. .. horizontal direction. Due to
..
. . . .
.. .. .. the size of the screens, fab- .
.
.. .. .. ric is unable to be applied in .
..
. . . a warp vertical direction.
. . . .
.. .. .. ..
.. .. .. Privacy conguration ..
. . . 1
provides 11 2" of screen .
.. .. .. above the worksurface and .
.
.. .. .. 512" of screen below the
..
. . . .
.. .. .. worksurface. The height is ..
. . . measured from the top of .
.. .. .. the mounting surface to the .
.
.. .. .. top of the screen, and from
..
Curved screens are pin
. . . .
.. tackable. .. .. the bottom of the mounting ..
.. .. .. surface to the bottom of the .
.
. Curved screens can be . . screen. Screens are meant .
.. .. .. to be handled by the user.
..
ordered as single or pair to
.. .. .. Choose fabrics colors that
..
optimized privacy needs.
. . . .
.. .. .. will wear well over time. ..
.. .. .. ..
. . . Modesty conguration .
.. .. .. 1
provides 3 2" of screen
..
.. .. .. above the worksurface and .
.
. . . .
.. .. .. 1312" of screen below the ..
.. .. .. worksurface. The height is ..
.. .. .. measured from the top of ..
. . . the mounting surface to the .
.. .. .. top of the screen, and from
..
.. .. .. the bottom of the mounting
..
. . . .
.. .. .. surface to the bottom of the .
.
.. .. .. screen. ..
.. .. .. ..
. . . When ordering a sin- .
.. .. .. gle screen, selecting the
..
.. .. .. correct hand is important.
..
. . . .
.. .. .. Handedness is assigned ..
.. .. .. from the user position ..
. . . when the curved screen is .
.. .. .. mounted in privacy mode.
..
.. .. .. ..
. . . .
.. .. .. Single curved screens .
.
.. .. .. mounted to a modular size ..
.. .. .. desk will cover half the width .
.
.. .. .. of the desk. If more cover- ..
.. .. .. age is desired, order the ..
. . . next size larger of screens. .
.. .. .. Tip: It is recommended that .
.
.. Actual Dimensions .. .. CET SmartTools be used to .
.
. . . .
.. Desk width 46", 58", or 70"
.. .. evaluate the placement of ..
.. .. .. the screen on the desk. ..
. Height 18" . . .
.. .. .. ..
.. Weight 1.9 lb, 3.7 lb, 5.5 lb .. .. ..
. . . .
.. Depth 1 .. .. ..
2"
. . . .
Steelcase
October 2019
Acrylic Screens Acrylic Screens
.. ..
. .
.. Acrylic Privacy
Product Details Application Topics Surface Materials ..
.. Screens ..
. SlatRail Width Screen .
.. • 6544 Frost only ..
.. 24" 30" 36" 42" 48" 60" ..
. Universal clamp .
.. 22" ..
Cableway/Screen Width
.. • 0835 Black ..
.. c Specifying, page 212 25"/28" • 4799 Platinum ..
.. 31"/34" ..
. Tip: Screen may need to be .
.. Actual Dimensions ..
Power Management
Screens, Cable and
shorter than worksurface 37"/40"
.. width. To determine screen/ ..
. 43"/46" .
Depth 1 "
4
.. cableway and height- ..
.. adjustable worksurface Privacy screen provides 49"/52" Width 22", 28", 34", 40", ..
. compatibility, see Worktools lightweight space division 46", 52", 58", and .
.. Compatibility Charts, above worksurface.
55"/58"
64"
..
.. page 34. 61"/64" ..
. Height 22" .
.. Gap between worksur- ..
.. face and screen/cable- ..
. way is 1" to allow for cable .
. SlatRail stanchions mount on the outside .
.. feed through. ..
of the screen or cableway
.. ..
. Privacy screen top is .
.. a xed height 19" above SlatRail stanchions will not work with the ..
.. worksurface. screen or cableway ..
. .
.. SlatRail stanchions mount on the inside ..
. Privacy screen can be .
.. used in combination with of the screen or cableway ..
.. modesty screen and Tip: SlatRail does not overhang the SlatRail stanchions; ..
. .
.. cableways. therefore, it is important to order the appropriate SlatRail size ..
.. when used in combination with screens and cableway. ..
. Privacy screen ships with .
.. Universal clamps for eld ..
.. installation. ..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. .
Surface Materials ..
Acrylic Modesty Gap between worksur-
.. Application Topics
.
Screens face and screen/cable- ..
.. way is 1" to allow for cable SlatRail Width Screen ..
.. feed through.
24" 30" 36" 42" 48" 60"
• 6544 Frost only ..
.. ..
. Modesty screen top is
22"
Universal clamp .
.. ..
a xed height 14" above and • 0835 Black

.. c Specifying, page 212
1212" below worksurface. 25"/28" • 4799 Platinum ..
. .
.. Tip: Screen may need to be 31"/34" ..
.. Modesty screen can be .
Actual Dimensions ..
shorter than worksurface
.. width. To determine screen/
used in combination with pri- 37"/40"
..
. vacy screen and cableways.
.. cableway and height- 43"/46" Depth 1 "
4 ..
.. adjustable worksurface
Modesty screen ships 49"/52" ..
Width 22", 28", 34", 40",
. compatibility, see Worktools .
.. Compatibility Charts,
with Universal clamps for
55"/58" 46", 52", 58", and ..
.. page 34.
eld installation. 64" ..
. 61"/64" .
.. When used with Height 14" ..
.. One-High integrated ..
. Product Details .
.. storage, acrylic modesty ..
.. screens must be a minimum SlatRail stanchions mount on the outside ..
.. of 18" shorter than worksur- of the screen or cableway ..
.. face width to allow for pinch ..
.. point clearances. SlatRail stanchions will not work with the ..
. screen or cableway .
.. ..
.. SlatRail stanchions mount on the inside ..
. of the screen or cableway .
.. ..
.. Tip: SlatRail does not overhang the SlatRail stanchions; ..
. therefore, it is important to order the appropriate SlatRail size .
.. when used in combination with screens and cableway. ..
.. Modesty screen provides ..
. .
.. below worksurface modesty. ..
. .
Steelcase
October 2019
Cableways
.. .. .. .. ..
. . Product Details . . Surface Materials .
.. .. .. .. ..
.. .. .. .. Cableway, Universal ..
. . . . clamp, and horizontal .
.. c Specifying, page 214 .. .. .. ..
bracket
.. .. .. .. ..
• 0835 Black
. Tip: Cableways may need to . . . .
.. be shorter than worksurface .. .. .. • 4799 Platinum ..
.. width. To determine screen/ .. .. .. ..
.. cableway and height- .. .. .. ..
.. adjustable worksurface .. .. .. Actual Dimensions ..
. . . . .
.. compatibility, see Worktools .. .. . 2 1 2 " ..
Horizontal brackets, if selected, screw into underside . Depth
.. Compatibility Charts, .. .. .. .
. page 34. . . of worksurface.
. Width 25", 31", 37", 43", ..
.. .. Cableway allows user to .. .. 49", 55", or 61" ..
.. .. manage cables and power .. Horizontal brackets, if selected, require 2" of clear- .. ..
. . at worksurface height for a . ance below worksurface. . Height 8" .
.. .. clean aesthetic. .. .. ..
.. .. .. .. Weight 4.7 lb–15.15 lb ..
. . . . .
.. .. Cableway is a xed height
1 " above the worksurface.
.. Application Topics .. cSee specifying page 214 ..
.. .. 4 .. SlatRail Width
.. for exact weight. ..
. . . . .
. . . . .
.. .. Cableway with .. 24" 30" 36" 42" 48" 60" .. ..
.. .. Universal clamp can be .. .. ..
. . used in combination with pri- . 22" . .
.. .. vacy and modesty screens. .. .. ..

25"/28"
.. .. cSee page 214 .. .. ..
. . . 31"/34" . .
.. .. .. .. ..
. . Gap between worksur- . 37"/40" . .
.. .. face and cableway is 1" .. .. ..
.. .. to allow for cables to feed .. 43"/46" .. ..
. . . . .
.. .. through. .. 49"/52" .. ..
.. .. .. 55"/58" .. ..
. . Cableway is 3" shorter . . .
.. .. than screen width to accom- .. 61"/64" .. ..
.. .. modate Universal clamp. .. .. ..
. . . . .
.. .. .. .. ..
.. .. .. SlatRail stanchions mount on the outside .. ..
. . . . .
.. .. .. of the screen or cableway .. ..
.. .. .. .. ..
. . . SlatRail stanchions will not work with the . .
.. .. .. screen or cableway .. ..
.. .. .. .. ..
.. .. .. SlatRail stanchions mount on the inside .. ..
. . . of the screen or cableway . .
.. .. .. .. ..
.. .. .. Tip: SlatRail does not overhang the SlatRail stanchions; . ..
. . . therefore, it is important to order the appropriate SlatRail size .. .
.. .. .. when used in combination with screens and cableway. .. ..
.. .. Universal clamp, if .. .. ..
.. .. selected, is for use with .. .. ..
. . . . .
.. .. worksurfaces 1" to 2" thick. .. .. ..
.. .. .. .. ..
. . Universal clamp, if . . .
.. .. selected, uses a 2" foot- .. .. ..
.. .. print above and below .. .. ..
. . . . .
.. .. worksurface. .. .. ..
.. .. .. .. ..
. . Universal clamp, if . . .
.. .. selected, is standard with .. .. ..
.. .. rubber feet to ensure a tight .. .. ..
.. .. t without marring .. .. ..
.. .. worksurface. .. .. ..
.. .. .. .. ..
. . . . .
.. .. .. .. ..
.. .. .. .. ..
. . . . .
.. .. .. .. ..
.. .. .. .. ..
. . . . .
.. .. .. .. ..
.. .. .. .. ..
. . . . .
.. .. .. .. ..
. . . . .
Steelcase
October 2019
Cable and Power Management Cable and Power
Management
.. ..
. Vertical Cable Carrier .
.. Product Details Surface Materials Actual Dimensions ..
.. ..
Vertical cable carrier Vertical cable carrier 2 1 2 "
. Width .
.. has a 52" exible spine with • 6688 Steel ..
.. two management channels Height 52" ..
. to manage cords from below .
.. Weight 1 lb ..
worksurface to the oor.
.. ..
.. ..
Vertical cable carrier
.. ..
bracket attaches to the
. .
.. ..
Power Management
Screens, Cable and
underside of the worksur-
.. c Specifying, page 215 ..
face and weighted base sits
. on oor. .
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. 6"D Wire Managers ..
. Wire manager is exible Wire manager Depth 6" .
. .
.. to manage cords underneath • 6000 Black ..
.. the worksurface. • 6249 Platinum Width 30", 36", 42", 48", ..
. 54", and 60" .
.. PVC-free ABX material
..
.. is resistant to fatigue and
Height 1 lb ..
. .
.. c Specifying, page 215 recyclable ..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
.. 134"D Wire Managers ..
. Product Details Surface Materials Actual Dimensions .
.. ..
.. Wire manager is exible Wire manager Depth 1 3 4 " ..
. to manage cords underneath • 6000 Black .
.. the worksurface. Width 6", 12", 18", 2314", ..
.. 30", 35", 42", and ..
. 48" .
.. c Specifying, page 216
PVC-free polypropylene ..
.. material is resistant to
Height 1 3 4 " ..
. fatigue and recyclable. .
.. ..
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
. Power/Data with .
.. C-clamp ..
Power/data is standard Power/data 3 1 2 "
.. Depth ..
with two outlets, two voice/ • 6544 Frost
. .
.. data ports and 6' power Width 8 1 2 " ..
.. cord. Cord
Height 2 1 2 "
..
. • Black plastic only .
.. ..
Power/data clamps on
.. ..
worksurfaces 1" to 2" thick.
. .
.. ..
.. Power/data includes a ..
. voice/data adapter kit to .
.. Tip: Power/data is not ush ..
accept couplers and jacks
.. to the back of the worksur- ..
face. It extends 114" off back when required.
.. ..
.. of worksurface. ..
Power/data is U.L. and
c.U.L. listed.
. .
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
. .
Height-Adjustable Desks Specication Guide cCable and Power Management, continued 201
Steelcase
October 2019
Cable and Power Management, continued
.. ..
. .
.. Power and Data Strips
Product Details Power strips can be
Surface Materials Actual Dimensions ..
.. with Cord and Rail mounted on the SOTO rail. ..
. Attachment Brackets Power strip have a 8' cord Cord length is 8'. Available Power and Data Strip Depth 214" .
.. and are ordered separately. PVC only. • 8043 Clear Anodized ..
.. Aluminum cover with black Width 1014" ..
. Power and data strip faceplate. .
.. Height 3" ..
.. provides additional electrical ..
.. and voice and data Attachment brackets ..
.. receptacles. • 4799 Platinum paint only ..
. .
.. Power and data strip ..
.. are eld-installed on either ..
. a SOTO rail or worksurface. .
.. ..
.. Specify appropriate attach- ..
c Specifying, page 217 ment bracket depending on
. .
.. application. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
. Power and Data
Product Details Surface Materials Actual Dimensions .
. .
.. Strips with Cord ..
.. with Worksurface Power and data strip Power and Data Strip Depth 214" ..
. Attachment Bracket worksurace bracket • 8043 Clear Anodized .
.. attaches to worksurfaces Aluminum cover with black Width 638" ..
.. 55 " to 15 " thick. Available
64 8 faceplate. ..
Height 8"
. .
.. with an 8' long cord with ..
. plug. Attachment brackets .
.. • 4799 Platinum paint only ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
.. USB Two-Outlet ..
. Product Details Surface Materials Actual Dimensions .
.. Powerstrip with Clamp ..
.. Mount USB Two-Outlet power- Bracket Depth 315" ..
. strip with clamp mount • 4140 Arctic White .
.. is standard with two USB • 4799 Platinum Metallic Width 512" ..
.. ports, two power outlets, and • 7360 Merle ..
.. Height 145" ..
a 9' cord.
. .
.. Housing ..
.. USB Two-Outlet power- • 6009 Arctic White ..
. strip clamps onto worksur- • 6527 Merle .
.. faces 12" to 112" thick. ..
.. c Specifying, page 218 Cord ..
.. Each USB port can utilize • White ..
. .
.. up to 2.1 amps. Each port is ..
.. independent of the other. ..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. USB Two-Outlet ..
.. Powerstrip with
Product Details Surface Materials Actual Dimensions ..
. Rail Mount USB two-outlet pow- Bracket 3 1 5 " .
.. Depth ..
erstrip with rail mount • 4799 Platinum Metallic
.. Width 5 1 2 " ..
is standard with two USB
.. ..
ports, two power outlets, and Housing
.. Height 1 4 5 " ..
a 9' cord. • 6009 Arctic White
.. ..
• 6527 Merle
. .
.. Each USB port can utilize ..
.. c Specifying, page 218 up to 2.1 amps. Each port is Cord ..
. independent of the other. • White .
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
. .
Steelcase
October 2019
Cable and Power
Management
.. ..
. USB Three-Outlet .
.. Powerstrip with Clamp ..
Mount USB Three-Outlet Bracket 315"
. Depth .
.. powerstrip with clamp • 4140 Arctic White ..
.. mount is standard with two • 4799 Platinum Metallic Width 8" ..
. USB ports, three power out- • 7360 Merle .
.. Height 145" ..
lets, one data port with ller
.. ..
and a 9' cord. Housing
.. ..
• 6009 Arctic White
.. ..
USB Three-Outlet pow- • 6527 Merle
. .
.. ..
Power Management
Screens, Cable and
erstrip clamps onto work-
c Specifying, page 219
.. surfaces 12" to 112" thick. Cord ..
Tip: Data opening accommo-
. • White .
.. dates RJ45, HDMI, and VGA ..
Each USB port can utilize
.. faceplates. All three face- ..
up to 2.1 amps. Each port is
. plates ship with powerstrip. .
A filler is also included
.. ..
if termination of data is not
. .
.. required ..
.. Tip: L-com data jacks must ..
. be used and are purchased .
. .
.. separately through L-com. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
USB Three-Outlet
Powerstrip with
. .
.. Rail Mount USB three-outlet pow- Bracket Depth 3 1 5 " ..
. erstrip with rail mount • 4799 Platinum Metallic .
.. is standard with two USB Width 8" ..
.. ports, three power outlets, Housing
..
. Height 1 4 5 " .
.. one data port with ller, and • 6009 Arctic White ..
.. a 9' cord. • 6527 Merle ..
. .
.. Each USB port can utilize Cord
..
.. up to 2.1 amps. Each port is • White
..
. c Specifying, page 219 .
.. Tip: Data opening accom- ..
. modates RJ45, HDMI, and .
.. VGA faceplates. All three ..
.. faceplates ship with power- ..
. strip. A ller is also included .
.. ..
.. if termination of data is not ..
.. required. ..
. Tip: L-com data jacks must .
.. be used and are purchased ..
.. separately through L-com. ..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
.. ..
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. ..
. .
Steelcase
October 2019

c Need help? • Screen: privacy or privacy/modesty: fabric price group 1 1 Style number
Product details, • Brackets: 7360 Merle 2 Screen size type (see below under
page 190 • Edge: PET Required Sections)
3 Width (see below under Required
Selections)
4 Mount location (see below under
Required Selections)
5 Fabric color number for screen
6 Edge color:
P630 Medium Heather Grey PET
Tip: Universal privacy/ P631 Dark Heather Grey PET
modesty screens can be 7 Options, if selected (see below)
attached to 34"–112" thick c See Surface Materials, page 226.
worksurface, including
height adjustable work- Required Selections U.S. Price Required to Specify
surfaces, universal work-
surfaces, and Elective Screen • Modular No cost Specify with modular.
Elements worksurfaces. Size Type • Parametric +$ 31 Specify with parametric.
Width Modular Parametric
Tip: The screens weigh • 42"W • 42"W Prices below Specify width.
between 9.79 lb and 11.89 • 48"W • 42116"W–48"W Prices below Specify width.
lb. Take this into consid- • 54"W • 48116"W–54"W Prices below Specify width.
eration when planning for • 60"W • 54116"W–60"W Prices below Specify width.
use on height-adjustable • 66"W • 60116"W–66"W Prices below Specify width.
worksurfaces.
Mount • Privacy (1915" above No cost Specify with privacy application.
Tip: The universal privacy/ Location the worksurface, 512" below
modesty screen is intended the worksurface)
for use on the back of a • Privacy/modesty (13" above No cost Specify with privacy/modesty application.
worksurface. the worksurface, 11710" below
the worksurface)
Tip: Fabric is applied hori-
zontally on the screen.
Tip: Screen allows for 118"
cord drop or no cord drop. Surface • Fabric price group 1 No cost Specify fabric color number.
See understanding pages Materials • Fabric price group 2 +$41 Specify fabric color number.
for product specic applica- • Fabric price group 3 +$116 Specify fabric color number.
tion guidelines. • Fabric price group 4 +$147 Specify fabric color number.
• Fabric price group 5 +$177 Specify fabric color number.
• Customer’s Own Material +$16 c See Surface Materials Reference Manual.
(COM)
DStyle Screen Type DU.S. Base Prices
dNumber Modular d42"W d48"W d54"W d60"W d66"W
d Width d d d d d
d Parametric d42"W d421 "W– d481 "W– d541 "W– d601 "W–
16 16 16 16
d Width d d48"W d54"W d60"W d66"W
d d d d d d
UFPM $484 $516 $548 $580 $614

d d d d d d

Steelcase
October 2019
Universal Privacy Screens and Aligners Universal Privacy Screens
and Aligners

c Need help? • Screen: fabric price group 1 1 Style number
Product details, • Brackets: paint price group 1 2 Screen size type (see below under
page 192 • Edge: PET Required Sections)
3 Width (see below under Required
Selections)
4 Height (see below under Required
Power Management
Screens, Cable and
Selections)
6 Bracket finish color number
7 Edge color:
P630 Medium Heather Grey PET
P631 Dark Heather Grey PET

Screen • Modular No cost Specify with modular.
Size Type • Parametric +$ 31 Specify with parametric.
Width Modular Parametric

• 24"W • 24"W Prices at right Specify width.
• 30"W • 24116"W–30"W Prices at right Specify width.
Tip: 131 2"H screen will align Height Modular Parametric
at a 42" datum. 191 2"H • 1312"H • 1312"H Prices at right Specify height.
screen will align at a 48" • 1912"H • 13916"H–1912"H Prices at right Specify height.
datum.
Surface • Fabric price group 1 No cost Specify fabric color number.
Materials • Fabric price group 2 +$ 36 Specify fabric color number.
• Fabric price group 3 +$ 94 Specify fabric color number.
• Customer’s Own Material +$ 16 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.
(COM)
Bracket
• Paint price group 1 No cost Specify paint color number.
Related • Aligners c See below

Products
cSpecication Information, on next page

Height-Adjustable Desks Specication Guide cUniversal Privacy Screens and Aligners, continued 205
Steelcase
October 2019
Universal Privacy Screens and Aligners, continued
cOptions, on previous page
DStyle DHeight Screen Type DU.S. Base Prices
dNumber d Modular d24"W d30"W d36"W d42"W d48"W d54"W d60"W
d d Width d d d d d d d
d d Parametric d24"W d241 "W– d301 "W– d361 "W– d421 "W– d481 "W– d541 "W–
16 16 16 16 16 16
d d Width d d30"W d36"W d42"W d48"W d54"W d60"W
d d d d d d d d d
UFPS 1312" $316 $340 $362 $386 $409 $433 $457
13916"–1912" $362 $399 $436 $472 $510 $546 $582

d d d d d d d d d
c Specication Information, continued from above

DStyle DHeight Screen Type DU.S. Base Prices
dNumber d Modular d66"W d72"W d78"W d84"W d90"W d96"W
d d Width d d d d d d
d d Parametric d601 "W– d661 "W– d721 "W– d781 "W– d841 "W– d901 "W–
16 16 16 16 16 16
d d Width d66"W d72"W d78"W d84"W d90"W d96"W
d d d d d d d d
UFPS 1312" $479 $503 $526 $549 $572 $595
139 16 "–191 2" $619 $655 $691 $726 $761 $797

d d d d d d d d

Steelcase
October 2019
and Aligners
Aligners
c Need help? • Aligner, package of 10: translucent plastic Style number
Product details,
page 192
Power Management
Screens, Cable and
DStyle DU.S.
dNumber dPrice
d d
Tip: Aligners are for use with
fabric screens only. UFAL $27
d d

Steelcase
October 2019
Sarto Privacy/Modesty Screens

c Need help? • 24"H screen: fabric price group 1 1 Style number
Product details, • Brackets: 7360 Merle 2 Width (see below under Required
page 193 Selections)

Tip: Sarto privacy/modesty Width • 42"W Price below Specify with 42"W.
screens can be attached to • 48"W Price below Specify with 48"W.
3 "–11 " thick worksurface,
4 2 • 54"W Price below Specify with 54"W.
including Ology, Migration, • 60"W Price below Specify with 60"W.
Series 5 worksurfaces, • 66"W Price below Specify with 66"W.
Elective Elements, universal
tables, and universal panel-
mount worksurfaces. Options U.S. Price Required to Specify
Tip: The screens weigh Surface • Fabric price group 2 +$41 Specify fabric color number.
between 4.86 and 7.59 lb. Materials • Fabric price group 3 +$116 Specify fabric color number.
Take this into consideration • Fabric price group 4 +$147 Specify fabric color number.
when planning for use • Fabric price group 5 +$177 Specify fabric color number.
on height-adjustable • Fabric price group 6 +$208 Specify fabric color number.
worksurfaces. • Fabric price group 7 +$239 Specify fabric color number.
Tip: The sarto privacy/ • Fabric price group 9 +$300 Specify fabric color number.
modesty screen is intended • Fabric price group 10 +$330 Specify fabric color number.
for use on the back of a • Customer’s Own Material +$16 c See Surface Materials Reference Manual.
worksurface. (COM)
Tip: Fabric is applied

horizontally on the screen. Specication Information
DStyle DU.S. Base Prices
Tip: Screen allows for dNumber d42"W d48"W d54"W d60"W d66"W
118" cord drop or no cord d d d d d d
drop. See understanding
pages for product specic PSPM $395 $418 $442 $466 $490
application guidelines. d d d d d d

Steelcase
October 2019
Sarto Privacy Screens Sarto Privacy Screens

c Need help? • Screen: fabric price group 1 1 Style number
Product details, • Brackets and hard stops: 7360 Merle 2 Width (see below under Required
page 194 Selections)
3 Height (see below under Required
Selections)
Power Management
Screens, Cable and
Width • 24"W Prices below Specify with 24"W.
Tip: 1312"H screen will align • 42"W Prices below Specify with 42"W.
at a 42" datum. 1912"H
screen will align at a 48"
datum. • 66"W Prices below Specify with 66"W.
Height • 1312"H Prices below Specify with 1312"H.

• 1912"H Prices below Specify with 1912"H.

Surface • Fabric price group 2 +$36 Specify fabric color number.
Materials • Fabric price group 3 +$94 Specify fabric color number.
• Customer’s Own Material +$16 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.
(COM)
DStyle DHeight DU.S. Base Prices
dNumber d d24"W d30"W d36"W d42"W d48"W d54"W d60"W d66"W d72"W d78"W d84"W d90" W d96"W
d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d
PSPS 1312" $234 $251 $269 $286 $304 $322 $339 $357 $374 $405 $422 $440 $458
1912" $268 $295 $322 $350 $377 $404 $431 $458 $486 $531 $558 $586 $613
d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d

Steelcase
October 2019
Flex Curved Screens

c Need help? • Curved desk screen: fabric price group A or 1 1 Style number
Product details, • Magnet attachment housing: 6527 Merle 2 Desk width
page 198 • Attachment hardware 3 Handedness, if specifying single curved
screen (see below under Required
Selections)
4 Fabric color number for inside screen
5 Fabric color number for outside screen

Tip: Handedness is only Handedness Single curved screen
needed to specify when • LH privacy/RH modesty No cost Specify with LH privacy/RH modesty.
ordering single curved • RH privacy/LH modesty No cost Specify with RH privacy/LH modesty.
screen.
Tip: Fabric is applied in a Surface Fabric for inside screen (per screen)
warp horizontal direction. Materials • Fabric price group A No cost Specify fabric color number.
Due to the size of the • Fabric price group 1 No cost Specify fabric color number.
screens, fabric is unable to • Fabric price group 2 +$ 18 Specify fabric color number.
be applied in a warp vertical • Fabric price group 3 +$ 47 Specify fabric color number.
direction. • Fabric price group 4 +$ 60 Specify fabric color number.
• Customer's Own Material +$ 8 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.
(COM)
Tip: When choosing con- Fabric for outside screen (per screen)
trasting fabrics, outside and • Fabric price group A No cost Specify fabric color number.
inside screen fabric must • Fabric price group 1 No cost Specify fabric color number.
stay within the same fabric • Fabric price group 2 +$ 18 Specify fabric color number.
family. • Fabric price group 3 +$ 47 Specify fabric color number.
• Customer's Own Material +$ 8 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.
(COM)
Related • Steelcase Flex height-adjustable desks c Page 130

Products
DDimensions DStyle DU.S. Base
dH D dNumber dPrices
d d d
d d dDesk Width
d d d46"W d58"W d70"W
Curved ScreenSingle
18" 1/ "
2 FLXCS $485 $ 560 $ 635
d d d d d
Curved ScreenPair
Multiply U.S. Price by the 18" 1/ "
2 FLXCSP $970 $1120 $1270
Canadian price factor. d d d d d
Steelcase
October 2019
Flex Curved Screens
Power Management
Screens, Cable and
Steelcase
October 2019
Acrylic Screens

Tip: Screen may need to be cNeed help? • Screen: 6544 Frost only 1 Style number
shorter than worksurface Product details, • Universal clamps: paint 2 Paint color number for Universal clamp:
width. To determine screen/ page 199 0835 Black
cableway and height- 4799 Platinum
adjustable worksurface
compatibility, see Worktools
Compatibility Charts,
page 34.
Tip: 58"W and 64"W screens
DScreen DCableway DWeight DStyle DU.S.
are not recommended for
dWidth dWidth d dNumber dPrice
use with 2214"D rectangular
d d d d d
Airtouch worksurfaces.
Privacy Screens Only

22" N.A. 5.67 lb AP22 $359
Tip: 58"W and 64"W 28" N.A. 5.77 lb AP28 $377
screens ship with three
Universal clamps. All other 34" N.A. 6.17 lb AP34 $397
screen widths ship with two
Universal clamps. 40" N.A. 6.57 lb AP40 $416
46" N.A. 6.77 lb AP46 $438
52" N.A. 6.97 lb AP52 $458
58" N.A. 7.27 lb AP58 $512
64" N.A. 7.77 lb AP64 $532

d d d d d
Privacy Screens with Cableway

28" 25" 9.46 lb ACP28 $453
34" 31" 10.81 lb ACP34 $491
40" 37" 12.15 lb ACP40 $530
46" 43" 13.3 lb ACP46 $569
52" 49" 14.44lb ACP52 $609
58" 55" 15.68 lb ACP58 $684
64" 61" 17.13 lb ACP64 $724

d d d d d
Modesty Screens Only

22" N.A. 4.27 lb AM22 $326
28" N.A. 4.57 lb AM28 $348
34" N.A. 4.87 lb AM34 $367
40" N.A. 5.17 lb AM40 $385
46" N.A. 5.52 lb AM46 $406
52" N.A. 5.77 lb AM52 $426
58" N.A. 5.97 lb AM58 $479
64" N.A. 6.27 lb AM64 $496

d d d d d
Steelcase
October 2019
Acrylic Screens
DScreen DCableway DWeight DStyle DU.S.
dWidth dWidth d dNumber dPrice
d d d d d
Modesty Screens with Cableway

28" 25" 8.26 lb ACM28 $426
34" 31" 9.51 lb ACM34 $464
Power Management
Screens, Cable and
40" 37" 10.75 lb ACM40 $504
46" 43" 12.05 lb ACM46 $545
52" 49" 13.24 lb ACM52 $581
58" 55" 14.38 lb ACM58 $654
64" 61" 15.63 lb ACM64 $694

d d d d d
Modesty and Privacy Screens

22" N.A. 8.07 lb AMP22 $584
28" N.A. 8.57 lb AMP28 $625
34" N.A. 9.27 lb AMP34 $662
40" N.A. 9.97 lb AMP40 $703
46" N.A. 10.52 lb AMP46 $743
52" N.A. 10.97 lb AMP52 $784
58" N.A. 11.47 lb AMP58 $856
64" N.A. 12.27 lb AMP64 $896

d d d d d
Modesty and Privacy Screens with Cableway

28" 25" 12.26 lb ACMP28 $703
34" 31" 13.9 lb ACMP34 $762
40" 37" 15.55 lb ACMP40 $823
46" 43" 17.05 lb ACMP46 $883
52" 49" 18.44 lb ACMP52 $943
58" 55" 19.88 lb ACMP58 $1036
64" 61" 21.63 lb ACMP64 $1094

d d d d d

Steelcase
October 2019
Cableways

cNeed help? • Cableway: paint 1 Style number
Product details, • Universal clamp, if selected: paint to match cableway 2 Paint color number for cableway:
page 200 • Horizontal mounting bracket, if selected: paint to match 0835 Black
cableway 4799 Platinum
d d d d
With Horizontal Mounting Bracket

212" 25" 8" 7.45 lb AHORZ25 $81
21 2" 31" 8" 8.40 lb AHORZ31 $103
21 2" 37" 8" 9.35 lb AHORZ37 $124
212" 43" 8" 10.30 lb AHORZ43 $142
212" 49" 8" 11.25 lb AHORZ49 $166
21 2" 55" 8" 14.20 lb AHORZ55 $198
21 2" 61" 8" 15.15 lb AHORZ61 $217

d d d d
With Universal Clamp

212" 25" 8" 4.70 lb AC25 $173
Tip: Cableway with Universal
clamp can be used in com- 21 2" 31" 8" 5.65 lb AC31 $191
bination with privacy and
modesty screens. 212" 37" 8" 6.60 lb AC37 $212
cSee page 190
212" 43" 8" 7.55 lb AC43 $230
Tip: Cableways may need to 21 2" 49" 8" 8.50 lb AC49 $250
be shorter than worksurface
width. To determine screen/ 21 2" 55" 8" 9.95 lb AC55 $302
cableway and height-
adjustable worksurface 21 2" 61" 8" 10.91 lb AC61 $319
compatibility, see Worktools d d d d
Compatibility Charts,
page 34.
Tip: Cableways are not

recommended for use with
2214"D rectangular Airtouch
worksurfaces.
Tip: Cableways with

Universal clamp are 3"
shorter than privacy and
modesty screen widths.
Tip: 55"W and 61"W

cableways ship with three
Universal clamps or hori-
zontal brackets. All other
cableway widths ship with
two Universal clamps or hor-
izontal brackets.

Steelcase
October 2019
Cable and Power Management Cable and Power
Management
Vertical Cable Carrier

c Need help? • Cable carrier: 6688 Steel Style number
page 201
Power Management
Screens, Cable and
dW H dNumber dPrice
Tip: Vertical cable carrier d d d
is recommended for use
212" 52" AHCC $173
with height-adjustable
d d d
worksurfaces.
Tip: Vertical cable carrier

afxes under the worksur-
face and has a weighted
base to hold it in place.
6"D Wire Managers

cNeed help? • Wire manager: 6000 Black or 6249 Platinum Style number
page 201
Tip: Wire manager attaches

to a clip that is afxed to the
underside of a worksurface. DDimensions DWeight DStyle DU.S.
d d d d
6" 30" 2" 0.13 lb AWMXL30 $75
6" 36" 2" 0.24 lb AWMXL36 $86
6" 42" 2" 0.34 lb AWMXL42 $98
6" 48" 2" 0.44 lb AWMXL48 $108
6" 54" 2" 0.56 lb AWMXL54 $121
6" 60" 2" 0.65 lb AWMXL60 $133

d d d d

Steelcase
October 2019
13⁄4"D Wire Managers

c Need help? • Wire manager: 6000 Black Style number
page 201
d d d d
114" 6" 134" 0.13 lb AWM06 $27
11 4" 12" 13 4" 0.24 lb AWM12 $34
114" 18" 134" 0.34 lb AWM18 $40
Tip: Actual width of AWM23 11 4" 23" 13 4" 0.44 lb AWM23 $45
is 2314".
114" 30" 134" 0.56 lb AWM30 $51
11 4" 35" 13 4" 0.65 lb AWM35 $57
114" 42 134" 0.77 lb AWM42 $63
114" 48 134" 0.88 lb AWM48 $71

d d d d
Power/Data with C-clamp

c Need help? • Power/data: 6544 Frost Style number
Product details, • 6' cord: black plastic only
page 201
Tip: Power/data extends
114" off the back of the DDimensions DWeight DStyle DU.S.
worksurface. dD W H d dNumber dPrice
d d d d
Tip: Power/data does not t
312" 812" 212" 1.5 lb AP2D2CC $184
between worksurface and
d d d d
screens/cableway.

Steelcase
October 2019
Cable and Power
Management
Power and Data Strips with Cord and Rail Attachment Brackets

c Need help? • Power strip with 8' PVC cord Style number
Product details, • Attachment bracket: 4799 Platinum
page 202
Power Management
Screens, Cable and
DStyle DU.S.
dNumber dPrice
d d
Power and Data Strip with Cord and Rail Attachment Bracket
FMVPDS $263
d d
Power Strip with Cord and Rail Attachment Bracket

FMVPS $239
d d
Power and Data Strips with Cord with Worksurface Attachment Bracket

c Need help? • Power and data strip with cord: 8043 Clear Anodized Style number
Product details, Aluminum cover with black faceplate
page 202 • Worksurface attachment bracket: 4799 Platinum
dD W H dNumber dPrice
d d d
214" 1014" 3" BPDSWSPL $276

Products on this d d d
page are Benching
products. They are
here to simplify your
planning. They are
ordered through the
Benching electronic
catalog (SFM).

Steelcase
October 2019
USB Two-Outlet Powerstrip with Clamp Mount

c Need help? • Clamp mount bracket: paint 1 Style number
Product details, • Housing with two USB ports and two power 2 Paint color number for bracket:
page 202 outlets: plastic 4140 Arctic White
• 9' cord 4799 Platinum Metallic
7360 Merle
3 Plastic color number for housing:
6009 Arctic White
Tip: Clamp accommodates 6527 Merle
worksurface thicknesses
1 " – 11 ".
2 2 Specication Information
Tip: Each USB port can
utilize up to 2.1 amps. Each
d d d d
other. 315" 512" 145" 4.175 lb DSPSDUOC $313
d d d d
USB Two-Outlet Powerstrip with Rail Mount

c Need help? • Rail mount bracket: 4799 Platinum Metallic 1 Style number
Product details, • Housing with two USB ports and two power 2 Plastic color number for housing:
page 202 outlets: plastic 6009 Arctic White
• 9' cord 6527 Merle
Tip: Each USB port can DDimensions DWeight DStyle DU.S.
utilize up to 2.1 amps. Each dD W H d dNumber dPrice
port is independent of the d d d d
other.
3 1 5 " 512" 145" 4.175 lb DSPSDUOR $323
d d d d

Steelcase
October 2019
Cable and Power
Management
USB Three-Outlet Powerstrip with Clamp Mount

c Need help? • Clamp mount bracket: paint 1 Style number
Product details, • Housing with two USB ports, one data port with ller, and 2 Paint color number for bracket:
page 203 three power outlets: plastic 4140 Arctic White
• 9' cord 4799 Platinum Metallic
7360 Merle
Power Management
Screens, Cable and
3 Plastic color number for housing:
6009 Arctic White
6527 Merle
Tip: Clamp accommodates
worksurface thicknesses
1 "
2 - 112".
Tip: Each USB port can dD W H d dNumber dPrice
utilize up to 2.1 amps. Each d d d d
other. 315" 8" 145" 5.043 lb DSPSTRIOC $371
d d d d
Tip: Data opening accom-
modates RJ45, HDMI, and
VGA faceplates. All three
faceplates ship with
powerstrip. A ller is also
included if termination of
data is not required.
Tip: L-com data jacks must

be used and are purchased
separately through L-com.
USB Three-Outlet Powerstrip with Rail Mount

c Need help? • Rail mount bracket: 4799 Platinum Metallic 1 Style number
Product details, • Housing with two USB ports, one data port with ller, and 2 Plastic color number for housing:
page 203 three power outlets: plastic 6009 Arctic White
• 9' cord 6527 Merle
Tip: Each USB port can
utilize up to 2.1 amps. Each DDimensions DWeight DStyle DU.S.
port is independent of the dD W H d dNumber dPrice
other. d d d d
Tip: Data opening accom- 3 1 5 " 8" 145" 5.043 lb DSPSTRIOR $384
modates RJ45, HDMI, and d d d d
VGA faceplates. All three
faceplates ship with power-
strip. A ller is also included
if termination of data is not
required.
Tip: L-com data jacks must

be used and are purchased
separately through L-com.
Steelcase
October 2019
Steelcase
October 2019
SOTO Worktools
Understanding
SOTO Wireless Charger 222
SOTO USB Charging Hub 222
SOTO Worktools
Specifying
SOTO Wireless Charger 223
SOTO USB Charging Hub 223
Steelcase
October 2019
SOTO Worktools
········································································································································
········································································································································
SOTO Wireless Charger

Product Details Surface Materials Actual Dimensions
SOTO wireless char- SOTO wireless charger Diameter 7"
ger comes standard with • 6009 Arctic White
a 5-watt wireless charging • 6302 Baltic Height 2 310"
surface. • 6338 Chili
Weight 1.10 lb
• 6527 Merle
SOTO wireless char-
ger can be freestanding
or placed into the optional
c Specifying, page 223 cork pedestal to allow for
articulation.
SOTO USB Charging SOTO USB charging

Hub
Product Details hub is compatible to mount
Surface Materials Actual Dimensions
SOTO USB charging on SOTO shelves, SOTO SOTO USB charging Diameter 414"
hub comes standard with laptop shelf, and SOTO hub
two USB charging ports, monitor bridge. • 6009 Arctic White Height 1"
one USB type-A providing • 6302 Baltic
Weight 0.77 lb
15-watts and one USB • 6338 Chili
type-C providing 60-watts. • 6527 Merle
SOTO USB charging

c Specifying, page 223 hub can be freestanding or
mounted using the provided
hook and loop strips.
Steelcase
October 2019
SOTO Worktools SOTO Worktools
SOTO Wireless Charger

c Need help? • SOTO wireless charger: plastic 1 Style number
Product details, 2 Plastic color number:
page 222 6009 Arctic White
6302 Baltic
6338 Chili
6527 Merle
Options Price Required to Specify

Tip: Optional cork pedestal Cork Pedestal • Cork pedestal +$25 Specify with cork pedestal.
allows for articulation of the
charger.
SOTO Worktools
dDia. H d dNumber dBase
d d d dPrice
d d d d
7" 2310" 1.10 lb DSWIRELESS $239

d d d d
SOTO USB Charging Hub

c Need help? • SOTO USB charging hub: plastic 1 Style number
Product details, • Hook and loop strips for mounting 2 Plastic color number:
page 222 6009 Arctic White
6302 Baltic
6338 Chili
6527 Merle
dDia. H d dNumber dPrice
d d d d
4 1 4 " 1" 0.77 lb DSUSBC $269

d d d d

Steelcase
October 2019
Steelcase
October 2019
Surface Materials
Surface Materials 226

Directional Laminate Grain Directions 233
Wood Veneer Grain Directions 234
Surface Materials
Steelcase
October 2019
Surface Materials
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.
This listing includes all
. Paint .
Applies to:
.
Applies to:
. Select Surfaces .
.. the surface material choices .. .. • Series 5 height-adjustable .. • Universal privacy screens .. ..
.. that are available for the .. Steelcase Surfaces .. bases .. .. Price Group 3 ..
. products in this specication . . • Walkstation* . Price Group 1 . .
.. guide.
.. Applies to: .. • Cableway
.. .. Accent paint ..
.. .. • USB powerstrip with clamp .. • Clamps for Privacy/
.. Textured Paint .. Accent paints allow you to ..
. . . . 7241 Arctic White . choose from a pre-matched .
.. .. mount brackets .. Modesty Screens .. .. color palette of trend driven ..
7360 Merle
.. Resources .. 4140 Arctic White .. .. .. colors. Refer to the Surface ..
.. .. 4799 Platinum Metallic .. Price Group 1 .. .. Materials Reference Manual ..
For more information about Price Group 2
.. .. .. .. .. ..
. surface materials, refer to
.
7360 Merle
. 0835 Black E . Smooth Metallic Paint .
for more information.
.
.. the following resources: .. Applies to: .. .. .. ..
.. .. • USB powerstrip with rail .. Price Group 2 .. .. Accent Paint ..
. Additional surface . . . . 4AQ8 Wasabi .
.. .. mount brackets .. 4799 Platinum .. Applies to: .. 4AQ9 Scarlet ..
materials specication
.. .. 4799 Platinum Metallic .. .. • Universal privacy/modesty .
.. 4AV3 Blue Jay ..
tools are available to assist
. . . *Walkstation only available . screen brackets .
.. you in the specication pro- .. .. in platinum base. .. .. 4AV4 Baltic ..
Applies to: • Sarto privacy/modesty
.. cess—the Surface Materials .. .. .. .. 4AX0 Flash ..
• Ology bases screen brackets
. Binders. . . . . 4AX1 Citron .
.. .. • Migration bases .. Applies to: .. • Sarto privacy screen .. 4AY2 Chili ..
.. .. • Migration SE bases .. • Airtouch height-adjustable .. brackets and hard stops .. 4AZ5 Marlin ..
The global surface
. . • Flex height-adjustable . bases . . .
. materials palette is a . . . . 4BQ7 Fuchsia .
.. .. desk lifting columns .. .. .. 4CZ1 Aubergine ..
core collection of nishes
.. .. .. Price Group 1 .. Price Group 1 .. 4CZ2 Peacock ..
that is available across
. . . . . .
.. multiple geographies .. Price Group 1 .. 7207 Black .. Textured Paint .. 4CZ3 Jungle ..
.. (Americas/EMEA – Europe, .. Textured Paint .. .. 7360 Merle .. 4CZ4 Merlot ..
. Middle East, and Africa/ . . Price Group 2 . . 4CZ5 Honey .
.. .. 7207 Black .. .. Applies to: .. 4CZ6 Lagoon ..
APAC – Asia Pacic) and
. . 7241 Arctic White . 4799 Platinum . . .
.. on global product lines, .. 7360 Merle .. .. • Flex height-adjustable .. 4CZ7 Saffron ..
.. where applicable. For a list .. .. Tip: Airtouch lifting column .. desk feet .. 4CZ8 Light Peacock ..
. of nishes included in the . Price Group 2 . . . .
.. .. .. is available in 4799 Platinum .. Price Group 1 .. Lux Coatings ..
offering, see the Surface
.. .. Smooth Metallic Paint .
..
only. .. .. 4B20 Obsidian ..
Materials Reference Manual. Smooth Paint
. . 4799 Platinum Metallic . . .
.. Additional details, like prod- .. .. Applies to: .. 4242 Milk .. 4B22 Matte Brass ..
.. uct approvals by geography .. Applies to:
.. • Universal Steel One-High .. 4710 Low Gloss Black .. 4B23 Burnished Bronze ..
. and nish number conver- . . . . 4B24 Night Bronze .
.. .. • Ology power and data .. open lateral for Ology .. .. 4B25 Matte Copper ..
sions, can also be found Textured Paint
.. .. access trays .. • Universal shrouds for Ology .. .. 4B26 Smoked Mica ..
in the Surface Materials 7207 Black
. . . • Universal filler for Ology . . .
.. Reference Manual or see .. .. .. 7225 Sand .. 4B27 Blue Steel ..
.. steelcase.com/ .. Price Group 1 .. .. 7236 Fog E .. 4B28 Silver Lilac ..
7237 Slate E
Price Group 1
. surface-materials. . Textured Paint . . . 4B29 Cast Iron .
.. .. .. Smooth Paint .. .. 4B30 Bright Gold ..
7207 Black 7238 Fieldstone
.. .. .. 4242 Milk .. .. ..
Surface Materials 7241 Arctic White 7239 Midnight
.. .. .. .. .. Custom Surfaces ..
Binders include: 7360 Merle 7241 Arctic White
. . . . . .
.. • Surface Materials .. .. Textured Paint .. 7243 Seagull .. Price Group 3 ..
.. Reference Manual .. Price Group 2 .. 7207 Black .. 7250 Sterling Dark Solid .. ..
. . PerfectMatch
Smooth Metallic Paint .. . . .
• A complete set of swatch 7225 Sand 7278 Dark Bronze
..
cards for hard surfaces,
.. . 7236 Fog E ..
7360 Merle
.. PerfectMatch is a service ..
..
.. vertical surface fabrics,
..
..
4799 Platinum Metallic ..
..
7237 Slate E ..
..
..
..
that allows you to create your
own paint color. Refer to the
..
..
and seating upholstery 7238 Fieldstone Price Group 2
. . Metal and . . . Surface Materials Reference .
.. .. Accessory Paint .. 7239 Midnight .. Smooth Metallic Paint .. Manual for more information ..
.. .. .. 7241 Arctic White .. 4728 Nickel Metallic .. about this program. ..
. . 8043 Clear Anodized . 7243 Seagull . . .
.. .. Aluminum .. 7278 Dark Bronze .. 4743 Mineral Metallic .. Tip: Price Group 3 paints ..
.. .. .. .. 4744 Pearl Metallic . are not available on height- ..
4750 Champagne Metallic ..
7360 Merle adjustable bench bases.
. . . . .
.. .. .. .. 4752 Steel Metallic E .. ..
.. .. .. Price Group 2 .. 4788 Gold Dust Metallic E .. ..
. . . . . .
.. .. .. Smooth Metallic Paint .. 4798 Sterling Metallic .. ..
.. .. .. 4728 Nickel Metallic .. 4799 Platinum Metallic .. ..
.. .. .. 4743 Mineral Metallic .. 4803 Near Black Metallic .. ..
.. .. .. 4744 Pearl Metallic .. 7245 Carbon Metallic .. ..
.. .. .. 4750 Champagne Metallic .. . ..
. . . 4752 Steel Metallic E . Textured Metallic Paint .. .
..
..
..
..
..
..
4788 Gold Dust Metallic E ..
..
7245 Carbon Metallic ..
..
..
..
4798 Sterling Metallic 7246 Midnight Metallic
. . . . . .
.. .. .. 4799 Platinum Metallic .. .. ..
.. .. .. 4803 Near Black Metallic .. .. ..
. . . . . .
.. .. .. Textured Metallic Paint .. .. ..
.. .. .. 7245 Carbon Metallic .. .. ..
. . . . . .
.. .. .. 7246 Midnight Metallic .. .. ..
. E = Established . . . . .
Steelcase
October 2019
Surface Materials
.. .. .. ..
. Laminate .
Speckle Laminate
. Select Surfaces .
.. . 2820 Coffee Speckle E .. ..
.. Tip: All products may not be available in all colors .. 2822 Woodrose Speckle E .. High-Pressure Laminate ..
. listed below. .. 2823 Driftwood Speckle . .
.. .. .. Price Group 2 ..
2824 Smoke Speckle
.. Steelcase Surfaces .. 2825 Vanadium Speckle .. Textured Woodgrain Laminate* ..
. . Tip: Some wood veneer finishes and woodgrain . 2TH2 Fawn Cypress .
.. High-Pressure Laminate .. .. ..
.. .. laminates share the same name. Because of the .. 2TH3 Weathered Char ..
.. Price Group 1 .. difference in materials, veneers and laminates of .. 2TH4 Saddle Oak ..
.. .. the same name are not an exact match but do .. 2TH5 Veranda Teak ..
. Applies to: . coordinate with each other. . 2TH6 Persian Cherry .
.. • Ology desks .. .. 2TH7 Walnut Heights ..
.. • Ology modesty panels .. Woodgrain Laminate .. ..
. • Migration desks . 2406 Clear Cherry . Textured Industrial Laminate* .
.. .. .. ..
.. • Migration SE desks .. 2409 Clear Maple .. 2UH1 Reclaimed Aggregate ..
. • Series 5 height-adjustable worksurfaces . 2410 Graphite Walnut . 2UH2 Reclaimed Gravel .
.. • Walkstation and Sit-to-Stand Walkstation .. 2412 Natural Cherry .. 2UH4 Cement ..
.. worksurfaces .. 2422 Medium Cherry .. 2UH6 Sheetrock ..
. • Airtouch worksurfaces . 2511 Winter on Maple . .
.. • Universal One-High open lateral tops for Ology
.. .. ..
.. .. 2535 Virginia Walnut .. *Not available on Migration SE T-leg and C-leg ..
• Universal common tops for Ology 2536 Blackwood desks.
. . . .
. • Universal Steel One-High storage for Ology . 2538 Clear Walnut . .
.. • Universal tops and fillers for Ology
.. .. ..
.. .. 2539 Warm Oak E .. Custom Surfaces ..
• Flex height-adjustable desk worksurface 2592 Blonde on Maple
. • Currency . . Open Line Laminate (OLL) .
.. .. 2612 Marbled Maple .. ..
.. .. 2614 Chocolate Walnut .. This service allows you to order non-standard ..
. Fiber Laminate . 2615 Marbled Cherry V2 . laminate at an additional processing fee of $74 .
.. 2850 Vanadium Fiber .. .. ..
2714 Natural Walnut U.S. per unit, plus the cost of the laminate.
. 2851 Rhyme Fiber E . . .
.. .. 2772 Medium Mahogany .. ..
.. 2852 Tungsten Fiber .. on Walnut E .. High-Pressure Laminate pricing does not include .
. 2854 Vellum Fiber . . ..
2HAK Clear Oak premium or digitally printed patterns from any
.. 2859 Novell Fiber .. .. ..
2HAN Ash Noce suppliers. Laminate cost may also vary for basic
Surface Materials
.. 2860 Granite Fiber .. .. ..
2HAT Acacia or standard laminates from other suppliers. Please
. 2861 Coconut Fiber . . .
.. .. 2HAW Ash Wenge .. contact the OLL consultant at 616.475.2426 for ..
.. 2862 Stucco Fiber .. ..
2HBN Bisque Noce pricing. The cost of the laminate will be added to .
. . . .
2HBW Bisque Wenge your invoice as a separate line on the acknowl- .
.. Micro Laminate .. .. ..
2HCN Clay Noce edgement.
.. 2920 Marl Micro .. .. ..
. 2921 Gypsum Micro . 2HCW Clay Wenge . .
.. .. 2HSN Storm Noce .. When processing orders for Open Line laminate ..
2922 Clay Micro
.. 2923 Shadow Micro E
.. 2HSW Storm Wenge .. on Ology desks, Universal One-High tops for use .
..
. . Tip: Woodgrain Laminates and the turnstone . on Ology, and common tops for use on Ology,
.. .. .. .
Laminate Collection are not available as matched specify 2900 in the laminate finish field and enter .
.. Patina Laminate .. . ..
.. 2870 Blonde Bronze .. sets. The grain patterns will not align. These are not .. the OLL manufacturer information. Enter the
..
. Patina . recommended for fully segmented skin applications. .. required edge finish as you would a standard
.
.. 2871 Blackened Bronze .. .. laminate. ..
.. Patina .. turnstone Laminate Collection .. ..
. 2873 Instant Iron Patina . A selection of laminates and edge bands in this . Laminate Approval and Material .
.. .. . ..
.. .. collection are available on Steelcase brand prod- .. Requirements
..
Solid Laminate ucts. This collection is available with standard . To confirm whether a particular laminate has
.. .. .. ..
2722 Cream E leadtimes and supported like standard laminates already been tested for use on a specific
. . . .
.. 2730 Arctic White .. to help make ordering easy. Please see the turn- .. Steelcase product or to determine material square .
.
.. 2746 Black .. stone section of village.steelcase.com for swatch- .. foot requirements: ..
. 2759 Warm White E . ing information. . • Visit www.steelcase.com .
.. .. .. ..
.. 2811 Mist E .. .. ..
2883 Seagull 2535 Virginia Walnut For additional information, refer to the
. . . .
.. 2884 Milk .. 2536 Blackwood .. Steelcase Surface Materials Reference Manual. ..
.. 2885 Dune .. 2612 Marbled Maple .. ..
. 2HMG Merle . 2614 Chocolate Walnut . .
.. .. .. ..
.. .. 2615 Marbled Cherry .. ..
.. .. .. ..
.. .. .. ..
.. .. .. ..
. . . .
.. .. .. ..
.. .. .. ..
. . . .
.. .. .. ..
.. .. .. ..
. . . .
.. .. .. ..
.. .. .. ..
. . . .
.. .. .. ..
. E = Established . . .
Height-Adjustable Desks Specification Guide cSurface Materials, continued 227
Steelcase
October 2019
Surface Materials, continued
.. .. Quarter-cut open-pore nish choices

.. Premium Veneers
..
. Wood . . .
.. .. Wood Group 1 .. A selection of Premium veneers in this collection ..
.. Applies to: .. 3042 QC/OP Ash* .. are available on most Steelcase brand products. ..
. • Ology desks . . The collection will be available as close to stan- .
.. .. 3222 QC/OP Clear Maple* .. ..
3272 QC/OP Amber on Maple E
• Ology modesty panels dard leadtimes as possible. However, because
.. • Migration desks .. .. adequate supplies of veneer and solids must be ..
. . 3292 QC/OP Blonde on Maple . .
.. • Migration SE desks .. 3302 QC/OP Clear Walnut .. secured, all orders will be scheduled individually. ..
.. • Series 5 height-adjustable worksurfaces .. 3312 QC/OP Natural Walnut .. Leadtimes will vary based on Premium veneer and ..
.. • Universal One-High open lateral tops for Ology .. 3322 QC/OP Dark Mahogany on Walnut .. Premium solids availability at the time the order ..
.. • Universal common tops for Ology .. 3352 QC/OP Medium Walnut .. is placed. The collection is Graded-In as Wood ..
. • Flex height-adjustable desk worksurface . . Group 2 and Wood Group 3, and supported like .
.. .. 3362 QC/OP Dark Walnut .. standard veneers to make ordering easy. Please ..
.. Steelcase carefully selects veneer and solid wood .. 3372 QC/OP Medium Mahogany on Walnut .. see the Steelcase surface materials section on ..
. . 3382 QC/OP Graphite Walnut . village.steelcase.com for sample information and .
.. for consistent color and grain structure. Wood is a .. .. ..
natural material and variations will occur in color, product line availability. All premium veneers are
.. grain and texture. These variations are part of the
.. Rift-cut open-pore nish choices .. ..
in clear-coat.
. . . .
.. inherent natural beauty of wood and are not con- .. Wood Group 1 .. ..
.. sidered defects. .. 3602 RC/OP Desert Oak .. Quarter-cut open-pore nish choices ..
.
.. All wood products will darken with age and expo-
.
.. 3612 RC/OP Warm Oak E .
.. Wood Group 2
.
..
.. sure to ultraviolet light. This is especially .. 3692 RC/OP Espresso Oak .. 3032 QC/OP Dark Thin Line Bamboo ..
. apparent with cherry and maple veneer. We . . 3052 QC/OP Ribbon Sapele .
. . . .
.. recommend that desk accessories be rearranged .. Full-ll nish is a medium-gloss nish that .. ..
.. periodically to ensure even aging of wood .. completely lls the grain texture, yet allows the . Wood Group 3 ..
. surfaces. . grain pattern to be seen. The wood has a lustrous, .. 3832 QC/OP Figured Anegre .
.. .. satiny look, and it is smooth to the touch. This n- .. 3842 QC/OP Figured Makore ..
.. When storing your wood furniture, please follow .. ish is available on the wood worksurface or eld- .. ..
. . . .
.. the following guidelines: .. installed top only. .. To ensure an understanding of the color ranges ..
. • Do not store products in trailers . . and characteristic variations of natural veneer, .
.. • Store products in areas hat simulate ofce .. Flat-cut full-ll nish choices .. a sign-off sheet is required prior to orders being ..
.. temperatures (60°F to 90°F) .. .. accepted for this clear-coat nish. The sign-off ..
. . Wood Group 1 . sheet is available through Steelcase advertising .
.. • Store products in areas that maintain constant, .. 3064 FC/FF Graphite Walnut .. ..
stock. Please use form number 09-0000755 for
.. ofce-like humidity levels .. 3404 FC/FF Clear Cherry (Aged) .. ..
3414 FC/FF Natural Cherry E
3032, form number 09-0000757 for 3052, form
. • Keep product away from light. Cover products . . .
.. to make sure they are not exposed to light. .. .. number 09-0000758 for 3832, and form number ..
.. .. 3424 FC/FF Medium Cherry .. 09-0000759 for 3842. ..
3524 FC/FF Clear Maple*
. . . .
.. .. 3544 FC/FF Blonde on Maple .. ..
3574 FC/FF Amber on Maple E
Steelcase Surfaces Select Surfaces
.. .. .. ..
. Veneer . 3704 FC/FF Clear Walnut . For information on products within Select .
.. Veneers are matched for proper balance and con-
.. 3714 FC/FF Natural Walnut
.. Surfaces, including accent paints and fabrics from ..
.. sistency. Veneers are available at cut or quarter
.. 3724 FC/FF Dark Mahogany on Walnut
.. Designtex, Gabriel, Kvadrat, and Pollack, please ..
. . . .
.. cut, except for Oak, which is rift cut. Refer to the .. 3754 FC/FF Medium Walnut .. refer to the Surface Materials Reference Manual .
.. Surface Materials Reference Manual for descrip- .. 3764 FC/FF Dark Walnut .. or visit steelcase.com/surface-materials under the ..
.
.. tions of each cut. .. 3774 FC/FF Medium Mahogany on Walnut .. Select Surfaces section. ..
. . . .
.. Open-pore nish is a medium gloss nish that
.. Quarter-cut full-ll nish choices .. Composite Veneer
..
.. leaves the wood grain texture visible to the eye
.. .. Composite veneers are an engineered wood
..
. . Wood Group 1 . .
.. and distinguishable to the touch. .. 3224 QC/FF Clear Maple* .. intended to create specic grain patterns and ..
.. .. 3274 QC/FF Amber on Maple E .. characteristics. They are pre-stained and nished .
.
.. Flat-cut open-pore nish choices .. 3294 QC/FF Blonde on Maple .. with Steelcase’s Clarity water-borne UV topcoat, ..
. . 3304 QC/FF Clear Walnut . which protects the environment while providing .
.. Wood Group 1 .. .. durability and clarity. Only open-pore nishes are .
.
.. 3062 FC/OP Graphite Walnut .. 3314 QC/FF Natural Walnut .. ..
3324 QC/FF Dark Mahogany on Walnut available on composite wood. Composite veneer
. 3402 FC/OP Clear Cherry (Aged) . . .
.. 3412 FC/OP Natural Cherry E .. 3354 QC/FF Medium Walnut .. and matching edge bands are available on most ..
.. 3422 FC/OP Medium Cherry
.. 3364 QC/FF Dark Walnut .. Steelcase brand products. Composites, for use ..
. . 3374 QC/FF Medium Mahogany on Walnut . as a solid nosing substitute, are not available. .
.. 3522 FC/OP Clear Maple* .. .. Steelcase does not recommend mixing composite .
.
.. 3572 FC/OP Amber on Maple E ..
3384 QC/FF Graphite Walnut
.. veneers with natural solid nosings because com- .
.
. 3592 FC/OP Blonde on Maple . . .
.. 3702 FC/OP Clear Walnut
.. Rift-cut full-ll nish choices .. posite and natural wood grain and color matching .
.
.. 3712 FC/OP Natural Walnut
.. Wood Group 1 .. are rarely compatible. Composite veneers are ..
.. 3722 FC/OP Dark Mahogany on Walnut
.. 3604 RC/FF Desert Oak .. Graded-In as Wood Group 1 pricing. ..
.. 3752 FC/OP Medium Walnut
.. 3614 RC/FF Warm Oak E .. ..
.. 3762 FC/OP Dark Walnut
.. 3694 RC/FF Espresso Oak .. Flat-cut open-pore nish choices ..
. . . .
.. 3772 FC/OP Medium Mahogany on Walnut .. *To ensure an understanding of the color ranges .. Wood Group 1 ..
.. .. and characteristic variations of natural veneer, .. 3JDX FC/OP Oak Composite ..
. . a sign-off sheet is required prior to orders being . 3JFX FC/OP Maple Composite .
.. .. accepted for this clear-coat nish. The sign-off .. 3JHX FC/OP Cherry Composite
..
.. .. sheet is available through Steelcase advertising .. 3JJX FC/OP Walnut Composite
..
. . stock. Please use form number 09-0000756 for . .
.. .. .. ..
3042,05-0001370 for 3222 and 3224.
.. .. .. ..
. . . .
.. .. .. ..
Steelcase
October 2019
Surface Materials
.. Quarter-cut open-pore nish choices

.. Planked Veneer
.. ..
. . . Plastic .
.. Wood Group 1 .. Planked veneer is available in the Select Surfaces .. ..
.. 3F8X QC/OP European Walnut Composite .. offering. Planked veneer may have extended lead- .. Steelcase Surfaces ..
. . times. Place your order as you normally would for . .
.. 3GAX QC/OP Gold Teak Composite .. any other nish, calling out the appropriate nish .. Tip: Light color plastic edges are susceptible to ..
.. 3GFX QC/OP Rosewood Composite .. code. .. degradation due to normal wear and tear. Staining ..
. 3GGX QC/OP Zebrano Composite . . (e.g., ball point pen or clothing dyes such as blue ..
.. 3HGX QC/OP Oak Composite .. .. ..
.. 3HVX QC/OP Walnut Composite .. The following nishes are available through the .. jeans) and dirt effects are more pronounced in
.
.. .. planked veneer offering: .. light colors and are not considered defects. ..
3JEX QC/OP Maple Composite
.. 3JGX QC/OP Cherry Composite .. .. ..
. 3ZNX QC/OP Night Cerused Oak Composite . Wood Group 1 . .
.. .. 3P41 OP Planked Cherry .. Applies to: .
.. .. 3P51 OP Planked Maple .. • 3 mm edge prole on Ology desks and modesty ..
.
Natural Veneer ..
Natural veneer is available in the Select Surfaces .. .
3P61 OP Planked Oak panels
.. .. ..
offering. Natural veneer may have extended lead- .. 3P71 OP Planked Walnut • 3 mm edge prole on Migration desks
.. .. ..
times. Place your order as you normally would for .. Tip: Known for its uniqueness, planked veneer has • 3 mm edge prole on Migration SE desks
. . .
.. any other nish, calling out the appropriate nish .. intentional and natural variations that include, but .. • Series 5 Universal edges ..
.. .. are not limited to: character marks, grain pattern, .. • Airtouch worksurfaces .
• 1 mm sqare edge prole on Universal One-High ..
code.
. . color, and natural color aging. .
.. .. .. open lateral laminate tops for Ology ..
.. The following nishes are available through the .. .. ..
natural veneer offering: Custom Surfaces • Universal common tops for Ology
. . . .
. . . • Universal tops for Ology .
.. .. Customiz stain is a service that allows you to .. • Flex height-adjustable desk worksurface ..
Flat-cut open-pore nish choices
.. .. create your own stain colors and nishes on stan- .. • Currency ..
. Wood Group 1 . dard veneer. Customiz stain color is available on . .
.. 3342 FC/OP Black Walnut
.. all product lines that offer wood veneer. .. 6000 Black ..
.. 35A2 FC/OP Blanch Maple .. .. 6001 Coffee ..
. . . 6009 Arctic White .
.. 37A2 FC/OP Thunder Walnut .. A $500 stain-matching fee applies on CUSTOMIZ .. 6034 Natural Cherry ..
. . requests (Exception: The $500 fee does not apply . .
.. Wood Group 3 .. on matches to Coalesse standard nishes or for .. 6036 Medium Cherry ..
.. 3082 FC/OP Washed Walnut .. a low-gloss nish request on a standard color). .. 6037 Winter on Maple ..
. . . 6038 Blonde on Maple .
.. .. The $500 fee covers the cost of formulating the .. 6041 Natural Walnut ..
.. .. .. 6045 Medium Mahogany on Walnut E ..
Flat-cut full-ll nish choices Customiz color nish and applies regardless of
Surface Materials
. Wood Group 1 . whether or not an order for product is placed. . .
.. .. .. 6052 Milk ..
3734 FC/FF Black Walnut
.. .. In addition, an approval form must be signed to .. 6053 Seagull ..
. . . 6213 Acacia .
.. Wood Group 3 .. indicate customer acceptance of Customiz match. .. 6219 Clear Oak ..
.. 3084 FC/FF Washed Walnut .. A $1,500 initiation fee will be charged prior to rst .. 6231 Graphite Walnut ..
. . order entry. This initiation fee activates the nish . .
.. Quarter-cut open-pore nish choices .. for unlimited use on any Steelcase product for .. 6234 Clear Cherry ..
.. .. an 18 month time period. After the 18 month time .. 6237 Clear Maple ..
. Wood Group 1 . . 6242 Virginia Walnut .
.. 32A2 QC/OP Blanch Maple .. period has lapsed, the Customiz nish may be .. 6243 Blackwood ..
.. 33A2 QC/OP Thunder Walnut .. reactivated for another 18 months for a $1,000 fee .. 6245 Clear Walnut ..
.. 3392 QC/OP Black Walnut .. at any point within ve years after the $1,500 ini- .. 6246 Warm Oak E ..
. . tiation fee was paid. If the nish is not reactivated . .
.. .. within ve years after the $1,500 initiation fee was .. 6249 Platinum Solid ..
.. Quarter-cut full-ll nish choices .. paid, the nish will be culled and the customer .. 6271 Plywood ..
. Wood Group 1 . . 6527 Merle .
.. .. will need to pay the $1,500 initiation fee again. All .. 6615 Grey V5 ..
6619 Ice E
3394 QC/FF Black Walnut
.. .. style number related Customiz charges products .. ..
.. .. are no cost as of April 2014. The matching and .. 6631 Cream ..
6635 Dawn E
Rift-cut open-pore nish choices
. . initiation fees are not discountable. . .
.. Wood Group 1
.. .. ..
.. .. Customiz stain takes 10 days to formulate. .. 6636 Mist ..
. 36A2 RC/OP Volcanic Oak . . 6654 Sand .
.. .. Consult the Surface Materials Reference Manual .. 6655 Warm White ..
.. .. for more information. Custom veneers are also .. 6676 Marbled Maple ..
. . available and must be quoted by Steelcase spe- . .
.. .. cials group. Customiz stain on custom veneers .. 6677 Chocolate Walnut ..
.. .. takes 2 to 4 weeks to formulate. .. 6678 Marbled Cherry ..
. . . 6694 Slate .
.. .. .. 6695 Midnight ..
.. .. Requirements and information on ordering a .. 6697 Fog ..
.. .. Customiz stain color are found in the Surface .. 6698 Fieldstone ..
.. .. Materials Reference Manual. .. 6703 Ash Wenge ..
.. .. .. 6704 Storm Wenge ..
. . Plywood . .
.. .. .. 6705 Bisque Wenge ..
.. .. Applies to: .. 6706 Clay Wenge ..
. . • Flex height-adjustable desk worksurface . 6707 Ash Noce .
.. .. .. 6708 Bisque Noce ..
3862 OP Baltic Birch
.. .. .. 6709 Clay Noce ..
. . . .
.. .. .. 6710 Storm Noce ..
.. .. .. ..
. . . .
.. .. .. ..
Height-Adjustable Desks Specification Guide cSurface Materials, continued 229
Steelcase
October 2019
.. .. .. .. Latch ..
. Select Surfaces . Upholstery .
Buzz2
. .
.. .. .. 5F03 Tomato .. P601 Clam ..
.. 6T02 Fawn Cypress
6T03 Weathered Char
.. Applies to: .. 5F04 Red E .. P602 Eggshell ..
. . . 5F05 Burgundy . P603 Zen .
.. 6T04 Saddle Oak .. • Flex .. 5F06 Sky E .. P604 Cool Gray ..
.. 6T05 Veranda Teak .. .. 5F07 Blue
.. P605 Armor ..
. 6T06 Persian Cherry . Braided Cord Color Matrix . . .
.. .. .. 5F08 Navy .. P606 Sentinel ..
.. 6T07 Walnut Heights .. Braided cord samples are not available to order. Use .. 5F10 Grape E .. P607 Rye ..
.. 6T08 Aggregate .. matrix below that compares the braided cord finish to the . 5F11 Eggplant E .. P608 Billow ..
.. 6T09 Gravel .. nearest Steelcase finish or Pantone color for color reference .. 5F15 Stone .. P609 Nimbus ..
. 6T10 Cement . purposes. .. 5F16 Grey . .
.. 6T12 Sheetrock .. Tip: Braided cord color is defaulted to 9007 Sterling. .. 5F17 Black
.. ..
.. .. .. .. Price Group 3 ..
5G50 Dunegrass
. Steelcase Surfaces .. . . Billiard Multi-Use by .
.. ..
Finish Pantone Color .. 5G51 Sable .. Designtex
..
.. Applies to: .. 9003 Fuchsia 4BQ7 Fuchsia .. 5G52 Barley .. 5H10 Bone
..
. . 5G53 Sunrise . .
.. • USB powerstrip housing .. 9004 Marlin 4AZ5 Marlin .. 5G54 Carrot
.. 5H11 Poppy ..
.. 6009 Arctic White .. 9006 Chili 6338 Chili
.. 5G55 Pumpkin
.. 5H12 Tangelo ..
. 6527 Merle . . . 5H13 Citron .
.. .. 9007 Sterling* 6059 Sterling Dark Solid .. 5G56 Timber .. 5H14 Avocado
..
.. Applies to:
.. .. 5G57 Rouge .. 5H15 Hunter
..
. . 9008 Honey 4CZ5 Honey . 5G58 Chocolate . .
. • Walkstation and Sit-to- . . . 5H16 Indigo .
.. Stand Walkstation
.. 9009 Black 0835 Black .. 5G59 Meadow .. 5H17 Mallard
..
.. 6000 Black
.. 9010 Light Peacock 4CZ8 Light Peacock .. 5G60 Ivy .. 5H18 Teak
..
. . . 5G61 Cyan . .
.. 6278 Felt .. 9011 Seagull 4858 Seagull .. 5G62 Atlantic
.. 5H19 Cumulus ..
.. .. .. 5G63 Crocus
.. 5H20 Pewter ..
. Applies to . *Default nish on integrated power. . . 5H21 Gunmetal .
.. • Flex height-adjustable
.. .. 5G64 Alpine .. 5H22 Ink
..
. . . 5G65 Tornado . .
.. desk rollers .. Applies to: .. .. ..
.. 6053 Seagull .. • Universal screens .. Price Group 2 .. Applies to: ..
. 6205 Black . . . • Sarto screens .
.. 6527 Merle
.. .. Code .. • Flex curved screens
..
.. 6249 Platinum Solid
.. Tip: Designtex: Gamut and Designtex: Crossweave are .. 5FA1 Fossil .. ..
. . also available on Universal screens. Designtex: Gamut and . . .
.. .. Designtex: Crossweave are part of the Graded-In program. .. 5FA2 Gabbro .. Price Group A ..
.. Applies to: .. cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual for more informa- ..
5FA3 Reed .. ..
. • Flex height-adjustable . . 5FA4 Bluff . Sprite .
.. desk power
.. tion on the Graded-In program. .. 5FA5 Sea Salt .. ..
.. 5U23 Blue Jay
.. .. 5FA6 Cannon .. ..
. . Steelcase Surfaces . . Price Group 1 .
.. 6000 Black .. .. 5FA7 Tussah .. Abacus E ..
.. 6009 Arctic White .. Price Group 1 .. 5FA8 Mica .. Alloy
..
. . . 5FA9 Ecru . .
Abacus E
6053 Seagull
.. 6249 Platinum Solid
.. .. 5FB1 Bamboo .. Boccie ..
.. 6338 Chili
.. P122 Entasis .. .. Buzz2 ..
.. 6527 Merle
.. P123 Portico .. Cogent: Connect .. Charm ..
. . . . Lapel .
.. .. P124 Opus .. 5S15 Coconut .. Link
..
.. .. P125 Cusp .. 5S16 Turmeric/Honey .. Optic
..
. Acrylic . P126 Artifact . 5S17 Tangerine . .
.. .. P129 Atlas .. .. Pianista ..
E
5S18 Scarlet
.. Applies to: .. .. 5S19 Concord .. Playground ..
.. • Modesty and privacy .. .. 5S21 Blue Jay .. Rhythm ..
. screens . . . .
.. .. .. 5S23 Wasabi .. ..
6544A Acrylic Frost
.. .. .. 5S24 Nickel .. Price Group 2 ..
. . . 5S25 Graphite . .
.. .. .. .. Bariolage ..
.. PET .. ..
5S27 Malt
5S28 Root Beer .. Bouquet E ..
. . . . Cogent: Connect .
.. Applies to .. .. 5S93 Blueprint .. Flip: Orbit ..
.. • Flex cable catch .. .. 5S94 Lizard/Jungle .. Flip: TexHex ..
. P630 Medium Heather Grey .. . 5S95 Sailor . .
.. . .. 5S96 Quicksilver .. Fresco ..
.. P631 Dark Heather Grey .. .. .. Latch ..
.. .. ..
5S98 Canary
5S99 Lipstick/Merlot .. Milano E ..
.. Applies to .. .. .. ..
• Flex cable tray 5SD0 Royal Blue
.. .. .. 5SD1 Aubergine .. Price Group 3 ..
. P631 Dark Heather Grey . . . .
.. .. .. 5SD2 Peacock .. Billiard by Designtex ..
.. .. .. 5SD3 Lagoon .. ..
. . . 5SD4 Saffron . .
.. .. .. .. ..
.. .. .. .. ..
. . . . .
.. .. .. .. ..
.. .. .. .. ..
. . . . .
.. .. .. .. ..
. E = Established . . . .
Steelcase
October 2019
Surface Materials
.. .. ..
Applies to:
. . Laminate and Edge Finishes, continued .
.. • Universal screens .. ..
.. • Sarto screens .. Laminate Color Recommended Recommended ..
. • Flex curved screens . 3 mm Edge Color P-Edge Color .
.. .. ..
.. .. Speckle Laminate ..
2820 Coffee Speckle E 6631 Cream
. Select Surfaces . .
6654 Sand
.. .. ..
For information on products within Select Surfaces, 2822 Woodrose 6635 Dawn E 6000 Black
.. .. ..
To conrm whether a particular COM material has already been tested Speckle E
.. for use on a specic Steelcase product or to determine actual yardage .. ..
2823 Driftwood Speckle 6631 Cream 6000 Black
.. requirements: .. ..
2824 Smoke Speckle 6636 Mist 6654 Sand
. . .
.. • Visit www.steelcase.com .. 2825 Vanadium Speckle 6619 Ice E 6697 Fog ..
.. . ..
. For additional information regarding Customer’s Own Material, .. .
.. including accent paints, Signature plastics, and fabrics from Designtex, .. Textured Woodgrain Laminate—Select Surfaces ..
.. Gabriel, Kvadrat, and Pollack, please refer to the Surface Materials .. 2TH2 Fawn Cypress 6T02 Fawn Cypress 6654 Sand ..
. . 2TH3 Weathered Char 6T03 Weathered Char 6615 Grey V5 .
.. Reference Manual or visit steelcase.com/surface-materials under the Select .. 2TH4 Saddle Oak 6T04 Saddle Oak — — ..
.. Surfaces section. .. 2TH5 Veranda Teak 6T05 Veranda Teak 6612 Grey V2 E ..
. . .
.. .. 2TH6 Persian Cherry 6T06 Persian Cherry — — ..
.. Laminate and Edge Finishes .. 2TH7 Walnut Heights 6T07 Walnut Heights — — ..
. . .
. . .
.. Applies to: .. Textured Industrial Laminate—Select Surfaces ..
.. • Ology desks .. 2UH1 Reclaimed 6T08 Aggregate 6612 Grey V2 E ..
. • Ology modesty panels . Aggregate .
.. • Migration desks .. 2UH2 Reclaimed Gravel 6T09 Gravel 6615 Grey V5
..
.. • Migration SE desks .. 2UH4 Cement 6T10 Cement 6636 Mist
..
. . .
.. • Series 5 worksurfaces with Universal edges .. 2UH6 Sheetrock 6T12 Sheetrock 6654 Sand ..
. • Airtouch . .
.. • Universal One-High open lateral tops for Ology .. ..
.. • Universal common tops for Ology .. Woodgrain Laminate ..
. . 2406 Clear Cherry 6234 Clear Cherry 6000 Black .
.. • Flex height-adjustable worksurfaces .. 2409 Clear Maple 6237 Clear Maple 6654 Sand ..
.. .. ..
Surface Materials
• Currency 2410 Graphite Walnut 6231 Graphite Walnut 6000 Black
. . 2412 Natural Cherry 6034 Natural Cherry 6000 Black .
.. Laminate Color Recommended Recommended .. ..
.. .. 2422 Medium Cherry 6036 Medium Cherry 6000 Black ..
3 mm Edge Color P-Edge Color 2511 Winter on Maple 6037 Winter on Maple 6654 Sand
. . .
.. .. 2538 Clear Walnut 6245 Clear Walnut 6000 Black ..
2539 Warm Oak E 6246 Warm Oak E 6246 Warm Oak E
Fiber Laminate
.. 2850 Vanadium Fiber 6654 Sand 6697 Fog
.. ..
. 2851 Rhyme Fiber E
. 2592 Blonde on Maple 6038 Blonde on Maple 6654 Sand .
.. 6631 Cream 6654 Sand .. ..
.. 2852 Tungsten Fiber 6636 Mist 6654 Sand .. 2714 Natural Walnut 6041 Natural Walnut 6000 Black ..
. 2854 Vellum Fiber 6655 Warm White 6697 Fog . 2772 Medium 6045 Medium 6000 Black .
.. .. Mahogany on Mahogany on ..
Walnut E Walnut E
2859 Novell Fiber 6001 Coffee 6697 Fog
.. 2860 Granite Fiber 6000 Black 6000 Black
.. ..
.. 2861 Coconut Fiber 6654 Sand 6654 Sand
.. 2HAK Clear Oak 6219 Clear Oak 6654 Sand ..
. . .
.. 2862 Stucco Fiber 6053 Seagull 6053 Seagull .. 2HAN Ash Noce 6707 Ash Noce 6654 Sand ..
.. .. 2HAT Acacia 6213 Acacia 6559 Warm White Solid ..
. . 2HAW Ash Wenge 6703 Ash Wenge 6654 Sand .
.. Micro Laminate .. 2HBN Bisque Noce 6708 Bisque Noce 6631 Cream ..
.. 2920 Marl Micro 6053 Seagull 6053 Seagull .. 2HBW Bisque Wenge 6705 Bisque Wenge 6631 Cream ..
.. .. 6612 Grey V2 E ..
2921 Gypsum Micro 6654 Sand 6654 Sand
2HCN Clay Noce 6707 Clay Noce
. . 6612 Grey V2 E .
2922 Clay Micro 6654 Sand 6654 Sand
.. 2923 Shadow Micro E 6249 Platinum Solid .. ..
2HCW Clay Wenge 6706 Clay Wenge
6249 Platinum Solid
.. .. 2HSN Storm Noce 6709 Storm Noce 6615 Grey V5 ..
. . 2HSW Storm Wenge 6704 Storm Wenge 6615 Grey V5 .
.. Patina Laminate .. ..
.. 2870 Blonde Bronze 6654 Sand 6654 Sand .. turnstone Laminate Collection*
..
. Patina . .
.. 2871 Blackened Bronze 6615 Grey V5 6000 Black .. 2535 Virginia Walnut 6242 Virginia Walnut 6000 Black ..
.. Patina .. 2536 Blackwood 6243 Blackwood 6000 Black ..
. . 2612 Marbled Maple 6676 Marbled Maple 6000 Black .
.. 2873 Instant Iron Patina 6615 Grey V5 6000 Black .. 2614 Chocolate Walnut 6677 Chocolate Walnut 6000 Black
..
.. .. 2615 Marbled Cherry 6678 Marbled Cherry 6000 Black
..
.. Solid Laminate .. ..
.. 2722 Cream E 6631 Cream 6654 Sand .. *A selection of laminates and edge bands in this collection are available on
..
.. 2730 Arctic White 6009 Arctic White 6009 Arctic White .. Steelcase brand products. This collection is available with standard leadtimes .
.
. 2746 Black 6000 Black 6000 Black . .
.. .. ..
2759 Warm White E
and supported like standard laminates to help make ordering easy.
.. 6655 Warm White 6654 Sand .. ..
. 2811 Mist E 6636 Mist 6697 Fog . Tip: Woodgrain Laminates and the turnstone Laminate Collection are not .
.. 2883 Seagull 6053 Seagull 6053 Seagull .. available as matched sets. The grain patterns will not align.
..
.. 2884 Milk 6052 Milk 6052 Milk .. ..
. 2885 Dune 6654 Sand 6654 Sand . .
.. .. ..
.. 2HMG Merle 6527 Merle 6527 Merle .. ..
. . .
.. .. ..
. . .
Steelcase
October 2019
.. .. .. ..
. Custom Surfaces . . .
.. .. .. ..
.. Open Line Laminate (OLL) .. .. ..
. This service allows you to order non-standard . . .
.. laminate at an additional processing fee of $74
.. .. ..
.. U.S. per unit, plus the cost of the laminate.
.. .. ..
. . . .
.. .. .. ..
.. High-Pressure Laminate pricing does not include .. .. ..
.. premium or digitally printed patterns from any .. .. ..
.. suppliers. Laminate cost may also vary for basic .. .. ..
. or standard laminates from other suppliers. Please . . .
.. contact the OLL consultant at 616.475.2426 for
.. .. ..
.. pricing. The cost of the laminate will be added to
.. .. ..
. . . .
.. your invoice as a separate line on the acknowl- .. .. ..
.. edgement. .. .. ..
. . . .
.. When processing orders for Open Line laminate
.. .. ..
.. on height-adjustable desks, specify 2900 in the
.. .. ..
. . . .
.. laminate nish eld and enter the OLL manufac- .. .. ..
.. turer information. Enter the required edge nish as .. .. ..
. you would a standard laminate. . . .
. . . .
.. .. .. ..
.. Laminate Approval and Material .. .. ..
. Requirements . . .
.. To conrm whether a particular laminate has
.. .. ..
.. already been tested for use on a specic
.. .. ..
. . . .
.. Steelcase product or to determine material square .. .. ..
. foot requirements: . . .
.. • Visit www.steelcase.com
.. .. ..
.. .. .. ..
. . . .
.. For additional information, refer to the .. .. ..
.. Steelcase Surface Materials Reference Manual. .. .. ..
. . . .
.. .. .. ..
.. .. .. ..
. . . .
.. .. .. ..
.. .. .. ..
. . . .
.. .. .. ..
.. .. .. ..
. . . .
.. .. .. ..
.. .. .. ..
.. .. .. ..
. . . .
.. .. .. ..
.. .. .. ..
. . . .
.. .. .. ..
.. .. .. ..
.. .. .. ..
. . . .
.. .. .. ..
.. .. .. ..
. . . .
.. .. .. ..
.. .. .. ..
. . . .
.. .. .. ..
.. .. .. ..
. . . .
.. .. .. ..
.. .. .. ..
.. .. .. ..
.. .. .. ..
.. .. .. ..
. . . .
.. .. .. ..
.. .. .. ..
. . . .
.. .. .. ..
.. .. .. ..
. . . .
.. .. .. ..
.. .. .. ..
. . . .
.. .. .. ..
. . . .
Steelcase
October 2019
Directional Laminate Grain Directions Directional Laminate Grain
Directions
.. Directional laminates .. ..
. are standard with the grain . Worksurfaces—High-Pressure Laminate .
.. .. ..
.. directions shown. .. ..
. . .
.. .. ..
.. .. ..
. . .
.. .. ..
.. .. ..
.. .. ..
.. .. ..
. . .
.. .. ..
.. .. Rectangular Rectangular with Tapered 90° Corner ..
. . Ology Rounded Corners Ology Series 5 .
.. .. Migration ..
Steelcase Flex Collection
.. .. Migration SE ..
. . .
.. .. Series 5 ..
.. .. ..
. . .
.. .. ..
.. .. ..
. . .
. . .
.. .. ..
.. .. ..
. . .
.. .. ..
.. .. ..
. . .
.. .. ..
. . .
.. .. ..
.. .. 90° Equal ..
. . .
.. .. Ology 90° Equal 90° Extended 120° Equal ..
.. .. Series 5 ..
Surface Materials
Ology Ology Ology
. . Series 5 .
.. .. ..
.. .. ..
. . .
.. .. ..
.. .. ..
. . .
.. .. ..
.. .. ..
. . .
.. .. ..
.. .. ..
.. .. Modesty Panel
..
. . .
.. .. Ology ..
.. .. ..
. . .
.. .. ..
Tip: Modesty panels are defaulted in the horizontal grain direction for both laminate and wood veneer. Optional vertical grain
.. .. ..
direction can be specied; however, laminate specication is only allowed up to 60"W.
.. .. ..
. . .
.. .. ..
.. .. ..
. . .
.. .. ..
.. .. ..
. . .
.. .. ..
.. .. ..
. . .
.. .. ..
.. .. ..
.. .. ..
.. .. ..
.. .. ..
. . .
.. .. ..
.. .. ..
. . .
.. .. ..
.. .. ..
. . .
.. .. ..
.. .. ..
. . .
.. .. ..
. . .
Steelcase
October 2019
Wood Veneer Grain Directions
.. The appearance of
.. ..
. . Worksurfaces—Wood Veneer .
.. wood veneer may .. ..
.. change slightly depending .. ..
. on the angle from which . .
.. it is viewed. This natural
.. ..
.. phenomenon is called polar-
.. ..
. . .
.. ization, and it can be seen .. ..
.. on natural veneer, and to a .. ..
.. lesser extent on composite .. Rectangular Rectangular with Rectangular Bi-Level Tapered
..
.. veneer. Polarization is often .. Ology Rounded Corners Airtouch Ology
..
. noticed on worksurfaces . .
.. installed at a 90° angle with
.. Migration Steelcase Flex Collection ..
.. each other. Please refer to
.. Migration SE ..
. . Series 5 .
.. the following illustrations for .. Airtouch
..
.. an understanding of grain .. ..
. direction on your installation. . .
.. .. ..
.. .. ..
. . .
.. .. ..
.. .. ..
. . .
. . .
.. .. ..
.. .. ..
. . .
.. .. ..
.. .. 90° Corner 90° Corner Bi-level 90° Equal ..
. . .
.. .. Series 5 Airtouch Ology ..
. . Airtouch Series 5 .
.. .. ..
.. .. ..
. . .
.. .. ..
.. .. ..
. . .
.. .. ..
.. .. ..
. . .
.. .. ..
.. .. ..
. . .
.. .. ..
.. .. 90° Equal 90° Extended 90° Extended 120° Equal ..
. . Ology Ology Ology Ology .
.. .. Series 5 Airtouch ..
.. .. ..
.. .. ..
. . .
.. .. ..
.. .. ..
. . .
.. .. ..
.. .. ..
.. .. ..
. . .
.. .. ..
.. .. Modesty Panel Horizontal Modesty Panel Vertical ..
. . Grain Direction Grain Direction .
.. .. Ology Ology
..
.. .. ..
. . .
.. .. ..
.. .. ..
. . .
.. .. ..
.. .. ..
.. .. ..
.. .. ..
.. .. ..
. . .
.. .. ..
.. .. ..
. . .
.. .. ..
.. .. ..
. . .
.. .. ..
.. .. ..
. . .
.. .. ..
. . .
Steelcase
October 2019
Resources
Style Number Index 236
Resources
Steelcase
October 2019
Style Number Index
.. Style
.. Style
..
. . .
.. Number Page Description .. Number Page Description ..
.. .. ..
. A5LQ40234023 166 Series 5 Hgt-Adj Wksf, 90° Corner . ACMP64 213 64" Modesty and Privacy Screen w/Cableway .
.. .. ..
.. A5LQ46234623 166 Series 5 Hgt-Adj Wksf, 90° Corner .. ACP28 212 28" Privacy Screen w/Cableway ..
. A5LQ52235223 166 Series 5 Hgt-Adj Wksf, 90° Equal . ACP34 212 34" Privacy Screen w/Cableway .
.. .. ..
.. A5LQ52295229 166 Series 5 Hgt-Adj Wksf, 90° Equal .. ACP40 212 40" Privacy Screen w/Cableway ..
.. A5LQ52X52B 168 Series 5 Base, 90° Equal .. ACP46 212 46" Privacy Screen w/Cableway ..
. . .
.. A5LQ58X58B 168 Series 5 Base, 90° Equal .. ACP64 212 64" Privacy Screen w/Cableway ..
. . .
.. A5LQ64236423 166 Series 5 Hgt-Adj Wksf, 90° Equal .. AHCC 215 Vertical Cable Carrier ..
.. A5LQ64296429 166 Series 5 Hgt-Adj Wksf, 90° Equal .. AHORZ25 214 Cableway w/Horizontal Mounting Brkt ..
. . .
.. A5LQ64TO76B 168 Series 5 Base, 90° Extended .. AHORZ31 214 Cableway w/Horizontal Mounting Brkt ..
. . .
.. A5RQ462323 165 Series 5 Hgt-Adj Wksf, 23"D Rectangular .. AHORZ49 214 Cableway w/Horizontal Mounting Brkt ..
. . .
. A5RQ462929 165 Series 5 Hgt-Adj Wksf, 29"D Rectangular . AHORZ55 214 Cableway w/Horizontal Mounting Brkt .
.. .. ..
.. A5RQ46TO5223B 168 Series 5 Base, 23"D Rectangular .. AHORZ61 214 Cableway w/Horizontal Mounting Brkt ..
. A5RQ46TO5229B 168 Series 5 Base, 29"D Rectangular . AM22 212 22" Modesty Screen .
.. .. ..
.. A5RQ522323 165 Series 5 Hgt-Adj Wksf, 23"D Rectangular .. AM28 212 28" Modesty Screen ..
. A5RQ522929 165 Series 5 Hgt-Adj Wksf, 29"D Rectangular . AM34 212 34" Modesty Screen .
.. .. ..
.. A5RQ5823B 168 Series 5 Base, 23"D Rectangular
.. AM46 212 46" Modesty Screen
..
.. .. ..
.. A5RQ5829B 168 Series 5 Base, 29"D Rectangular
.. AM58 212 58" Modesty Screen
..
.. .. ..
.. A5RQ642929 165 Series 5 Hgt-Adj Wksf, 29"D Rectangular
.. AMP22 213 22" Modesty and Privacy Screen
..
.. .. ..
. A5RQ64TO7623B 168 Series 5 Base, 23"D Rectangular . AMP28 213 28" Modesty and Privacy Screen .
.. A5RQ64TO7629B 168 Series 5 Base, 29"D Rectangular
..
.. .. ..
. A5RQ702323 165 Series 5 Hgt-Adj Wksf, 23"D Rectangular . AMP40 213 40" Modesty and Privacy Screen .
..
.. .. ..
. A5RQ762323 165 Series 5 Hgt-Adj Wksf, 23"D Rectangular . AMP52 213 52" Modesty and Privacy Screen .
..
.. .. ..
.. A7TG660606H 173 FitWork: Walkstation .. AMP64 213 64" Modesty and Privacy Screen ..
. A7TR383030H 173 FitWork: Walkstation . AP22 212 22" Privacy Screen .
.. .. ..
.. A7TR663232H 173 FitWork: Walkstation .. AP28 212 28" Privacy Screen ..
. A7TR782929H 173 FitWork: Sit-to-Walkstation . AP2D2CC 216 Power/Data w/C-clamp .
.. .. ..
.. AC25 214 Cableway w/Universal Clamp .. AP34 212 34" Privacy Screen ..
. . .
. . .
. . .
.. AC61 214 Cableway w/Universal Clamp .. AWM06 216 6" Wire Manager ..
.. ACM28 213 28" Modesty Screen w/Cableway .. AWM12 216 12" Wire Manager ..
. . .
.. ACM52 213 52" Modesty Screen w/Cableway
.. AWM35 216 35" Wire Manager
..
.. .. ..
. ACM58 213 58" Modesty Screen w/Cableway . AWM42 216 42" Wire Manager .
.. ACM64 213 64" Modesty Screen w/Cableway
.. AWM48 216 48" Wire Manager
..
.. .. ..
. ACMP28 213 28" Modesty and Privacy Screen w/Cableway . AWMXL30 215 6"D Wire Manager .
.. ACMP34 213 34" Modesty and Privacy Screen w/Cableway
.. AWMXL36 215 6"D Wire Manager
..
.. .. ..
..
.. .. ..
..
. . .
Steelcase
October 2019
Style Number Index
.. Style .. Style ..
. . .
.. Number Page Description .. Number Page Description ..
.. .. ..
. BAPB2436 184 Airtouch Hgt-Adj Wksf, 120° Equal . MIGCBK4 146, 158 Migration, Cable Bracket .
.. .. ..
BAPDC2442 184 Airtouch Hgt-Adj Wksf, 90° Corner Bi-Level MIGCR 146, 158 Migration, Cable Riser
.. .. ..
. BAPDC2448 184 Airtouch Hgt-Adj Wksf, 90° Corner Bi-Level . MIGRELRQ 144 Migration, Hgt-Adj Desk, Rec .
.. .. ..
BAPDS3642 183 Airtouch Hgt-Adj Wksf, Rectangular Bi-Level MIGRELRQB 145 Migration, Hgt-Adj Base, Rec
.. .. ..
.. BAPDS3648 183 Airtouch Hgt-Adj Wksf, Rectangular Bi-Level .. OLATKT 107 Active Touch Kit ..
.. BAPSC2442 184 Airtouch Hgt-Adj Wksf, 90° Corner .. OLCB 106 Ology, Cable Basket ..
. . .
.. BAPSC2448 184 Airtouch Hgt-Adj Wksf, 90° Corner .. OLCBK4 106 Ology, Cable Bracket ..
.. BAPSS2442 183 Airtouch Hgt-Adj Wksf, 221 4"D Rectangular .. OLCR 106, 137 Ology, Cable Riser ..
. . .
.. BAPSS2448 183 Airtouch Hgt-Adj Wksf, 221 4"D Rectangular .. OLELLC 83-87 Ology, Hgt-Adj Desk, 90º Corner ..
.. BAPSS2460 183 Airtouch Hgt-Adj Wksf, 221 4"D Rectangular .. OLELLCB 97-99 Ology, Hgt-Adj Bases, 90º Corner ..
. . .
.. BAPSS3042 183 Airtouch Hgt-Adj Wksf, 281 4"D Rectangular .. OLELRQ 77 Ology, Hgt-Adj Desk, Rectangular ..
.. BAPSS3048 183 Airtouch Hgt-Adj Wksf, 281 4"D Rectangular .. OLELRQB 95 Ology, Hgt-Adj Desk, Rectangular ..
. . .
.. BAPSS3060 183 Airtouch Hgt-Adj Wksf, 281 4"D Rectangular .. OLELRT 81 Ology, Hgt-Adj Desk, Tapered ..
.. BPDSWSPL 217 Power and Data Strip .. OLELRTB 96 Ology, Hgt-Adj Base, Tapered ..
. . .
. CQSF3012 105 12"H Fixed Personal/Modesty Screen . OLELWC 92 Ology, Hgt-Adj Desk, 120° Corner .
.. .. ..
CQSF3019 105 19"H Fixed Personal/Modesty Screen OLELWCB 102 Ology, Hgt-Adj Base, 120° Corner
.. .. ..
. CQSF3024 105 24"H Fixed Personal/Modesty Screen . OLMP 104 Ology, Modesty Panels .
.. .. ..
CQSF3612 105 12"H Fixed Personal/Modesty Screen OLSLLC 87-91 Ology, Hgt-Adj Desk, 90º Corner
.. .. ..
. CQSF3619 105 19"H Fixed Personal/Modesty Screen . OLSLLCB 99-101 Ology, Hgt-Adj Bases, 90º Corner .
.. .. ..
CQSF3624 105 24"H Fixed Personal/Modesty Screen OLSLRQ 78 Ology, Hgt-Adj Desk, Rectangular
. . .
.. CQSF4212 105 12"H Fixed Personal/Modesty Screen .. OLSLRQB 95 Ology, Hgt-Adj Bases, Rectangular ..
.. .. ..
CQSF4219 105 19"H Fixed Personal/Modesty Screen OLSLRT 81 Ology, Hgt-Adj Desk, Tapered
. . .
.. CQSF4224 105 24"H Fixed Personal/Modesty Screen .. OLSLRTB 96 Ology, Hgt-Adj Bases, Tapered ..
.. .. ..
CQSF4812 105 12"H Fixed Personal/Modesty Screen OLSLWC 93 Ology, Hgt-Adj Desk, 120° Corner
. . .
.. CQSF4819 105 19"H Fixed Personal/Modesty Screen .. OLSLWCB 102 Ology, Hgt-Adj Bases, 120° Corner ..
.. .. ..
CQSF4824 105 24"H Fixed Personal/Modesty Screen PSPM 208 Sarto Privacy Screens
. . .
.. DSPSDUOC 218 USB Duo Powerstrip w/Clamp Mount .. PSPS 209 Sarto Privacy Screens ..
.. .. ..
DSPSDUOR 218 USB Two-Outlet Powerstrip w/Rail Mount RATCTHAD 117 Common Top
. . .
.. DSPSTRIOC 219 USB Triple Powerstrip w/Clamp Mount .. RELS1815QHAD 112 Univ Lam Enhcd One-High Storage ..
.. .. ..
DSPSTRIOR 219 USB Three-Outlet Powerstrip w/Rail Mount RELS1821QQHAD 112 Univ Lam Enhcd 1.5-High Storage
. . .
.. DSUSBC 223 SOTO USB Charging Hub .. REPXF15 114 Univ Lam Enhcd One-High Filler Panel ..
.. .. ..
Resources
DSWIRELESS 223 SOTO Wireless Charger RETCTHADP 113 Universal Laminate Enhanced Top
.. .. ..
. E6PDHAD 118 Plnth Bs Ped Ology Ap . RPXFHAD 111 Filler .
.. .. ..
E6WSHAD 121 Ology Open Pedestal RPXSHAD 110 Shroud
.. .. ..
. FLXBRK 137 Flex, Brakes for Hgt-Adj Desks . RSCHAD 109 Univ One-High Open Lat .
.. .. ..
FLXCBK4 137 Flex, Cable Brackets TS515HPDHAD 122 Currency Lateral Storage, One-High
.. .. ..
.. FLXCS 210 Flex, Curved Screen .. TS51HPDHAD 122 Currency Lateral Storage, 1.5-High ..
. FLXCSP 210 Flex, Curved Screen, Pair . TS5WSHAD 123 Currency Common top for Ology Application .
.. .. ..
.. FLXCT 136 Flex, Cable Tray .. UAPB2436 188 Airtouch Hgt-Adj Wksf, 120° Equal ..
. FLXERQ 132 Flex, Hgt-Adj Desks, Ext Height . UAPDC2442 188 Airtouch Hgt-Adj Wksf, 90° Corner Bi-Level .
.. .. ..
.. FLXERQB 135 Flex, Hgt-Adj Bases, Ext Height .. UAPDC2448 188 Airtouch Hgt-Adj Wksf, 90° Corner Bi-Level ..
. FLXPH 136 Flex, Power Hanger . UAPDS3642 187 Airtouch Hgt-Adj Wksf, Rectangular Bi-Level .
.. .. ..
.. FLXSRQ 131 Flex, Hgt-Adj Desks, Basic Height .. UAPDS3648 187 Airtouch Hgt-Adj Wksf, Rectangular Bi-Level ..
. FLXSRQB 135 Flex, Hgt-Adj Bases, Basic Height . UAPSC1842 188 Airtouch Hgt-Adj Wksf, 90° Corner .
.. .. ..
.. FMVPDS 217 Power Strip .. UAPSC2442 188 Airtouch Hgt-Adj Wksf, 90° Corner ..
.. FMVPS 217 Power Strip .. UAPSC2448 188 Airtouch Hgt-Adj Wksf, 90° Corner ..
.. FWKB18 174 FitWork: Kybun Footpad .. UAPSS2442 187 Airtouch Hgt-Adj Wksf, 221 4"D Rectangular ..
.. .. ..
MGELCRQ 155 Migration SE,Desk-Rect, Basic hght UAPSS2448 187 Airtouch Hgt-Adj Wksf, 221 4"D Rectangular
. . .
.. MGELCRQB 157 Migration SE,Base-Rect, Basic hght .. UAPSS2460 187 Airtouch Hgt-Adj Wksf, 221 4"D Rectangular ..
.. .. ..
MGELTRQ 153 Migration SE,Desk-Rect, Ext hght UAPSS3042 187 Airtouch Hgt-Adj Wksf, 281 4"D Rectangular
. . .
.. MGELTRQB 156 Migration SE,Base-Rect, Ext hght .. UAPSS3048 187 Airtouch Hgt-Adj Wksf, 281 4"D Rectangular ..
.. .. ..
MGSLCRQ 155 Migration SE,Desk-Rect, Basic hght UAPSS3060 187 Airtouch Hgt-Adj Wksf, 281 4"D Rectangular
. . .
.. MGSLCRQB 157 Migration SE,Base-Rect, Basic hght .. UFAL 207 Aligners ..
.. .. ..
MGSLTRQ 153 Migration SE,Desk-Rect, Basic hght UFPM 204 Uni Prv/ Mod Screen
. . .
.. MGSLTRQB 156 Migration SE,Base-Rect, Basic hght .. UFPS 206 Uni Prv Screen ..
. . .
Steelcase
October 2019
Trademark List
.. ® The following are registered trademarks

.. ® The following is a registered trademark of
.. ™ The following trademarks are under license
..
. . . .
.. for products of Steelcase Inc. or one of its .. Wilsonart International, Temple, TX: Chemsurf. .. from Wilkhahn Furniture products: Cana, Linus, ..
.. related corporate entities: 4 o’clock, 900 .. .. Logon, Picto, Range, Stitz, Thema, Timetable, ..
. Series, à la carte, Airtouch, Ally, Amia, . ® The following is a registered trademark of . and Tubis. .
.. Answer, Archipelago, Avenir, Ballet, Bix, .. Wiremold, West Hartford, CT: Wiremold. .. ..
.. Brayton International, Cachet, Canopy, .. .. ™ The following trademark is used under license ..
. . . .
.. Canto, Chancellor, Coalesse, Confidante, .. ® The following is a registered trademark of EMU .. from Cradle to Cradle Products Innovation ..
.. Context, Convene, CopyCam, Criterion, .. Group S.P.A., Perugia, Italy: Emu. .. Institute, Oakland, CA: Cradle to Cradle Certified. ..
.. Crushed Can,Currency, dash, Designtex, .. .. ..
.. Details, Detour, Drive, Elective Elements, .. ® The following is a registered trademark of .. ™ The following trademarks are under license ..
. Ellipse, Ember Chrome, Emerge, E-Table . Security People, Inc.: Digilock. . from Walter Knoll: Andoo, Bob, Lazlo, Lox, .
.. 2, FYI, Garland, Gentry, Ginkgo Biloba, .. .. Ribbon, and Together. ..
.. Groupwork, Ideo, Jacket, Jenny, Jersey, .. ™ The following are trademarks for products of .. ..
. . . .
.. Kart, Kick, LaCosta, Leap, Let’s B, LiveBack, .. Steelcase Inc. or one of its related corporate .. ™ The following trademarks are under license ..
.. Max-Stacker, media:scape, Metro, Migrations, .. entities: Access, Active/Passive Shelf, .. from PP Møbler: Bar and Flag Halyard. ..
. Mitra, Montage, Nurture, Oriana, Parade, . Ainsley, Akira, Alcove, Alerion, Alight, Amaris, . .
.. Pathways, PCT, Permiso, Player, Portal, Power .. American Elect, American Tradition, ap40, .. ™ The following trademarks are under license ..
.. Pincher, Progeny, Protégé, R2, Rally, Relevant, .. Arbor, Arriva, Asana, Ascot, Aspekt, Astor, .. from Viccarbe: Davos, Holy Day, Last Minute, ..
. Reply, Rizzi Arc, Sensor, Series 9000, Siento, . Await, Bassline, B-Free, Bira, Bivi, Bixby, . RS, Sistema, and Wrapp. .
.. .. .. ..
Sieste, Sine, Softcare, Springboard, Steelcase, Bottomline, Brody, Brook, Buoy, Burton, c:scape,
.. .. .. ..
Steelcase Design Partnership, Stella, Calla, Calm, Camber, Campfire, Capa, ™ The following trademarks are under license
. . . .
. Stow Davis, Swathmore, Sylvi, TeamWork, . Cappuccino, Cesar, Chester, Chord, Circa, . from Carl Hansen: Elbow, Paddle, Shell, Wing, .
.. Technique, Texpress, Think, Thunder, Topo,
.. .. ..
Clarendon, Classic Rectangular, Clipper, cobi, and Wishbone.
.. Train, turnstone, Underline, Unison, Vecta,
.. .. ..
Collaboration, Community, Company, Convey,
. . . .
.. Viridian, Walden, Werndl, and X-Stack. .. Cortex, Coupe, Crea, Crew, Cura, Cypress, .. ™ The following trademarks are under license ..
.. ® The following registered trademarks are under
.. Davenport, Dearborn, Deck, Déjà, Denizen, .. from Cambridge Sound Management, LLC, ..
. . Denska, Derby, Divisio, Donovan, Dune, Duo, . Cambridge, MA: QtPro Soundmasking, Qt .
.. license from AWI Licensing Company, Dover, .. Echo, Edge, Elsna, Empath, Empress, Enea,
.. Quiet Technology, and Sonet Qt.
..
. DE: SoundScapes, DuraBrite, BioBlock, and . . .
.. Armstrong. .. 3no, EnSync, Enviro, Escapade, Exchange, .. ..
.. .. Exponents, Field, Flat Top, FlexFrame, Flip .. ™ The following is a trademark of Electri-Cable ..
. ® The following registered trademarks are under . Top, Flute, Folio, FrameOne, FreeFlow, . Assemblies, Shelton, CT: Interact. .
.. license from Byrne Electrical, Rockford, MI: .. Frontier, Galilei, Gesture, Ginger, Ginkgo, Go .. ..
.. Interport, Mini-Port, Axil Z, and Ellora. .. Wall, Grip, Groove, Hatchback, Hawthorne, .. ™ The following is a trademark of Clestra ..
. . . .
.. .. Hitch, Host Collection, Hosu, Huddleboard, .. Hauserman: IRYS. ..
.. ® The following is a registered trademark of .. i2i, Impact, Indy, InfoLink, IOS, I-Solve, Jack, .. ..
. DuPont, Wilmington, DE: Corian. . Jarrah, Jetty, Juice, Kami, Kast, Kathryn, . ™ The following is a trademark of Wiesner-Hager .
.. .. Lagunitas, Lark, L’Attitude, LearnLab, Leela, .. Möbel GmbH: Nooi. ..
.. ® The following is a registered trademark of .. LessThanFive, Lincoln, Linden, LiveSeat, .. ..
. . . .
.. Genlyte Thomas Company, Louisville, KY: .. Loria, Lyric, Malibu, Malibu Too, Mansfield, .. ™ The following are trademarks of PolyVision: a3, ..
.. Lightolier. .. Marathon, Martini, Mason, Masque, Migration, .. e3, Flow, Motif, PolyVision, Sans, and Serif. ..
. . Millbrae, Mineral, Mingle, Mistic, Mistic Metal, . .
.. ® The following is a registered trademark of .. Mistic Wood, Montara650, Montreal, Move, .. ™ The following is a trademark of Bostock ..
.. Hilti Corporation, FL-9494 Schaan, .. Nadia, Neighbor, nesso, Nickel, Nikko, Nod, .. Company, Inc: SnapCab. ..
.. Principality of Liechtenstein: Hilti. .. Node, Norfolk, Ology, Ontrak, Oom, Opus, .. ..
. . Orchid, Outlook Collection, Ovation, Paloma, . .
.. .. .. ™ The following is a trademark of Williams- ..
® Paperflo, Parliament, Pasio, Passerelle,
.. The following is a registered trademark of .. .. Sonoma, Inc: West Elm. ..
Patriarch, Payback, Peek, Pile File, Pisa,
. Leviton Manufacturing Company, Little Neck, . . .
.. NY: Decora. .. Pool, Potrero415, PUCK, QiVi, Quba, Rave, .. ™ The following is a trademark of Elena Marquina ..
.. .. Reed, Regard, Relay, Reunion, Ripple, .. Testor: nanimarquina. ..
.. ® The following is a registered trademark of .. Riser, Roam, Rocco, Rocky, RoomWizard, .. ..
. Mechanical Plastics Corp, Elmsford, NY: . Runner, Satellite, Sawyer, ScapeSeries, . .
.. .. Senti, Sentinel, Senza, Sequoia, Session, .. Trademarks used here in are the property of ..
Toggler. Steelcase, Inc. or of their respective owners.
.. .. ShareLink, Shield, Shortcut, Sidewalk, SILQ, .. ..
. . . .
.. ® The following is a registered trademark .. Skylar, Slumber, Smoke, Snug, Soft Leaf, .. ..
.. of Microsoft Corporation, Redmond, WA: .. Sonata, Sorrel, SOTO, Southside, Stationkits, .. ..
. Microsoft. . Steelcase Series, Stiletto, Surprise!, Surround, . .
.. .. Switch, Symphony, Sync, TagWizard, Tava, .. ..
.. ® The following is a registered trademark of
.. TeamStudio, TeamTheater, Tenaro, Terrazzo, .. ..
. . . .
.. Panduit Corporation, Lockport, IL: Panduit. .. Theorem, Thread, Topaz, Touchdown, Tour, .. ..
.. .. Tower Too, Trees, Trillium, Trolly, tX2, U-Free, .. ..
.. ® The following is a registered trademark of .. Umami, Underscore, Uno, V.I.A., Verb, .. ..
.. Trav (Press), Cuneo, Italy: Assisa. .. Verge, Verlay, Victor2, Visalia, Waldorf, .. ..
.. .. Woodruff, Workspring, and X-tenz. .. ..
. ® The following is a registered trademark of . . .
.. Virtual Ink, Boston, MA: mimioActive. .. ™ The following is a trademark of Microsoft .. ..
.. .. Corporation, Redmond, WA: Windows. .. ..
. . . .
.. ® The following registered trademarks are under .. .. ..
.. license from Wilkhahn Furniture Products: .. ™ The following is a trademark of Rodman .. ..
Industries, Inc., Oconomowoc, WI: ResinCore1.
. Avera, Senzo, Versal, and Wilkhahn FS. . . .
.. .. .. ..
.. .. ™ The following is a trademark of Ultrafabrics, .. ..
. . LLC, Elmsford, NY: Ultraleather. . .
.. .. .. ..
. . . .
Steelcase
October 2019

Heightadjustabledesks

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Heightadjustabledesks

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

®

Spec News is available on village.steelcase.com.

Tip: Steelcase Marketing Resources is a new global

Surface Materials 225

For Canadian Pricing

Base Horizontal Frame Package

8 Answer Specification Guide

Base Junctions Base Junctions

Base junctions complete

30"H junction does not

Trim is included with L, T,

18 Answer Solutions Specification Guide Answer Solutions Specification Guide 19

Actual Dimensions Wiring and Cabling Surface Materials

2 Height-Adjustable Desks Specication Guide

• Related Products TS7042BL 131

Learn what you cannot

Height-Adjustable Desks Specication Guide 3

4 Height-Adjustable Desks Specication Guide

Height-Adjustable Desks Specication Guide 5

Ology Height-Adjustable Desks

34" 40" 46" 52" 58" 64" 70" 76"

34" 40" 46" 52" 58" 64" 70" 76"

Tip: Widths are parametric to 116" from 34"W78"W.

29" or 30" 23" or 24" 29" or 30" 23" or 24"

29" or 30" 23" or 24" 29" or 30" 23" or 24

*Left-hand units shown. Right-hand units available.

6 Height-Adjustable Desks Specication Guide

90° Equal Corner Desks

90° Extended Corner Desks*

120° Equal Corner Desks

52" 52" 58" 58" 66" 66"

Height-Adjustable Desks Specification Guide cStatement of Line, continued 7

Ology Height-Adjustable Desks, continued

Tapered Bases* 90° Equal Corner Bases

23"D/29"D or • • • • 23"D or 24"D • • • • •

8 Height-Adjustable Desks Specication Guide

90° Extended Corner Bases* 120° Equal Corner Bases

Modesty Panels and Fixed Personal/Modesty Screens

Ology Modesty Panels Fixed Personal/Modesty Screens

Height-Adjustable Desks Specication Guide cStatement of Line, continued 9

Ology Cable and Power Management

Cable Riser–Leg Cable Riser–Fence Cable Basket Cable Brackets

Ology Integrated Storage

Universal Steel One-High Open Laterals for Ology Application

Universal Shrouds Universal Filler

10 Height-Adjustable Desks Specication Guide

13 16"H • • • 145 8"H •

Universal Common Tops for Ology Application

Height-Adjustable Desks Specification Guide cStatement of Line, continued 11

Ology Integrated Storage, continued

Elective Elements Common Tops for Ology Application

Currency Lateral One-High and 1.5-High Storage for Ology Application

Currency Common Top for Ology Application

12 Height-Adjustable Desks Specication Guide

Height-Adjustable Desks Height-Adjustable Bases

23"D or 24"D • • • 23"D or 24"D • • •

Height-Adjustable Desks Specification Guide cStatement of Line, continued 13

Migration Height–Adjustable Desks

Rectangular Desks Rectangular Bases

23"D, 29"D, or 35"D • • • • • 23"D, 29"D, or 35"D • • • • •

46" 52" 58" 64" 70"

46" 52" 58" 64" 70"

Migration SE Height–Adjustable Desks